Merge from emacs--devo--0

Patches applied: * emacs--devo--0 (patch 751-770) - Update from CVS - Merge from emacs--rel--22 - Update from CVS: lisp/textmodes/sgml-mode.el: Revert last change. - Merge from gnus--rel--5.10 * emacs--rel--22 (patch 18-25) * gnus--rel--5.10 (patch 222-223) - Update from CVS Revision: emacs@sv.gnu.org/emacs--unicode--0--patch-208
author: Miles Bader 2007-05-24 21:31:10 +0000
committer: Miles Bader 2007-05-24 21:31:10 +0000
commit: 262be72a9aaa800d38cd25b12acb8c9b7b21d5d6 (patch)
tree: 0940ebc7acd6379243e7194446acbd4f062be4f3 /etc
parent: 5e1d0c0a38c22adc02d1b77bdc1d620fab26e52d (diff)
parent: a02a3c235e3ec24acaf2014e6c60c0b4138ff86f (diff)
download: emacs-262be72a9aaa800d38cd25b12acb8c9b7b21d5d6.tar.gz
emacs-262be72a9aaa800d38cd25b12acb8c9b7b21d5d6.zip
12 files changed, 5579 insertions, 5431 deletions
diff --git a/etc/ChangeLog b/etc/ChangeLog
index e782316ef82..e793d0256d3 100644
--- a/etc/ChangeLog
+++ b/etc/ChangeLog
@@ -1,3 +1,20 @@
+2007-05-22  Glenn Morris  <rgm@gnu.org>
+        * NEWS.22: New file with entries for Emacs 22.
+        * NEWS: Move Emacs 22 entries to new file NEWS.22, leave empty
+        template for next Emacs version.
+2007-05-19  Glenn Morris  <rgm@gnu.org>
+        * images/cancel.pbm: Convert from PGM to PBM.
+        * images/copy.pbm, images/next-node.pbm, images/prev-node.pbm:
+        * images/save.pbm, images/up-node.pbm: Convert from PPM to PBM.
+2007-05-17  Glenn Morris  <rgm@gnu.org>
+        * PROBLEMS (Dumping): Mention OpenBSD macppc problem.
 2007-05-15  Micha,Ak(Bl Cadilhac  <michael@cadilhac.name>
        * fr-refcard.tex: Rewrite using German layout.
diff --git a/etc/NEWS b/etc/NEWS
index 8f6e4618a8c..9d32a7034a9 100644
--- a/etc/NEWS
+++ b/etc/NEWS
@@ -1,5466 +1,50 @@
 GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes.
-Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007
+Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-          Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 See the end of the file for license conditions.
 Please send Emacs bug reports to bug-gnu-emacs@gnu.org.
 If possible, use M-x report-emacs-bug.
-This file is about changes in Emacs version 22.
+This file is about changes in Emacs version 23.
-See files NEWS.21, NEWS.20, NEWS.19, NEWS.18, and NEWS.1-17 for changes
+See files NEWS.22, NEWS.21, NEWS.20, NEWS.19, NEWS.18, and NEWS.1-17
-in older Emacs versions.
+for changes in older Emacs versions.
 You can narrow news to a specific version by calling `view-emacs-news'
 with a prefix argument or by typing C-u C-h C-n.
-Temporary note:
- +++ indicates that the appropriate manual has already been updated.
- --- means no change in the manuals is called for.
-When you add a new item, please add it without either +++ or ---
-so we will look at it and add it to the manual.
-Fixme: The notes about Emacs 23 are quite incomplete.
-* Changes in Emacs 23.1
-** The Emacs character set is now a superset of Unicode.  
-(It has about four times the code space, which should be plenty).
-The internal encoding used for buffers and strings is now
-Unicode-based and called `utf-8-emacs'.  utf-8-emacs is backwards
-compatible with the UTF-8 encoding of Unicode.  The `emacs-mule'
-coding system can still read and write data in the old internal
-encoding.
-There are still charsets which contain disjoint sets of characters
-where this is necessary or useful, especially for various Far Eastern
-sets which are problematic with Unicode.
-Since the internal encoding is also used by default for byte-compiled
-files -- i.e. the normal coding system for byte-compiled Lisp files is
-now utf-8-Emacs -- Lisp containing non-ASCII characters which is
-compiled by Emacs 23 can't be read by earlier versions of Emacs.  Files
-compiled by Emacs 20, 21, or 22 are loaded correctly as emacs-mule
-(whether or not they contain multibyte characters), which makes loading
-them somewhat slower than Emacs 23-compiled files.  Thus it may be worth
-recompiling existing .elc files which don't need to be shared with older
-Emacsen.
-** There are assorted new coding systems/aliases -- see
-M-x list-coding-systems.
-** New charset implementation with many new charsets.
-See M-x list-character-sets.  New charsets can be defined conveniently
-as tables of unicodes.
-The dimension of a charset is now 0, 1, 2, or 3, and the size of each
-dimension is no longer limited to 94 or 96.
-Generic characters no longer exist.  
-A dynamic charset priority list is used to infer the charset of
-unicodes for display &c.
-** The following facilities are obsolete:
-Minor modes: unify-8859-on-encoding-mode, unify-8859-on-decoding-mode
-* Lisp changes in Emacs 23.1
-map-char-table's behaviour has changed.
-New functions: characterp, max-char, map-charset-chars,
-define-charset-alias, primary-charset, set-primary-charset,
-unify-charset, clear-charset-maps, charset-priority-list,
-set-charset-priority, define-coding-system,
-define-coding-system-alias, coding-system-aliases, langinfo,
-string-to-multibyte.
-Changed functions: copy-sequence, decode-char, encode-char,
-set-fontset-font, new-fontset, modify-syntax-entry, define-charset,
-modify-category-entry
-Obsoleted: char-bytes, chars-in-region, set-coding-priority,
-char-valid-p
-* Incompatible Lisp changes
-Deleted functions: make-coding-system, register-char-codings,
-coding-system-spec
-** The character codes for characters from the
-eight-bit-control/eight-bit-graphic charsets aren't now in the range
-128-255.
 * About external Lisp packages
-When you upgrade to Emacs 22 from a previous version, some older
-versions of external Lisp packages are known to behave badly.
-So in general, it is recommended that you upgrade to the latest
-versions of any external Lisp packages that you are using.
-You should also be aware that many Lisp packages have been included
-with Emacs 22 (see the extensive list below), and you should remove
-any older versions of these packages to ensure that the Emacs 22
-version is used.  You can use M-x list-load-path-shadows to find such
-older packages.
-Some specific packages that are known to cause problems are:
-** Semantic (used by CEDET, ECB, JDEE): upgrade to latest version.
-** cua.el, cua-mode.el: remove old versions.
-* Installation Changes in Emacs 22.1
+* Installation Changes in Emacs 23.1
-** You can build Emacs with Gtk+ widgets by specifying `--with-x-toolkit=gtk'
-when you run configure.  This requires Gtk+ 2.4 or newer.  This port
-provides a way to display multilingual text in menus (with some caveats).
-** The Emacs Lisp Reference Manual is now part of the distribution.
-The Emacs Lisp Reference Manual in Info format is built as part of the
-Emacs build procedure and installed together with the Emacs User
-Manual.  A menu item was added to the menu bar to make it easily
-accessible (Help->More Manuals->Emacs Lisp Reference).
-** The Introduction to Programming in Emacs Lisp manual is now part of
-the distribution.
-This manual is now part of the standard distribution and is installed,
-together with the Emacs User Manual, into the Info directory.  A menu
-item was added to the menu bar to make it easily accessible
-(Help->More Manuals->Introduction to Emacs Lisp).
-** Leim is now part of the Emacs distribution.
-You no longer need to download a separate tarball in order to build
-Emacs with Leim.
-** Support for MacOS X was added.
-See the files mac/README and mac/INSTALL for build instructions.
-** Mac OS 9 port now uses the Carbon API by default.  You can also
-create a non-Carbon build by specifying `NonCarbon' as a target.  See
-the files mac/README and mac/INSTALL for build instructions.
-** Support for a Cygwin build of Emacs was added.
-** Support for GNU/Linux systems on X86-64 machines was added.
-** Support for GNU/Linux systems on S390 machines was added.
-** Support for GNU/Linux systems on Tensilica Xtensa machines was added.
-** Support for FreeBSD/Alpha has been added.
-** New translations of the Emacs Tutorial are available in the
-following languages: Brasilian Portuguese, Bulgarian, Chinese (both
-with simplified and traditional characters), French, Russian, and
-Italian.  Type `C-u C-h t' to choose one of them in case your language
-setup doesn't automatically select the right one.
-** New translations of the Emacs reference card are available in the
-Brasilian Portuguese and Russian.  The corresponding PostScript files
-are also included.
-** A French translation of the `Emacs Survival Guide' is available.
-** Emacs now supports new configure options `--program-prefix',
-`--program-suffix' and `--program-transform-name' that affect the names of
-installed programs.
-** By default, Emacs now uses a setgid helper program to update game
-scores.  The directory ${localstatedir}/games/emacs is the normal
-place for game scores to be stored.  You can control this with the
-configure option `--with-game-dir'.  The specific user that Emacs uses
-to own the game scores is controlled by `--with-game-user'.  If access
-to a game user is not available, then scores will be stored separately
-in each user's home directory.
-** Emacs now includes support for loading image libraries on demand.
-(Currently this feature is only used on MS Windows.)  You can configure
-the supported image types and their associated dynamic libraries by
-setting the variable `image-library-alist'.
-** Emacs can now be built without sound support.
-** Emacs Lisp source files are compressed by default if `gzip' is available.
-** All images used in Emacs have been consolidated in etc/images and subdirs.
-See also the changes to `find-image', documented below.
-** Emacs comes with a new set of icons.
-These icons are displayed on the taskbar and/or titlebar when Emacs
-runs in a graphical environment.  Source files for these icons can be
-found in etc/images/icons.  (You can't change the icons displayed by
-Emacs by changing these files directly.  On X, the icon is compiled
-into the Emacs executable; see gnu.h in the source tree.  On MS
-Windows, see nt/icons/emacs.ico.)
-** The `emacsserver' program has been removed, replaced with Lisp code.
-** The `yow' program has been removed.
-Use the corresponding Emacs feature instead.
-** The Emacs terminal emulation in term.el uses a different terminfo name.
-The Emacs terminal emulation in term.el now uses "eterm-color" as its
-terminfo name, since term.el now supports color.
-** The script etc/emacs-buffer.gdb can be used with gdb to retrieve the
-contents of buffers from a core dump and save them to files easily, should
-Emacs crash.
-** Building with -DENABLE_CHECKING does not automatically build with union
-types any more.  Add -DUSE_LISP_UNION_TYPE if you want union types.
-** When pure storage overflows while dumping, Emacs now prints how
-much pure storage it will approximately need.
-* Startup Changes in Emacs 22.1
+* Startup Changes in Emacs 23.1
-** Init file changes
-If the init file ~/.emacs does not exist, Emacs will try
-~/.emacs.d/init.el or ~/.emacs.d/init.elc.  Likewise, if the shell init file
-~/.emacs_SHELL is not found, Emacs will try ~/.emacs.d/init_SHELL.sh.
-** Emacs can now be invoked in full-screen mode on a windowed display.
-When Emacs is invoked on a window system, the new command-line options
-`--fullwidth', `--fullheight', and `--fullscreen' produce a frame
-whose width, height, or both width and height take up the entire
-screen size.  (For now, this does not work with some window managers.)
-** Emacs now displays a splash screen by default even if command-line
-arguments were given.  The new command-line option --no-splash
-disables the splash screen; see also the variable
-`inhibit-splash-screen' (which is also aliased as
-`inhibit-startup-message').
-** New user option `inhibit-startup-buffer-menu'.
-When loading many files, for instance with `emacs *', Emacs normally
-displays a buffer menu.  This option turns the buffer menu off.
-** New command line option -nbc or --no-blinking-cursor disables
-the blinking cursor on graphical terminals.
-** The option --script FILE runs Emacs in batch mode and loads FILE.
-It is useful for writing Emacs Lisp shell script files, because they
-can start with this line:
-   #!/usr/bin/emacs --script
-** The -f option, used from the command line to call a function,
-now reads arguments for the function interactively if it is
-an interactively callable function.
-** The option --directory DIR now modifies `load-path' immediately.
-Directories are added to the front of `load-path' in the order they
-appear on the command line.  For example, with this command line:
-  emacs -batch -L .. -L /tmp --eval "(require 'foo)"
-Emacs looks for library `foo' in the parent directory, then in /tmp, then
-in the other directories in `load-path'.  (-L is short for --directory.)
-** When you specify a frame size with --geometry, the size applies to
-all frames you create.  A position specified with --geometry only
-affects the initial frame.
-** Emacs built for MS-Windows now behaves like Emacs on X does,
-with respect to its frame position: if you don't specify a position
-(in your .emacs init file, in the Registry, or with the --geometry
-command-line option), Emacs leaves the frame position to the Windows'
-window manager.
-** The command line option --no-windows has been changed to
--no-window-system.  The old one still works, but is deprecated.
-** If the environment variable DISPLAY specifies an unreachable X display,
-Emacs will now startup as if invoked with the --no-window-system option.
-** Emacs now reads the standard abbrevs file ~/.abbrev_defs
-automatically at startup, if it exists.  When Emacs offers to save
-modified buffers, it saves the abbrevs too if they have changed.  It
-can do this either silently or asking for confirmation first,
-according to the value of `save-abbrevs'.
-** New command line option -Q or --quick.
-This is like using -q --no-site-file, but in addition it also disables
-the fancy startup screen.
-** New command line option -D or --basic-display.
-Disables the menu-bar, the tool-bar, the scroll-bars, tool tips, and
-the blinking cursor.
-** The default is now to use a bitmap as the icon.
-The command-line options --icon-type, -i have been replaced with
-options --no-bitmap-icon, -nbi to turn the bitmap icon off.
-** If the environment variable EMAIL is defined, Emacs now uses its value
-to compute the default value of `user-mail-address', in preference to
-concatenation of `user-login-name' with the name of your host machine.
-* Incompatible Editing Changes in Emacs 22.1
+* Incompatible Editing Changes in Emacs 23.1
-** You can now follow links by clicking Mouse-1 on the link.
-See below for more details.
-** When the undo information of the current command gets really large
-(beyond the value of `undo-outer-limit'), Emacs discards it and warns
-you about it.
-** When Emacs prompts for file names, SPC no longer completes the file name.
-This is so filenames with embedded spaces could be input without the
-need to quote the space with a C-q.  The underlying changes in the
-keymaps that are active in the minibuffer are described below under
-"New keymaps for typing file names".
-** The completion commands TAB, SPC and ? in the minibuffer apply only
-to the text before point.  If there is text in the buffer after point,
-it remains unchanged.
-** In incremental search, C-w is changed.  M-%, C-M-w and C-M-y are special.
-See below under "incremental search changes".
-** M-g is now a prefix key.
-M-g g and M-g M-g run goto-line.
-M-g n and M-g M-n run next-error (like C-x `).
-M-g p and M-g M-p run previous-error.
-** C-u M-g M-g switches to the most recent previous buffer,
-and goes to the specified line in that buffer.
-When goto-line starts to execute, if there's a number in the buffer at
-point then it acts as the default argument for the minibuffer.
-** M-o now is the prefix key for setting text properties;
-M-o M-o requests refontification.
-** C-x C-f RET (find-file), typing nothing in the minibuffer, is no longer
-a special case.
-Since the default input is the current directory, this has the effect
-of specifying the current directory.  Normally that means to visit the
-directory with Dired.
-You can get the old behavior by typing C-x C-f M-n RET, which fetches
-the actual file name into the minibuffer.
-** In Dired's ! command (dired-do-shell-command), `*' and `?' now
-control substitution of the file names only when they are surrounded
-by whitespace.  This means you can now use them as shell wildcards
-too.  If you want to use just plain `*' as a wildcard, type `*""'; the
-doublequotes make no difference in the shell, but they prevent
-special treatment in `dired-do-shell-command'.
-** A prefix argument is no longer required to repeat a jump to a
-previous mark if you set `set-mark-command-repeat-pop' to t.  I.e. C-u
-C-SPC C-SPC C-SPC ... cycles through the mark ring.  Use C-u C-u C-SPC
-to set the mark immediately after a jump.
-** The info-search bindings on C-h C-f, C-h C-k and C-h C-i
-have been moved to C-h F, C-h K and C-h S.
-** `apply-macro-to-region-lines' now operates on all lines that begin
-in the region, rather than on all complete lines in the region.
-** line-move-ignore-invisible now defaults to t.
-** Adaptive filling misfeature removed.
-It no longer treats `NNN.' or `(NNN)' as a prefix.
-** The old bindings C-M-delete and C-M-backspace have been deleted,
-since there are situations where one or the other will shut down
-the operating system or your X server.
-** The register compatibility key bindings (deprecated since Emacs 19)
-have been removed:
-  C-x /   point-to-register (Use: C-x r SPC)
-  C-x j   jump-to-register  (Use: C-x r j)
-  C-x x   copy-to-register  (Use: C-x r s)
-  C-x g   insert-register   (Use: C-x r i)
-* Editing Changes in Emacs 22.1
+* Editing Changes in Emacs 23.1
-** The max size of buffers and integers has been doubled.
-On 32bit machines, it is now 256M (i.e. 268435455).
-** !MEM FULL! at the start of the mode line indicates that Emacs
-cannot get any more memory for Lisp data.  This often means it could
-crash soon if you do things that use more memory.  On most systems,
-killing buffers will get out of this state.  If killing buffers does
-not make !MEM FULL! disappear, you should save your work and start
-a new Emacs.
-** `undo-only' does an undo which does not redo any previous undo.
-** Yanking text now discards certain text properties that can
-be inconvenient when you did not expect them.  The variable
-`yank-excluded-properties' specifies which ones.  Insertion
-of register contents and rectangles also discards these properties.
-** New command `kill-whole-line' kills an entire line at once.
-By default, it is bound to C-S-<backspace>.
-** M-SPC (just-one-space) when given a numeric argument N
-converts whitespace around point to N spaces.
-** You can now switch buffers in a cyclic order with C-x C-left
-(previous-buffer) and C-x C-right (next-buffer).  C-x left and
-C-x right can be used as well.  The functions keep a different buffer
-cycle for each frame, using the frame-local buffer list.
-** C-x 5 C-o displays a specified buffer in another frame
-but does not switch to that frame.  It's the multi-frame
-analogue of C-x 4 C-o.
-** `special-display-buffer-names' and `special-display-regexps' now
-understand two new boolean pseudo-frame-parameters `same-frame' and
-`same-window'.
-** New commands to operate on pairs of open and close characters:
-`insert-pair', `delete-pair', `raise-sexp'.
-** M-x setenv now expands environment variable references.
-Substrings of the form `$foo' and `${foo}' in the specified new value
-now refer to the value of environment variable foo.  To include a `$'
-in the value, use `$$'.
-** The default values of paragraph-start and indent-line-function have
-been changed to reflect those used in Text mode rather than those used
-in Paragraph-Indent Text mode.
-** The default for the paper size (variable ps-paper-type) is taken
-from the locale.
-** Help command changes:
-*** Changes in C-h bindings:
-C-h e displays the *Messages* buffer.
-C-h d runs apropos-documentation.
-C-h r visits the Emacs Manual in Info.
-C-h followed by a control character is used for displaying files
-    that do not change:
-C-h C-f displays the FAQ.
-C-h C-e displays the PROBLEMS file.
-The info-search bindings on C-h C-f, C-h C-k and C-h C-i
-have been moved to C-h F, C-h K and C-h S.
-C-h c, C-h k, C-h w, and C-h f now handle remapped interactive commands.
- C-h c and C-h k report the actual command (after possible remapping)
-  run by the key sequence.
- C-h w and C-h f on a command which has been remapped now report the
-  command it is remapped to, and the keys which can be used to run
-  that command.
-For example, if C-k is bound to kill-line, and kill-line is remapped
-to new-kill-line, these commands now report:
- C-h c and C-h k C-k reports:
-  C-k runs the command new-kill-line
- C-h w and C-h f kill-line reports:
-  kill-line is remapped to new-kill-line which is on C-k, <deleteline>
- C-h w and C-h f new-kill-line reports:
-  new-kill-line is on C-k
-*** The apropos commands now accept a list of words to match.
-When more than one word is specified, at least two of those words must
-be present for an item to match.  Regular expression matching is still
-available.
-*** The new option `apropos-sort-by-scores' causes the matching items
-to be sorted according to their score.  The score for an item is a
-number calculated to indicate how well the item matches the words or
-regular expression that you entered to the apropos command.  The best
-match is listed first, and the calculated score is shown for each
-matching item.
-*** Help commands `describe-function' and `describe-key' now show function
-arguments in lowercase italics on displays that support it.  To change the
-default, customize face `help-argument-name' or redefine the function
-`help-default-arg-highlight'.
-*** C-h v and C-h f commands now include a hyperlink to the C source for
-variables and functions defined in C (if the C source is available).
-*** Help mode now only makes hyperlinks for faces when the face name is
-preceded or followed by the word `face'.  It no longer makes
-hyperlinks for variables without variable documentation, unless
-preceded by one of the words `variable' or `option'.  It now makes
-hyperlinks to Info anchors (or nodes) if the anchor (or node) name is
-enclosed in single quotes and preceded by `info anchor' or `Info
-anchor' (in addition to earlier `info node' and `Info node').  In
-addition, it now makes hyperlinks to URLs as well if the URL is
-enclosed in single quotes and preceded by `URL'.
-*** The new command `describe-char' (C-u C-x =) pops up a buffer with
-description various information about a character, including its
-encodings and syntax, its text properties, how to input, overlays, and
-widgets at point.  You can get more information about some of them, by
-clicking on mouse-sensitive areas or moving there and pressing RET.
-*** The command `list-text-properties-at' has been deleted because
-C-u C-x = gives the same information and more.
-*** New command `display-local-help' displays any local help at point
-in the echo area.  It is bound to `C-h .'.  It normally displays the
-same string that would be displayed on mouse-over using the
-`help-echo' property, but, in certain cases, it can display a more
-keyboard oriented alternative.
-*** New user option `help-at-pt-display-when-idle' allows to
-automatically show the help provided by `display-local-help' on
-point-over, after suitable idle time.  The amount of idle time is
-determined by the user option `help-at-pt-timer-delay' and defaults
-to one second.  This feature is turned off by default.
-** Mark command changes:
-*** A prefix argument is no longer required to repeat a jump to a
-previous mark, i.e. C-u C-SPC C-SPC C-SPC ... cycles through the
-mark ring.  Use C-u C-u C-SPC to set the mark immediately after a jump.
-*** Marking commands extend the region when invoked multiple times.
-If you type C-M-SPC (mark-sexp), M-@ (mark-word), M-h
-(mark-paragraph), or C-M-h (mark-defun) repeatedly, the marked region
-extends each time, so you can mark the next two sexps with M-C-SPC
-M-C-SPC, for example.  This feature also works for
-mark-end-of-sentence, if you bind that to a key.  It also extends the
-region when the mark is active in Transient Mark mode, regardless of
-the last command.  To start a new region with one of marking commands
-in Transient Mark mode, you can deactivate the active region with C-g,
-or set the new mark with C-SPC.
-*** Some commands do something special in Transient Mark mode when the
-mark is active--for instance, they limit their operation to the
-region.  Even if you don't normally use Transient Mark mode, you might
-want to get this behavior from a particular command.  There are two
-ways you can enable Transient Mark mode and activate the mark, for one
-command only.
-One method is to type C-SPC C-SPC; this enables Transient Mark mode
-and sets the mark at point.  The other method is to type C-u C-x C-x.
-This enables Transient Mark mode temporarily but does not alter the
-mark or the region.
-After these commands, Transient Mark mode remains enabled until you
-deactivate the mark.  That typically happens when you type a command
-that alters the buffer, but you can also deactivate the mark by typing
-C-g.
-*** Movement commands `beginning-of-buffer', `end-of-buffer',
-`beginning-of-defun', `end-of-defun' do not set the mark if the mark
-is already active in Transient Mark mode.
-*** M-h (mark-paragraph) now accepts a prefix arg.
-With positive arg, M-h marks the current and the following paragraphs;
-if the arg is negative, it marks the current and the preceding
-paragraphs.
-** Incremental Search changes:
-*** M-% typed in isearch mode invokes `query-replace' or
-`query-replace-regexp' (depending on search mode) with the current
-search string used as the string to replace.
-*** C-w in incremental search now grabs either a character or a word,
-making the decision in a heuristic way.  This new job is done by the
-command `isearch-yank-word-or-char'.  To restore the old behavior,
-bind C-w to `isearch-yank-word' in `isearch-mode-map'.
-*** C-y in incremental search now grabs the next line if point is already
-at the end of a line.
-*** C-M-w deletes and C-M-y grabs a character in isearch mode.
-Another method to grab a character is to enter the minibuffer by `M-e'
-and to type `C-f' at the end of the search string in the minibuffer.
-*** Vertical scrolling is now possible within incremental search.
-To enable this feature, customize the new user option
-`isearch-allow-scroll'.  User written commands which satisfy stringent
-constraints can be marked as "scrolling commands".  See the Emacs manual
-for details.
-*** Isearch no longer adds `isearch-resume' commands to the command
-history by default.  To enable this feature, customize the new
-user option `isearch-resume-in-command-history'.
-** Replace command changes:
-*** When used interactively, the commands `query-replace-regexp' and
-`replace-regexp' allow \,expr to be used in a replacement string,
-where expr is an arbitrary Lisp expression evaluated at replacement
-time.  `\#' in a replacement string now refers to the count of
-replacements already made by the replacement command.  All regular
-expression replacement commands now allow `\?' in the replacement
-string to specify a position where the replacement string can be
-edited for each replacement.  `query-replace-regexp-eval' is now
-deprecated since it offers no additional functionality.
-*** query-replace uses isearch lazy highlighting when the new user option
-`query-replace-lazy-highlight' is non-nil.
-*** The current match in query-replace is highlighted in new face
-`query-replace' which by default inherits from isearch face.
-*** New user option `query-replace-skip-read-only': when non-nil,
-`query-replace' and related functions simply ignore
-a match if part of it has a read-only property.
-** Local variables lists:
-*** If the local variables list contains any variable-value pairs that
-are not known to be safe, Emacs shows a prompt asking whether to apply
-the local variables list as a whole.  In earlier versions, a prompt
-was only issued for variables explicitly marked as risky (for the
-definition of risky variables, see `risky-local-variable-p').
-At the prompt, you can choose to save the contents of this local
-variables list to `safe-local-variable-values'.  This new customizable
-option is a list of variable-value pairs that are known to be safe.
-Variables can also be marked as safe with the existing
-`safe-local-variable' property (see `safe-local-variable-p').
-However, risky variables will not be added to
-`safe-local-variable-values' in this way.
-*** The variable `enable-local-variables' controls how local variable
-lists are handled.  t, the default, specifies the standard querying
-behavior.  :safe means use only safe values, and ignore the rest.
-:all means set all variables, whether or not they are safe.
-nil means ignore them all.  Anything else means always query.
-*** The variable `safe-local-eval-forms' specifies a list of forms that
-are ok to evaluate when they appear in an `eval' local variables
-specification.  Normally Emacs asks for confirmation before evaluating
-such a form, but if the form appears in this list, no confirmation is
-needed.
-*** If a function has a non-nil `safe-local-eval-function' property,
-that means it is ok to evaluate some calls to that function when it
-appears in an `eval' local variables specification.  If the property
-is t, then any form calling that function with constant arguments is
-ok.  If the property is a function or list of functions, they are called
-with the form as argument, and if any returns t, the form is ok to call.
-If the form is not "ok to call", that means Emacs asks for
-confirmation as before.
-*** In processing a local variables list, Emacs strips the prefix and
-suffix from every line before processing all the lines.
-*** Text properties in local variables.
-A file local variables list cannot specify a string with text
-properties--any specified text properties are discarded.
-** File operation changes:
-*** Unquoted `$' in file names do not signal an error any more when
-the corresponding environment variable does not exist.
-Instead, the `$ENVVAR' text is left as is, so that `$$' quoting
-is only rarely needed.
-*** C-x C-f RET, typing nothing in the minibuffer, is no longer a special case.
-Since the default input is the current directory, this has the effect
-of specifying the current directory.  Normally that means to visit the
-directory with Dired.
-*** C-x s (save-some-buffers) now offers an option `d' to diff a buffer
-against its file, so you can see what changes you would be saving.
-*** Auto Compression mode is now enabled by default.
-*** If the user visits a file larger than `large-file-warning-threshold',
-Emacs asks for confirmation.
-*** The commands copy-file, rename-file, make-symbolic-link and
-add-name-to-file, when given a directory as the "new name" argument,
-convert it to a file name by merging in the within-directory part of
-the existing file's name.  (This is the same convention that shell
-commands cp, mv, and ln follow.)  Thus, M-x copy-file RET ~/foo RET
-/tmp RET copies ~/foo to /tmp/foo.
-*** require-final-newline now has two new possible values:
-`visit' means add a newline (as an undoable change) if it's needed
-when visiting the file.
-`visit-save' means add a newline (as an undoable change) if it's
-needed when visiting the file, and also add a newline if it's needed
-when saving the file.
-*** The new option mode-require-final-newline controls how certain
-major modes enable require-final-newline.  Any major mode that's
-designed for a kind of file that should normally end in a newline
-sets require-final-newline based on mode-require-final-newline.
-So you can customize mode-require-final-newline to control what these
-modes do.
-*** When you are root, and you visit a file whose modes specify
-read-only, the Emacs buffer is now read-only too.  Type C-x C-q if you
-want to make the buffer writable.  (As root, you can in fact alter the
-file.)
-*** find-file-read-only visits multiple files in read-only mode,
-when the file name contains wildcard characters.
-*** find-alternate-file replaces the current file with multiple files,
-when the file name contains wildcard characters.  It now asks if you
-wish save your changes and not just offer to kill the buffer.
-*** When used interactively, `format-write-file' now asks for confirmation
-before overwriting an existing file, unless a prefix argument is
-supplied.  This behavior is analogous to `write-file'.
-*** The variable `auto-save-file-name-transforms' now has a third element that
-controls whether or not the function `make-auto-save-file-name' will
-attempt to construct a unique auto-save name (e.g. for remote files).
-*** The new option `write-region-inhibit-fsync' disables calls to fsync
-in `write-region'.  This can be useful on laptops to avoid spinning up
-the hard drive upon each file save.  Enabling this variable may result
-in data loss, use with care.
-** Minibuffer changes:
-*** The completion commands TAB, SPC and ? in the minibuffer apply only
-to the text before point.  If there is text in the buffer after point,
-it remains unchanged.
-*** The new file-name-shadow-mode is turned ON by default, so that when
-entering a file name, any prefix which Emacs will ignore is dimmed.
-*** There's a new face `minibuffer-prompt'.
-Emacs adds this face to the list of text properties stored in the
-variable `minibuffer-prompt-properties', which is used to display the
-prompt string.
-*** Enhanced visual feedback in `*Completions*' buffer.
-Completions lists use faces to highlight what all completions
-have in common and where they begin to differ.
-The common prefix shared by all possible completions uses the face
-`completions-common-part', while the first character that isn't the
-same uses the face `completions-first-difference'.  By default,
-`completions-common-part' inherits from `default', and
-`completions-first-difference' inherits from `bold'.  The idea of
-`completions-common-part' is that you can use it to make the common
-parts less visible than normal, so that the rest of the differing
-parts is, by contrast, slightly highlighted.
-Above fontification is always done when listing completions is
-triggered at minibuffer.  If you want to fontify completions whose
-listing is triggered at the other normal buffer, you have to pass
-the common prefix of completions to `display-completion-list' as
-its second argument.
-*** File-name completion can now ignore specified directories.
-If an element of the list in `completion-ignored-extensions' ends in a
-slash `/', it indicates a subdirectory that should be ignored when
-completing file names.  Elements of `completion-ignored-extensions'
-which do not end in a slash are never considered when a completion
-candidate is a directory.
-*** New user option `history-delete-duplicates'.
-If set to t when adding a new history element, all previous identical
-elements are deleted from the history list.
-** Redisplay changes:
-*** The new face `mode-line-inactive' is used to display the mode line
-of non-selected windows.  The `mode-line' face is now used to display
-the mode line of the currently selected window.
-The new variable `mode-line-in-non-selected-windows' controls whether
-the `mode-line-inactive' face is used.
-*** The mode line position information now comes before the major mode.
-When the file is maintained under version control, that information
-appears between the position information and the major mode.
-*** You can now customize the use of window fringes.  To control this
-for all frames, use M-x fringe-mode or the Show/Hide submenu of the
-top-level Options menu, or customize the `fringe-mode' variable.  To
-control this for a specific frame, use the command M-x
-set-fringe-style.
-*** Angle icons in the fringes can indicate the buffer boundaries.  In
-addition, up and down arrow bitmaps in the fringe indicate which ways
-the window can be scrolled.
-This behavior is activated by setting the buffer-local variable
-`indicate-buffer-boundaries' to a non-nil value.  The default value of
-this variable is found in `default-indicate-buffer-boundaries'.
-If value is `left' or `right', both angle and arrow bitmaps are
-displayed in the left or right fringe, resp.
-The value can also be an alist which specifies the presence and
-position of each bitmap individually.
-For example, ((top . left) (t .  right)) places the top angle bitmap
-in left fringe, the bottom angle bitmap in right fringe, and both
-arrow bitmaps in right fringe.  To show just the angle bitmaps in the
-left fringe, but no arrow bitmaps, use ((top . left) (bottom . left)).
-*** On window systems, lines which are exactly as wide as the window
-(not counting the final newline character) are no longer broken into
-two lines on the display (with just the newline on the second line).
-Instead, the newline now "overflows" into the right fringe, and the
-cursor will be displayed in the fringe when positioned on that newline.
-The new user option 'overflow-newline-into-fringe' can be set to nil to
-revert to the old behavior of continuing such lines.
-*** A window can now have individual fringe and scroll-bar settings,
-in addition to the individual display margin settings.
-Such individual settings are now preserved when windows are split
-horizontally or vertically, a saved window configuration is restored,
-or when the frame is resized.
-*** When a window has display margin areas, the fringes are now
-displayed between the margins and the buffer's text area, rather than
-outside those margins.
-*** New face `escape-glyph' highlights control characters and escape glyphs.
-*** Non-breaking space and hyphens are now displayed with a special
-face, either nobreak-space or escape-glyph.  You can turn this off or
-specify a different mode by setting the variable `nobreak-char-display'.
-*** The parameters of automatic hscrolling can now be customized.
-The variable `hscroll-margin' determines how many columns away from
-the window edge point is allowed to get before automatic hscrolling
-will horizontally scroll the window.  The default value is 5.
-The variable `hscroll-step' determines how many columns automatic
-hscrolling scrolls the window when point gets too close to the
-window edge.  If its value is zero, the default, Emacs scrolls the
-window so as to center point.  If its value is an integer, it says how
-many columns to scroll.  If the value is a floating-point number, it
-gives the fraction of the window's width to scroll the window.
-The variable `automatic-hscrolling' was renamed to
-`auto-hscroll-mode'.  The old name is still available as an alias.
-*** Moving or scrolling through images (and other lines) taller than
-the window now works sensibly, by automatically adjusting the window's
-vscroll property.
-*** Preemptive redisplay now adapts to current load and bandwidth.
-To avoid preempting redisplay on fast computers, networks, and displays,
-the arrival of new input is now performed at regular intervals during
-redisplay.  The new variable `redisplay-preemption-period' specifies
-the period; the default is to check for input every 0.1 seconds.
-*** The %c and %l constructs are now ignored in frame-title-format.
-Due to technical limitations in how Emacs interacts with windowing
-systems, these constructs often failed to render properly, and could
-even cause Emacs to crash.
-*** If value of `auto-resize-tool-bars' is `grow-only', the tool bar
-will expand as needed, but not contract automatically.  To contract
-the tool bar, you must type C-l.
-*** New customize option `overline-margin' controls the space between
-overline and text.
-*** New variable `x-underline-at-descent-line' controls the relative
-position of the underline.  When set, it overrides the
-`x-use-underline-position-properties' variables.
-** New faces:
-*** `mode-line-highlight' is the standard face indicating mouse sensitive
-elements on mode-line (and header-line) like `highlight' face on text
-areas.
-*** `mode-line-buffer-id' is the standard face for buffer identification
-parts of the mode line.
-*** `shadow' face defines the appearance of the "shadowed" text, i.e.
-the text which should be less noticeable than the surrounding text.
-This can be achieved by using shades of grey in contrast with either
-black or white default foreground color.  This generic shadow face
-allows customization of the appearance of shadowed text in one place,
-so package-specific faces can inherit from it.
-*** `vertical-border' face is used for the vertical divider between windows.
-** Font-Lock (syntax highlighting) changes:
-*** All modes now support using M-x font-lock-mode to toggle
-fontification, even those such as Occur, Info, and comint-derived
-modes that do their own fontification in a special way.
-The variable `Info-fontify' is no longer applicable; to disable
-fontification in Info, remove `turn-on-font-lock' from
-`Info-mode-hook'.
-*** New standard font-lock face `font-lock-comment-delimiter-face'.
-*** New standard font-lock face `font-lock-preprocessor-face'.
-*** Easy to overlook single character negation can now be font-locked.
-You can use the new variable `font-lock-negation-char-face' and the face of
-the same name to customize this.  Currently the cc-modes, sh-script-mode,
-cperl-mode and make-mode support this.
-*** Font-Lock mode: in major modes such as Lisp mode, where some Emacs
-features assume that an open-paren in column 0 is always outside of
-any string or comment, Font-Lock now highlights any such open-paren in
-bold-red if it is inside a string or a comment, to indicate that it
-can cause trouble.  You should rewrite the string or comment so that
-the open-paren is not in column 0.
-*** M-o now is the prefix key for setting text properties;
-M-o M-o requests refontification.
-*** The default settings for JIT stealth lock parameters are changed.
-The default value for the user option jit-lock-stealth-time is now nil
-instead of 3.  This setting of jit-lock-stealth-time disables stealth
-fontification: on today's machines, it may be a bug in font lock
-patterns if fontification otherwise noticeably degrades interactivity.
-If you find movement in infrequently visited buffers sluggish (and the
-major mode maintainer has no better idea), customizing
-jit-lock-stealth-time to a non-nil value will let Emacs fontify
-buffers in the background when it considers the system to be idle.
-jit-lock-stealth-nice is now 0.5 instead of 0.125 which is supposed to
-cause less load than the old defaults.
-*** jit-lock can now be delayed with `jit-lock-defer-time'.
-If this variable is non-nil, its value should be the amount of Emacs
-idle time in seconds to wait before starting fontification.  For
-example, if you set `jit-lock-defer-time' to 0.25, fontification will
-only happen after 0.25s of idle time.
-*** contextual refontification is now separate from stealth fontification.
-jit-lock-defer-contextually is renamed jit-lock-contextually and
-jit-lock-context-time determines the delay after which contextual
-refontification takes place.
-*** lazy-lock is considered obsolete.
-The `lazy-lock' package is superseded by `jit-lock' and is considered
-obsolete.  `jit-lock' is activated by default; if you wish to continue
-using `lazy-lock', activate it in your ~/.emacs like this:
-  (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
-If you invoke `lazy-lock-mode' directly rather than through
-`font-lock-support-mode', it now issues a warning:
-  "Use font-lock-support-mode rather than calling lazy-lock-mode"
-** Menu support:
-*** A menu item "Show/Hide" was added to the top-level menu "Options".
-This menu allows you to turn various display features on and off (such
-as the fringes, the tool bar, the speedbar, and the menu bar itself).
-You can also move the vertical scroll bar to either side here or turn
-it off completely.  There is also a menu-item to toggle displaying of
-current date and time, current line and column number in the mode-line.
-*** Speedbar has moved from the "Tools" top level menu to "Show/Hide".
-*** The menu item "Open File..." has been split into two items, "New File..."
-and "Open File...".  "Open File..." now opens only existing files.  This is
-to support existing GUI file selection dialogs better.
-*** The file selection dialog for Gtk+, Mac, W32 and Motif/LessTif can be
-disabled by customizing the variable `use-file-dialog'.
-*** The pop up menus for Lucid now stay up if you do a fast click and can
-be navigated with the arrow keys (like Gtk+, Mac and W32).
-*** The menu bar for Motif/LessTif/Lucid/Gtk+ can be navigated with keys.
-Pressing F10 shows the first menu in the menu bar.  Navigation is done with
-the arrow keys, select with the return key and cancel with the escape keys.
-*** The Lucid menus can display multilingual text in your locale.  You have
-to explicitly specify a fontSet resource for this to work, for example
-`-xrm "Emacs*fontSet:  -*-helvetica-medium-r-*--*-120-*-*-*-*-*-*,*"'.
-*** Dialogs for Lucid/Athena and LessTif/Motif now pop down on pressing
-ESC, like they do for Gtk+, Mac and W32.
-*** For the Gtk+ version, you can make Emacs use the old file dialog
-by setting the variable `x-gtk-use-old-file-dialog' to t.  Default is to use
-the new dialog.
-*** You can exit dialog windows and menus by typing C-g.
-** Buffer Menu changes:
-*** The new options `buffers-menu-show-directories' and
-`buffers-menu-show-status' let you control how buffers are displayed
-in the menu dropped down when you click "Buffers" from the menu bar.
-`buffers-menu-show-directories' controls whether the menu displays
-leading directories as part of the file name visited by the buffer.
-If its value is `unless-uniquify', the default, directories are
-shown unless uniquify-buffer-name-style' is non-nil.  The value of nil
-and t turn the display of directories off and on, respectively.
-`buffers-menu-show-status' controls whether the Buffers menu includes
-the modified and read-only status of the buffers.  By default it is
-t, and the status is shown.
-Setting these variables directly does not take effect until next time
-the Buffers menu is regenerated.
-*** New command `Buffer-menu-toggle-files-only' toggles display of file
-buffers only in the Buffer Menu.  It is bound to T in Buffer Menu
-mode.
-*** `buffer-menu' and `list-buffers' now list buffers whose names begin
-with a space, when those buffers are visiting files.  Normally buffers
-whose names begin with space are omitted.
-** Mouse changes:
-*** You can now follow links by clicking Mouse-1 on the link.
-Traditionally, Emacs uses a Mouse-1 click to set point and a Mouse-2
-click to follow a link, whereas most other applications use a Mouse-1
-click for both purposes, depending on whether you click outside or
-inside a link.  Now the behavior of a Mouse-1 click has been changed
-to match this context-sensitive dual behavior.  (If you prefer the old
-behavior, set the user option `mouse-1-click-follows-link' to nil.)
-Depending on the current mode, a Mouse-2 click in Emacs can do much
-more than just follow a link, so the new Mouse-1 behavior is only
-activated for modes which explicitly mark a clickable text as a "link"
-(see the new function `mouse-on-link-p' for details).  The Lisp
-packages that are included in release 22.1 have been adapted to do
-this, but external packages may not yet support this.  However, there
-is no risk in using such packages, as the worst thing that could
-happen is that you get the original Mouse-1 behavior when you click
-on a link, which typically means that you set point where you click.
-If you want to get the original Mouse-1 action also inside a link, you
-just need to press the Mouse-1 button a little longer than a normal
-click (i.e. press and hold the Mouse-1 button for half a second before
-you release it).
-Dragging the Mouse-1 inside a link still performs the original
-drag-mouse-1 action, typically copy the text.
-You can customize the new Mouse-1 behavior via the new user options
-`mouse-1-click-follows-link' and `mouse-1-click-in-non-selected-windows'.
-*** If you set the new variable `mouse-autoselect-window' to a non-nil
-value, windows are automatically selected as you move the mouse from
-one Emacs window to another, even within a frame.  A minibuffer window
-can be selected only when it is active.
-*** On X, when the window manager requires that you click on a frame to
-select it (give it focus), the selected window and cursor position
-normally changes according to the mouse click position.  If you set
-the variable x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position to t, the selected
-window and cursor position do not change when you click on a frame
-to give it focus.
-*** Emacs normally highlights mouse sensitive text whenever the mouse
-is over the text.  By setting the new variable `mouse-highlight', you
-can optionally enable mouse highlighting only after you move the
-mouse, so that highlighting disappears when you press a key.  You can
-also disable mouse highlighting.
-*** You can now customize if selecting a region by dragging the mouse
-shall not copy the selected text to the kill-ring by setting the new
-variable mouse-drag-copy-region to nil.
-*** Under X, mouse-wheel-mode is turned on by default.
-*** Emacs ignores mouse-2 clicks while the mouse wheel is being moved.
-People tend to push the mouse wheel (which counts as a mouse-2 click)
-unintentionally while turning the wheel, so these clicks are now
-ignored.  You can customize this with the mouse-wheel-click-event and
-mouse-wheel-inhibit-click-time variables.
-*** mouse-wheels can now scroll a specific fraction of the window
-(rather than a fixed number of lines) and the scrolling is `progressive'.
-** Multilingual Environment (Mule) changes:
-*** You can disable character translation for a file using the -*-
-construct.  Include `enable-character-translation: nil' inside the
-*-...-*- to disable any character translation that may happen by
-various global and per-coding-system translation tables.  You can also
-specify it in a local variable list at the end of the file.  For
-shortcut, instead of using this long variable name, you can append the
-character "!" at the end of coding-system name specified in -*-
-construct or in a local variable list.  For example, if a file has the
-following header, it is decoded by the coding system `iso-latin-1'
-without any character translation:
-;; -*- coding: iso-latin-1!; -*-
-*** Language environment and various default coding systems are setup
-more correctly according to the current locale name.  If the locale
-name doesn't specify a charset, the default is what glibc defines.
-This change can result in using the different coding systems as
-default in some locale (e.g. vi_VN).
-*** The keyboard-coding-system is now automatically set based on your
-current locale settings if you are not using a window system.  This
-can mean that the META key doesn't work but generates non-ASCII
-characters instead, depending on how the terminal (or terminal
-emulator) works.  Use `set-keyboard-coding-system' (or customize
-keyboard-coding-system) if you prefer META to work (the old default)
-or if the locale doesn't describe the character set actually generated
-by the keyboard.  See Info node `Unibyte Mode'.
-*** The new command `set-file-name-coding-system' (C-x RET F) sets
-coding system for encoding and decoding file names.  A new menu item
-(Options->Mule->Set Coding Systems->For File Name) invokes this
-command.
-*** The new command `revert-buffer-with-coding-system' (C-x RET r)
-revisits the current file using a coding system that you specify.
-*** New command `recode-region' decodes the region again by a specified
-coding system.
-*** The new command `recode-file-name' changes the encoding of the name
-of a file.
-*** New command `ucs-insert' inserts a character specified by its
-unicode.
-*** New command quail-show-key shows what key (or key sequence) to type
-in the current input method to input a character at point.
-*** Limited support for character `unification' has been added.
-Emacs now knows how to translate between different representations of
-the same characters in various Emacs charsets according to standard
-Unicode mappings.  This applies mainly to characters in the ISO 8859
-sets plus some other 8-bit sets, but can be extended.  For instance,
-translation works amongst the Emacs ...-iso8859-... charsets and the
-mule-unicode-... ones.
-By default this translation happens automatically on encoding.
-Self-inserting characters are translated to make the input conformant
-with the encoding of the buffer in which it's being used, where
-possible.
-You can force a more complete unification with the user option
-unify-8859-on-decoding-mode.  That maps all the Latin-N character sets
-into Unicode characters (from the latin-iso8859-1 and
-mule-unicode-0100-24ff charsets) on decoding.  Note that this mode
-will often effectively clobber data with an iso-2022 encoding.
-*** New language environments (set up automatically according to the
-locale): Belarusian, Bulgarian, Chinese-EUC-TW, Croatian, Esperanto,
-French, Georgian, Italian, Latin-7, Latvian, Lithuanian, Malayalam,
-Russian, Russian, Slovenian, Swedish, Tajik, Tamil, UTF-8,Ukrainian,
-Welsh,Latin-6, Windows-1255.
-*** New input methods: latin-alt-postfix, latin-postfix, latin-prefix,
-belarusian, bulgarian-bds, bulgarian-phonetic, chinese-sisheng (for
-Chinese Pinyin characters), croatian, dutch, georgian, latvian-keyboard,
-lithuanian-numeric, lithuanian-keyboard, malayalam-inscript, rfc1345,
-russian-computer, sgml, slovenian, tamil-inscript, ukrainian-computer,
-ucs, vietnamese-telex, welsh.
-*** There is support for decoding Greek and Cyrillic characters into
-either Unicode (the mule-unicode charsets) or the iso-8859 charsets,
-when possible.  The latter are more space-efficient.
-  This is controlled by user option utf-fragment-on-decoding.
-*** Improved Thai support.  A new minor mode `thai-word-mode' (which is
-automatically activated if you select Thai as a language
-environment) changes key bindings of most word-oriented commands to
-versions which recognize Thai words.  Affected commands are
-    M-f     (forward-word)
-    M-b     (backward-word)
-    M-d     (kill-word)
-    M-DEL   (backward-kill-word)
-    M-t     (transpose-words)
-    M-q     (fill-paragraph)
-*** Indian support has been updated.
-The in-is13194 coding system is now Unicode-based.  CDAC fonts are
-assumed.  There is a framework for supporting various Indian scripts,
-but currently only Devanagari, Malayalam and Tamil are supported.
-*** The utf-8/16 coding systems have been enhanced.
-By default, untranslatable utf-8 sequences are simply composed into
-single quasi-characters.  User option `utf-translate-cjk-mode' (it is
-turned on by default) arranges to translate many utf-8 CJK character
-sequences into real Emacs characters in a similar way to the Mule-UCS
-system.  As this loads a fairly big data on demand, people who are not
-interested in CJK characters may want to customize it to nil.
-You can augment/amend the CJK translation via hash tables
-`ucs-mule-cjk-to-unicode' and `ucs-unicode-to-mule-cjk'.  The utf-8
-coding system now also encodes characters from most of Emacs's
-one-dimensional internal charsets, specifically the ISO-8859 ones.
-The utf-16 coding system is affected similarly.
-*** A UTF-7 coding system is available in the library `utf-7'.
-*** A new coding system `euc-tw' has been added for traditional Chinese
-in CNS encoding; it accepts both Big 5 and CNS as input; on saving,
-Big 5 is then converted to CNS.
-*** Many new coding systems are available in the `code-pages' library.
-These include complete versions of most of those in codepage.el, based
-on Unicode mappings.  `codepage-setup' is now obsolete and is used
-only in the MS-DOS port of Emacs.  All coding systems defined in
-`code-pages' are auto-loaded.
-*** New variable `utf-translate-cjk-unicode-range' controls which
-Unicode characters to translate in `utf-translate-cjk-mode'.
-*** iso-10646-1 (`Unicode') fonts can be used to display any range of
-characters encodable by the utf-8 coding system.  Just specify the
-fontset appropriately.
-** Customize changes:
-*** Custom themes are collections of customize options.  Create a
-custom theme with M-x customize-create-theme.  Use M-x load-theme to
-load and enable a theme, and M-x disable-theme to disable it.  Use M-x
-enable-theme to enable a disabled theme.
-*** The commands M-x customize-face and M-x customize-face-other-window
-now look at the character after point.  If a face or faces are
-specified for that character, the commands by default customize those
-faces.
-*** The face-customization widget has been reworked to be less confusing.
-In particular, when you enable a face attribute using the corresponding
-check-box, there's no longer a redundant `*' option in value selection
-for that attribute; the values you can choose are only those which make
-sense for the attribute.  When an attribute is de-selected by unchecking
-its check-box, then the (now ignored, but still present temporarily in
-case you re-select the attribute) value is hidden.
-*** When you set or reset a variable's value in a Customize buffer,
-the previous value becomes the "backup value" of the variable.
-You can go back to that backup value by selecting "Use Backup Value"
-under the "[State]" button.
-** Dired mode:
-*** In Dired's ! command (dired-do-shell-command), `*' and `?' now
-control substitution of the file names only when they are surrounded
-by whitespace.  This means you can now use them as shell wildcards
-too.  If you want to use just plain `*' as a wildcard, type `*""'; the
-double quotes make no difference in the shell, but they prevent
-special treatment in `dired-do-shell-command'.
-*** The Dired command `dired-goto-file' is now bound to j, not M-g.
-This is to avoid hiding the global key binding of M-g.
-*** New faces dired-header, dired-mark, dired-marked, dired-flagged,
-dired-ignored, dired-directory, dired-symlink, dired-warning
-introduced for Dired mode instead of font-lock faces.
-*** New Dired command `dired-compare-directories' marks files
-with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
-*** New Dired command `dired-do-touch' (bound to T) changes timestamps
-of marked files with the value entered in the minibuffer.
-*** In Dired, the w command now stores the current line's file name
-into the kill ring.  With a zero prefix arg, it stores the absolute file name.
-*** In Dired-x, Omitting files is now a minor mode, dired-omit-mode.
-The mode toggling command is bound to M-o.  A new command
-dired-mark-omitted, bound to * O, marks omitted files.  The variable
-dired-omit-files-p is obsoleted, use the mode toggling function
-instead.
-*** The variables dired-free-space-program and dired-free-space-args
-have been renamed to directory-free-space-program and
-directory-free-space-args, and they now apply whenever Emacs puts a
-directory listing into a buffer.
-** Comint changes:
-*** The new INSIDE_EMACS environment variable is set to "t" in subshells
-running inside Emacs.  This supersedes the EMACS environment variable,
-which will be removed in a future Emacs release.  Programs that need
-to know whether they are started inside Emacs should check INSIDE_EMACS
-instead of EMACS.
-*** The comint prompt can now be made read-only, using the new user
-option `comint-prompt-read-only'.  This is not enabled by default,
-except in IELM buffers.  The read-only status of IELM prompts can be
-controlled with the new user option `ielm-prompt-read-only', which
-overrides `comint-prompt-read-only'.
-The new commands `comint-kill-whole-line' and `comint-kill-region'
-support editing comint buffers with read-only prompts.
-`comint-kill-whole-line' is like `kill-whole-line', but ignores both
-read-only and field properties.  Hence, it always kill entire
-lines, including any prompts.
-`comint-kill-region' is like `kill-region', except that it ignores
-read-only properties, if it is safe to do so.  This means that if any
-part of a prompt is deleted, then the entire prompt must be deleted
-and that all prompts must stay at the beginning of a line.  If this is
-not the case, then `comint-kill-region' behaves just like
-`kill-region' if read-only properties are involved: it copies the text
-to the kill-ring, but does not delete it.
-*** The new command `comint-insert-previous-argument' in comint-derived
-modes (shell-mode, etc.) inserts arguments from previous command lines,
-like bash's `ESC .' binding.  It is bound by default to `C-c .', but
-otherwise behaves quite similarly to the bash version.
-*** `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' has been renamed
-`comint-use-prompt-regexp'.  The old name has been kept as an alias,
-but declared obsolete.
-** M-x Compile changes:
-*** M-x compile has become more robust and reliable
-Quite a few more kinds of messages are recognized.  Messages that are
-recognized as warnings or informational come in orange or green, instead of
-red.  Informational messages are by default skipped with `next-error'
-(controlled by `compilation-skip-threshold').
-Location data is collected on the fly as the *compilation* buffer changes.
-This means you could modify messages to make them point to different files.
-This also means you can not go to locations of messages you may have deleted.
-The variable `compilation-error-regexp-alist' has now become customizable.  If
-you had added your own regexps to this, you'll probably need to include a
-leading `^', otherwise they'll match anywhere on a line.  There is now also a
-`compilation-mode-font-lock-keywords' and it nicely handles all the checks
-that configure outputs and -o options so you see at a glance where you are.
-The new file etc/compilation.txt gives examples of each type of message.
-*** New user option `compilation-environment'.
-This option allows you to specify environment variables for inferior
-compilation processes without affecting the environment that all
-subprocesses inherit.
-*** New user option `compilation-disable-input'.
-If this is non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
-*** New options `next-error-highlight' and `next-error-highlight-no-select'
-specify the method of highlighting of the corresponding source line
-in new face `next-error'.
-*** A new minor mode `next-error-follow-minor-mode' can be used in
-compilation-mode, grep-mode, occur-mode, and diff-mode (i.e. all the
-modes that can use `next-error').  In this mode, cursor motion in the
-buffer causes automatic display in another window of the corresponding
-matches, compilation errors, etc.  This minor mode can be toggled with
-C-c C-f.
-*** When the left fringe is displayed, an arrow points to current message in
-the compilation buffer.
-*** The new variable `compilation-context-lines' controls lines of leading
-context before the current message.  If nil and the left fringe is displayed,
-it doesn't scroll the compilation output window.  If there is no left fringe,
-no arrow is displayed and a value of nil means display the message at the top
-of the window.
-** Occur mode changes:
-*** The new command `multi-occur' is just like `occur', except it can
-search multiple buffers.  There is also a new command
-`multi-occur-in-matching-buffers' which allows you to specify the
-buffers to search by their filenames or buffer names.  Internally,
-Occur mode has been rewritten, and now uses font-lock, among other
-changes.
-*** You can now use next-error (C-x `) and previous-error to advance to
-the next/previous matching line found by M-x occur.
-*** In the *Occur* buffer, `o' switches to it in another window, and
-C-o displays the current line's occurrence in another window without
-switching to it.
-** Grep changes:
-*** Grep has been decoupled from compilation mode setup.
-There's a new separate package grep.el, with its own submenu and
-customization group.
-*** `grep-find' is now also available under the name `find-grep' where
-people knowing `find-grep-dired' would probably expect it.
-*** New commands `lgrep' (local grep) and `rgrep' (recursive grep) are
-more user-friendly versions of `grep' and `grep-find', which prompt
-separately for the regular expression to match, the files to search,
-and the base directory for the search.  Case sensitivity of the
-search is controlled by the current value of `case-fold-search'.
-These commands build the shell commands based on the new variables
-`grep-template' (lgrep) and `grep-find-template' (rgrep).
-The files to search can use aliases defined in `grep-files-aliases'.
-Subdirectories listed in `grep-find-ignored-directories' such as those
-typically used by various version control systems, like CVS and arch,
-are automatically skipped by `rgrep'.
-*** The grep commands provide highlighting support.
-Hits are fontified in green, and hits in binary files in orange.  Grep buffers
-can be saved and automatically revisited.
-*** New option `grep-highlight-matches' highlights matches in *grep*
-buffer.  It uses a special feature of some grep programs which accept
--color option to output markers around matches.  When going to the next
-match with `next-error' the exact match is highlighted in the source
-buffer.  Otherwise, if `grep-highlight-matches' is nil, the whole
-source line is highlighted.
-*** New key bindings in grep output window:
-SPC and DEL scrolls window up and down.  C-n and C-p moves to next and
-previous match in the grep window.  RET jumps to the source line of
-the current match.  `n' and `p' shows next and previous match in
-other window, but does not switch buffer.  `{' and `}' jumps to the
-previous or next file in the grep output.  TAB also jumps to the next
-file.
-*** M-x grep now tries to avoid appending `/dev/null' to the command line
-by using GNU grep `-H' option instead.  M-x grep automatically
-detects whether this is possible or not the first time it is invoked.
-When `-H' is used, the grep command line supplied by the user is passed
-unchanged to the system to execute, which allows more complicated
-command lines to be used than was possible before.
-*** The new variables `grep-window-height' and `grep-scroll-output' override
-the corresponding compilation mode settings, for grep commands only.
-** Cursor display changes:
-*** Emacs can produce an underscore-like (horizontal bar) cursor.
-The underscore cursor is set by putting `(cursor-type . hbar)' in
-default-frame-alist.  It supports variable heights, like the `bar'
-cursor does.
-*** The variable `cursor-in-non-selected-windows' can now be set to any
-of the recognized cursor types.
-*** Display of hollow cursors now obeys the buffer-local value (if any)
-of `cursor-in-non-selected-windows' in the buffer that the cursor
-appears in.
-*** On text terminals, the variable `visible-cursor' controls whether Emacs
-uses the "very visible" cursor (the default) or the normal cursor.
-*** The X resource cursorBlink can be used to turn off cursor blinking.
-*** On X, MS Windows, and Mac OS, the blinking cursor's "off" state is
-now controlled by the variable `blink-cursor-alist'.
-** X Windows Support:
-*** Emacs now supports drag and drop for X.  Dropping a file on a window
-opens it, dropping text inserts the text.  Dropping a file on a dired
-buffer copies or moves the file to that directory.
-*** Under X11, it is possible to swap Alt and Meta (and Super and Hyper).
-The new variables `x-alt-keysym', `x-hyper-keysym', `x-meta-keysym',
-and `x-super-keysym' can be used to choose which keysyms Emacs should
-use for the modifiers.  For example, the following two lines swap
-Meta and Alt:
-    (setq x-alt-keysym 'meta)
-    (setq x-meta-keysym 'alt)
-*** The X resource useXIM can be used to turn off use of XIM, which can
-speed up Emacs with slow networking to the X server.
-If the configure option `--without-xim' was used to turn off use of
-XIM by default, the X resource useXIM can be used to turn it on.
-*** The new variable `x-select-request-type' controls how Emacs
-requests X selection.  The default value is nil, which means that
-Emacs requests X selection with types COMPOUND_TEXT and UTF8_STRING,
-and use the more appropriately result.
-*** The scrollbar under LessTif or Motif has a smoother drag-scrolling.
-On the other hand, the size of the thumb does not represent the actual
-amount of text shown any more (only a crude approximation of it).
-** Xterm support:
-*** If you enable Xterm Mouse mode, Emacs will respond to mouse clicks
-on the mode line, header line and display margin, when run in an xterm.
-*** Improved key bindings support when running in an xterm.
-When Emacs is running in an xterm more key bindings are available.
-The following should work:
-{C,S,C-S,A}-{right,left,up,down,prior,next,delete,insert,F1-12}.
-These key bindings work on xterm from X.org 6.8 (and later versions),
-they might not work on some older versions of xterm, or on some
-proprietary versions.
-The various keys generated by xterm when the "modifyOtherKeys"
-resource is set are also supported.
-** Character terminal color support changes:
-*** The new command-line option --color=MODE lets you specify a standard
-mode for a tty color support.  It is meant to be used on character
-terminals whose capabilities are not set correctly in the terminal
-database, or with terminal emulators which support colors, but don't
-set the TERM environment variable to a name of a color-capable
-terminal.  "emacs --color" uses the same color commands as GNU `ls'
-when invoked with "ls --color", so if your terminal can support colors
-in "ls --color", it will support "emacs --color" as well.  See the
-user manual for the possible values of the MODE parameter.
-*** Emacs now supports several character terminals which provide more
-than 8 colors.  For example, for `xterm', 16-color, 88-color, and
-256-color modes are supported.  Emacs automatically notes at startup
-the extended number of colors, and defines the appropriate entries for
-all of these colors.
-*** Emacs now uses the full range of available colors for the default
-faces when running on a color terminal, including 16-, 88-, and
-256-color xterms.  This means that when you run "emacs -nw" on an
-88-color or 256-color xterm, you will see essentially the same face
-colors as on X.
-*** There's a new support for colors on `rxvt' terminal emulator.
-** ebnf2ps changes:
-*** New option `ebnf-arrow-extra-width' which specify extra width for arrow
-shape drawing.
-The extra width is used to avoid that the arrowhead and the terminal border
-overlap.  It depends on `ebnf-arrow-shape' and `ebnf-line-width'.
-*** New option `ebnf-arrow-scale' which specify the arrow scale.
-Values lower than 1.0, shrink the arrow.
-Values greater than 1.0, expand the arrow.
-* New Modes and Packages in Emacs 22.1
+* New Modes and Packages in Emacs 23.1
-** CUA mode is now part of the Emacs distribution.
-The new cua package provides CUA-like keybindings using C-x for
-cut (kill), C-c for copy, C-v for paste (yank), and C-z for undo.
-With cua, the region can be set and extended using shifted movement
-keys (like pc-selection-mode) and typed text replaces the active
-region (like delete-selection-mode).  Do not enable these modes with
-cua-mode.  Customize the variable `cua-mode' to enable cua.
-The cua-selection-mode enables the CUA keybindings for the region but
-does not change the bindings for C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v. It can be used as a
-replacement for pc-selection-mode.
-In addition, cua provides unified rectangle support with visible
-rectangle highlighting: Use C-return to start a rectangle, extend it
-using the movement commands (or mouse-3), and cut or copy it using C-x
-or C-c (using C-w and M-w also works).
-Use M-o and M-c to `open' or `close' the rectangle, use M-b or M-f, to
-fill it with blanks or another character, use M-u or M-l to upcase or
-downcase the rectangle, use M-i to increment the numbers in the
-rectangle, use M-n to fill the rectangle with a numeric sequence (such
-as 10 20 30...), use M-r to replace a regexp in the rectangle, and use
-M-' or M-/ to restrict command on the rectangle to a subset of the
-rows.  See the commentary in cua-base.el for more rectangle commands.
-Cua also provides unified support for registers:  Use a numeric
-prefix argument between 0 and 9, i.e. M-0 .. M-9, for C-x, C-c, and
-C-v to cut or copy into register 0-9, or paste from register 0-9.
-The last text deleted (not killed) is automatically stored in
-register 0.  This includes text deleted by typing text.
-Finally, cua provides a global mark which is set using S-C-space.
-When the global mark is active, any text which is cut or copied is
-automatically inserted at the global mark position.  See the
-commentary in cua-base.el for more global mark related commands.
-The features of cua also works with the standard Emacs bindings for
-kill, copy, yank, and undo.  If you want to use cua mode, but don't
-want the C-x, C-c, C-v, and C-z bindings, you can customize the
-`cua-enable-cua-keys' variable.
-Note: This version of cua mode is not backwards compatible with older
-versions of cua.el and cua-mode.el.  To ensure proper operation, you
-must remove older versions of cua.el or cua-mode.el as well as the
-loading and customization of those packages from the .emacs file.
-** Tramp is now part of the distribution.
-This package is similar to Ange-FTP: it allows you to edit remote
-files.  But whereas Ange-FTP uses FTP to access the remote host,
-Tramp uses a shell connection.  The shell connection is always used
-for filename completion and directory listings and suchlike, but for
-the actual file transfer, you can choose between the so-called
-`inline' methods (which transfer the files through the shell
-connection using base64 or uu encoding) and the `out-of-band' methods
-(which invoke an external copying program such as `rcp' or `scp' or
-`rsync' to do the copying).
-Shell connections can be acquired via `rsh', `ssh', `telnet' and also
-`su' and `sudo'.  Ange-FTP is still supported via the `ftp' method.
-If you want to disable Tramp you should set
-  (setq tramp-default-method "ftp")
-Removing Tramp, and re-enabling Ange-FTP, can be achieved by M-x
-tramp-unload-tramp.
-** The image-dired.el package allows you to easily view, tag and in
-other ways manipulate image files and their thumbnails, using dired as
-the main interface.  Image-Dired provides functionality to generate
-simple image galleries.
-** Image files are normally visited in Image mode, which lets you toggle
-between viewing the image and viewing the text using C-c C-c.
-** The new python.el package is used to edit Python and Jython programs.
-** The URL package (which had been part of W3) is now part of Emacs.
-** Calc is now part of the Emacs distribution.
-Calc is an advanced desk calculator and mathematical tool written in
-Emacs Lisp.  The prefix for Calc has been changed to `C-x *' and Calc
-can be started with `C-x * *'.  The Calc manual is separate from the
-Emacs manual; within Emacs, type "C-h i m calc RET" to read the
-manual.  A reference card is available in `etc/calccard.tex' and
-`etc/calccard.ps'.
-** Org mode is now part of the Emacs distribution
-Org mode is a mode for keeping notes, maintaining ToDo lists, and
-doing project planning with a fast and effective plain-text system.
-It also contains a plain-text table editor with spreadsheet-like
-capabilities.
-The Org mode table editor can be integrated into any major mode by
-activating the minor Orgtbl-mode.
-The documentation for org-mode is in a separate manual; within Emacs,
-type "C-h i m org RET" to read that manual.  A reference card is
-available in `etc/orgcard.tex' and `etc/orgcard.ps'.
-** ERC is now part of the Emacs distribution.
-ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client for Emacs.
-To see what modules are available, type
-M-x customize-option erc-modules RET.
-To start an IRC session with ERC, type M-x erc, and follow the prompts
-for server, port, and nick.
-** Rcirc is now part of the Emacs distribution.
-Rcirc is an Internet relay chat (IRC) client.  It supports
-simultaneous connections to multiple IRC servers.  Each discussion
-takes place in its own buffer.  For each connection you can join
-several channels (many-to-many) and participate in private
-(one-to-one) chats.  Both channel and private chats are contained in
-separate buffers.
-To start an IRC session using the default parameters, type M-x irc.
-If you type C-u M-x irc, it prompts you for the server, nick, port and
-startup channel parameters before connecting.
-** The new package ibuffer provides a powerful, completely
-customizable replacement for buff-menu.el.
-** Newsticker is now part of the Emacs distribution.
-Newsticker asynchronously retrieves headlines (RSS) from a list of news
-sites, prepares these headlines for reading, and allows for loading the
-corresponding articles in a web browser.  Its documentation is in a
-separate manual.
-** The wdired.el package allows you to use normal editing commands on Dired
-buffers to change filenames, permissions, etc...
-** Ido mode is now part of the Emacs distribution.
-The ido (interactively do) package is an extension of the iswitchb
-package to do interactive opening of files and directories in addition
-to interactive buffer switching.  Ido is a superset of iswitchb (with
-a few exceptions), so don't enable both packages.
-** The new global minor mode `file-name-shadow-mode' modifies the way
-filenames being entered by the user in the minibuffer are displayed, so
-that it's clear when part of the entered filename will be ignored due to
-Emacs' filename parsing rules.  The ignored portion can be made dim,
-invisible, or otherwise less visually noticeable.  The display method can
-be displayed by customizing the variable `file-name-shadow-properties'.
-** Emacs' keyboard macro facilities have been enhanced by the new
-kmacro package.
-Keyboard macros are now defined and executed via the F3 and F4 keys:
-F3 starts a macro, F4 ends the macro, and pressing F4 again executes
-the last macro.  While defining the macro, F3 inserts a counter value
-which automatically increments every time the macro is executed.
-There is now a keyboard macro ring which stores the most recently
-defined macros.
-The C-x C-k sequence is now a prefix for the kmacro keymap which
-defines bindings for moving through the keyboard macro ring,
-C-x C-k C-p and C-x C-k C-n, editing the last macro C-x C-k C-e,
-manipulating the macro counter and format via C-x C-k C-c,
-C-x C-k C-a, and C-x C-k C-f.  See the commentary in kmacro.el
-for more commands.
-The original macro bindings C-x (, C-x ), and C-x e are still
-available, but they now interface to the keyboard macro ring too.
-The C-x e command now automatically terminates the current macro
-before calling it, if used while defining a macro.
-In addition, when ending or calling a macro with C-x e, the macro can
-be repeated immediately by typing just the `e'.  You can customize
-this behavior via the variables kmacro-call-repeat-key and
-kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg.
-Keyboard macros can now be debugged and edited interactively.
-C-x C-k SPC steps through the last keyboard macro one key sequence
-at a time, prompting for the actions to take.
-** The new keypad setup package provides several common bindings for
-the numeric keypad which is available on most keyboards.  The numeric
-keypad typically has the digits 0 to 9, a decimal point, keys marked
-+, -, /, and *, an Enter key, and a NumLock toggle key.  The keypad
-package only controls the use of the digit and decimal keys.
-By customizing the variables `keypad-setup', `keypad-shifted-setup',
-`keypad-numlock-setup', and `keypad-numlock-shifted-setup', or by
-using the function `keypad-setup', you can rebind all digit keys and
-the decimal key of the keypad in one step for each of the four
-possible combinations of the Shift key state (not pressed/pressed) and
-the NumLock toggle state (off/on).
-The choices for the keypad keys in each of the above states are:
-`Plain numeric keypad' where the keys generates plain digits,
-`Numeric keypad with decimal key' where the character produced by the
-decimal key can be customized individually (for internationalization),
-`Numeric Prefix Arg' where the keypad keys produce numeric prefix args
-for Emacs editing commands, `Cursor keys' and `Shifted Cursor keys'
-where the keys work like (shifted) arrow keys, home/end, etc., and
-`Unspecified/User-defined' where the keypad keys (kp-0, kp-1, etc.)
-are left unspecified and can be bound individually through the global
-or local keymaps.
-** The printing package is now part of the Emacs distribution.
-If you enable the printing package by including (require 'printing) in
-the .emacs file, the normal Print item on the File menu is replaced
-with a Print sub-menu which allows you to preview output through
-ghostview, use ghostscript to print (if you don't have a PostScript
-printer) or send directly to printer a PostScript code generated by
-`ps-print' package.  Use M-x pr-help for more information.
-** The new package longlines.el provides a minor mode for editing text
-files composed of long lines, based on the `use-hard-newlines'
-mechanism.  The long lines are broken up by inserting soft newlines,
-which are automatically removed when saving the file to disk or
-copying into the kill ring, clipboard, etc.  By default, Longlines
-mode inserts soft newlines automatically during editing, a behavior
-referred to as "soft word wrap" in other text editors.  This is
-similar to Refill mode, but more reliable.  To turn the word wrap
-feature off, set `longlines-auto-wrap' to nil.
-** SES mode (ses-mode) is a new major mode for creating and editing
-spreadsheet files.  Besides the usual Emacs features (intuitive command
-letters, undo, cell formulas in Lisp, plaintext files, etc.) it also offers
-viral immunity and import/export of tab-separated values.
-** The new package table.el implements editable, WYSIWYG, embedded
-`text tables' in Emacs buffers.  It simulates the effect of putting
-these tables in a special major mode.  The package emulates WYSIWYG
-table editing available in modern word processors.  The package also
-can generate a table source in typesetting and markup languages such
-as latex and html from the visually laid out text table.
-** Filesets are collections of files.  You can define a fileset in
-various ways, such as based on a directory tree or based on
-program files that include other program files.
-Once you have defined a fileset, you can perform various operations on
-all the files in it, such as visiting them or searching and replacing
-in them.
-** The minor mode Reveal mode makes text visible on the fly as you
-move your cursor into hidden regions of the buffer.
-It should work with any package that uses overlays to hide parts
-of a buffer, such as outline-minor-mode, hs-minor-mode, hide-ifdef-mode, ...
-There is also Global Reveal mode which affects all buffers.
-** New minor mode, Visible mode, toggles invisibility in the current buffer.
-When enabled, it makes all invisible text visible.  When disabled, it
-restores the previous value of `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
-** The new package flymake.el does on-the-fly syntax checking of program
-source files.  See the Flymake's Info manual for more details.
-** savehist saves minibuffer histories between sessions.
-To use this feature, turn on savehist-mode in your `.emacs' file.
-** The ruler-mode.el library provides a minor mode for displaying an
-"active" ruler in the header line.  You can use the mouse to visually
-change the `fill-column', `window-margins' and `tab-stop-list'
-settings.
-** The file t-mouse.el is now part of Emacs and provides access to mouse
-events from the console.  It still requires gpm to work but has been updated
-for Emacs 22.  In particular, the mode-line is now position sensitive.
-** The new package scroll-lock.el provides the Scroll Lock minor mode
-for pager-like scrolling.  Keys which normally move point by line or
-paragraph will scroll the buffer by the respective amount of lines
-instead and point will be kept vertically fixed relative to window
-boundaries during scrolling.
-** The new global minor mode `size-indication-mode' (off by default)
-shows the size of accessible part of the buffer on the mode line.
-** The new package conf-mode.el handles thousands of configuration files, with
-varying syntaxes for comments (;, #, //, /* */ or !), assignment (var = value,
-var : value, var value or keyword var value) and sections ([section] or
-section { }).  Many files under /etc/, or with suffixes like .cf through
-.config, .properties (Java), .desktop (KDE/Gnome), .ini and many others are
-recognized.
-** GDB-Script-mode is used for files like .gdbinit.
-** The new package dns-mode.el adds syntax highlighting of DNS master files.
-It is a modern replacement for zone-mode.el, which is now obsolete.
-** `cfengine-mode' is a major mode for editing GNU Cfengine
-configuration files.
-** The TCL package tcl-mode.el was replaced by tcl.el.
-This was actually done in Emacs-21.1, and was not documented.
-* Changes in Specialized Modes and Packages in Emacs 22.1:
+* Changes in Specialized Modes and Packages in Emacs 23.1
-** Changes in Dired
-*** Bindings for Image-Dired added.
-Several new keybindings, all starting with the C-t prefix, have been
-added to Dired.  They are all bound to commands in Image-Dired.  As a
-starting point, mark some image files in a dired buffer and do C-t d
-to display thumbnails of them in a separate buffer.
-** Info mode changes
-*** Images in Info pages are supported.
-Info pages show embedded images, in Emacs frames with image support.
-Info documentation that includes images, processed with makeinfo
-version 4.7 or newer, compiles to Info pages with embedded images.
-*** `Info-index' offers completion.
-*** http and ftp links in Info are now operational: they look like cross
-references and following them calls `browse-url'.
-*** isearch in Info uses Info-search and searches through multiple nodes.
-Before leaving the initial Info node isearch fails once with the error
-message [initial node], and with subsequent C-s/C-r continues through
-other nodes.  When isearch fails for the rest of the manual, it wraps
-around the whole manual to the top/final node.  The user option
-`Info-isearch-search' controls whether to use Info-search for isearch,
-or the default isearch search function that wraps around the current
-Info node.
-*** New search commands: `Info-search-case-sensitively' (bound to S),
-`Info-search-backward', and `Info-search-next' which repeats the last
-search without prompting for a new search string.
-*** New command `info-apropos' searches the indices of the known
-Info files on your system for a string, and builds a menu of the
-possible matches.
-*** New command `Info-history-forward' (bound to r and new toolbar icon)
-moves forward in history to the node you returned from after using
-`Info-history-back' (renamed from `Info-last').
-*** New command `Info-history' (bound to L) displays a menu of visited nodes.
-*** New command `Info-toc' (bound to T) creates a node with table of contents
-from the tree structure of menus of the current Info file.
-*** New command `Info-copy-current-node-name' (bound to w) copies
-the current Info node name into the kill ring.  With a zero prefix
-arg, puts the node name inside the `info' function call.
-*** New face `info-xref-visited' distinguishes visited nodes from unvisited
-and a new option `Info-fontify-visited-nodes' to control this.
-*** A numeric prefix argument of `info' selects an Info buffer
-with the number appended to the `*info*' buffer name (e.g. "*info*<2>").
-*** Info now hides node names in menus and cross references by default.
-If you prefer the old behavior, you can set the new user option
-`Info-hide-note-references' to nil.
-*** The default value for `Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes' is now nil.
-** Emacs server changes
-*** You can have several Emacs servers on the same machine.
-        % emacs --eval '(setq server-name "foo")' -f server-start &
-        % emacs --eval '(setq server-name "bar")' -f server-start &
-        % emacsclient -s foo file1
-        % emacsclient -s bar file2
-*** The `emacsclient' command understands the options `--eval' and
-`--display' which tell Emacs respectively to evaluate the given Lisp
-expression and to use the given display when visiting files.
-*** User option `server-mode' can be used to start a server process.
-** Locate changes
-*** By default, reverting the *Locate* buffer now just runs the last
-`locate' command back over again without offering to update the locate
-database (which normally only works if you have root privileges).  If
-you prefer the old behavior, set the new customizable option
-`locate-update-when-revert' to t.
-** Desktop package
-*** Desktop saving is now a minor mode, `desktop-save-mode'.
-*** The variable `desktop-enable' is obsolete.
-Customize `desktop-save-mode' to enable desktop saving.
-*** Buffers are saved in the desktop file in the same order as that in the
-buffer list.
-*** The desktop package can be customized to restore only some buffers
-immediately, remaining buffers are restored lazily (when Emacs is
-idle).
-*** New command line option --no-desktop
-*** New commands:
-  - desktop-revert reverts to the last loaded desktop.
-  - desktop-change-dir kills current desktop and loads a new.
-  - desktop-save-in-desktop-dir saves desktop in the directory from which
-    it was loaded.
-  - desktop-lazy-complete runs the desktop load to completion.
-  - desktop-lazy-abort aborts lazy loading of the desktop.
-*** New customizable variables:
-  - desktop-save. Determines whether the desktop should be saved when it is
-    killed.
-  - desktop-file-name-format. Format in which desktop file names should be saved.
-  - desktop-path. List of directories in which to lookup the desktop file.
-  - desktop-locals-to-save. List of local variables to save.
-  - desktop-globals-to-clear. List of global variables that `desktop-clear' will clear.
-  - desktop-clear-preserve-buffers-regexp. Regexp identifying buffers that `desktop-clear'
-    should not delete.
-  - desktop-restore-eager. Number of buffers to restore immediately. Remaining buffers are
-    restored lazily (when Emacs is idle).
-  - desktop-lazy-verbose. Verbose reporting of lazily created buffers.
-  - desktop-lazy-idle-delay. Idle delay before starting to create buffers.
-*** New hooks:
-  - desktop-after-read-hook run after a desktop is loaded.
-  - desktop-no-desktop-file-hook run when no desktop file is found.
-** Recentf changes
-The recent file list is now automatically cleaned up when recentf mode is
-enabled.  The new option `recentf-auto-cleanup' controls when to do
-automatic cleanup.
-The ten most recent files can be quickly opened by using the shortcut
-keys 1 to 9, and 0, when the recent list is displayed in a buffer via
-the `recentf-open-files', or `recentf-open-more-files' commands.
-The `recentf-keep' option replaces `recentf-keep-non-readable-files-p'
-and provides a more general mechanism to customize which file names to
-keep in the recent list.
-With the more advanced option `recentf-filename-handlers', you can
-specify functions that successively transform recent file names.  For
-example, if set to `file-truename' plus `abbreviate-file-name', the
-same file will not be in the recent list with different symbolic
-links, and the file name will be abbreviated.
-To follow naming convention, `recentf-menu-append-commands-flag'
-replaces the misnamed option `recentf-menu-append-commands-p'.  The
-old name remains available as alias, but has been marked obsolete.
-** Auto-Revert changes
-*** You can now use Auto Revert mode to `tail' a file.
-If point is at the end of a file buffer before reverting, Auto Revert
-mode keeps it at the end after reverting.  Similarly if point is
-displayed at the end of a file buffer in any window, it stays at
-the end of the buffer in that window.  This allows to tail a file:
-just put point at the end of the buffer and it stays there.  This
-rule applies to file buffers.  For non-file buffers, the behavior can
-be mode dependent.
-If you are sure that the file will only change by growing at the end,
-then you can tail the file more efficiently by using the new minor
-mode Auto Revert Tail mode.  The function `auto-revert-tail-mode'
-toggles this mode.
-*** Auto Revert mode is now more careful to avoid excessive reverts and
-other potential problems when deciding which non-file buffers to
-revert.  This matters especially if Global Auto Revert mode is enabled
-and `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil.  Auto Revert
-mode only reverts a non-file buffer if the buffer has a non-nil
-`revert-buffer-function' and a non-nil `buffer-stale-function', which
-decides whether the buffer should be reverted.  Currently, this means
-that auto reverting works for Dired buffers (although this may not
-work properly on all operating systems) and for the Buffer Menu.
-*** If the new user option `auto-revert-check-vc-info' is non-nil, Auto
-Revert mode reliably updates version control info (such as the version
-control number in the mode line), in all version controlled buffers in
-which it is active.  If the option is nil, the default, then this info
-only gets updated whenever the buffer gets reverted.
-** Changes in Shell Mode
-*** Shell output normally scrolls so that the input line is at the
-bottom of the window -- thus showing the maximum possible text.  (This
-is similar to the way sequential output to a terminal works.)
-** Changes in Hi Lock
-*** hi-lock-mode now only affects a single buffer, and a new function
-`global-hi-lock-mode' enables Hi Lock in all buffers.  By default, if
-hi-lock-mode is used in what appears to be the initialization file, a
-warning message suggests to use global-hi-lock-mode instead.  However,
-if the new variable `hi-lock-archaic-interface-deduce' is non-nil,
-using hi-lock-mode in an initialization file will turn on Hi Lock in all
-buffers and no warning will be issued (for compatibility with the
-behavior in older versions of Emacs).
-** Changes in Allout
-*** Topic cryptography added, enabling easy gpg topic encryption and
-decryption.  Per-topic basis enables interspersing encrypted-text and
-clear-text within a single file to your heart's content, using symmetric
-and/or public key modes.  Time-limited key caching, user-provided
-symmetric key hinting and consistency verification, auto-encryption of
-pending topics on save, and more, make it easy to use encryption in
-powerful ways.  Encryption behavior customization is collected in the
-allout-encryption customization group.
-*** Default command prefix was changed to "\C-c " (control-c space), to
-avoid intruding on user's keybinding space.  Customize the
-`allout-command-prefix' variable to your preference.
-*** Some previously rough topic-header format edge cases are reconciled.
-Level 1 topics use the mode's comment format, and lines starting with the
-asterisk - for instance, the comment close of some languages (eg, c's "*/"
-or mathematica's "*)") - at the beginning of line are no longer are
-interpreted as level 1 topics in those modes.
-*** Many or most commonly occurring "accidental" topics are disqualified.
-Text in item bodies that looks like a low-depth topic is no longer mistaken
-for one unless its first offspring (or that of its next sibling with
-offspring) is only one level deeper.
-For example, pasting some text with a bunch of leading asterisks into a
-topic that's followed by a level 3 or deeper topic will not cause the
-pasted text to be mistaken for outline structure.
-The same constraint is applied to any level 2 or 3 topics.
-This settles an old issue where typed or pasted text needed to be carefully
-reviewed, and sometimes doctored, to avoid accidentally disrupting the
-outline structure.  Now that should be generally unnecessary, as the most
-prone-to-occur accidents are disqualified.
-*** Allout now refuses to create "containment discontinuities", where a
-topic is shifted deeper than the offspring-depth of its container.  On the
-other hand, allout now operates gracefully with existing containment
-discontinuities, revealing excessively contained topics rather than either
-leaving them hidden or raising an error.
-*** Navigation within an item is easier.  Repeated beginning-of-line and
-end-of-line key commands (usually, ^A and ^E) cycle through the
-beginning/end-of-line and then beginning/end of topic, etc.  See new
-customization vars `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' and
-`allout-end-of-line-cycles'.
-*** New or revised allout-mode activity hooks enable creation of
-cooperative enhancements to allout mode without changes to the mode,
-itself.
-See `allout-exposure-change-hook', `allout-structure-added-hook',
-`allout-structure-deleted-hook', and `allout-structure-shifted-hook'.
-`allout-exposure-change-hook' replaces the existing
-`allout-view-change-hook', which is being deprecated.  Both are still
-invoked, but `allout-view-change-hook' will eventually be ignored.
-`allout-exposure-change-hook' is called with explicit arguments detailing
-the specifics of each change (as are the other new hooks), making it easier
-to use than the old version.
-There is a new mode deactivation hook, `allout-mode-deactivate-hook', for
-coordinating with deactivation of allout-mode.  Both that and the mode
-activation hook, `allout-mode-hook' are now run after the `allout-mode'
-variable is changed, rather than before.
-*** Allout now uses text overlay's `invisible' property for concealed text,
-instead of selective-display.  This simplifies the code, in particular
-avoiding the need for kludges for isearch dynamic-display, discretionary
-handling of edits of concealed text, undo concerns, etc.
-*** There are many other fixes and refinements, including:
-   - repaired inhibition of inadvertent edits to concealed text, without
-     inhibiting undo; we now reveal undo changes within concealed text.
-   - auto-fill-mode is now left inactive when allout-mode starts, if it
-     already was inactive.  also, `allout-inhibit-auto-fill' custom
-     configuration variable makes it easy to disable auto fill in allout
-     outlines in general or on a per-buffer basis.
-   - allout now tolerates fielded text in outlines without disruption.
-   - hot-spot navigation now is modularized with a new function,
-     `allout-hotspot-key-handler', enabling easier use and enhancement of
-     the functionality in allout addons.
-   - repaired retention of topic body hanging indent upon topic depth shifts
-   - bulleting variation is simpler and more accommodating, both in the
-     default behavior and in ability to vary when creating new topics
-   - mode deactivation now does cleans up effectively, more properly
-     restoring affected variables and hooks to former state, removing
-     overlays, etc.  see `allout-add-resumptions' and
-     `allout-do-resumptions', which replace the old `allout-resumptions'.
-   - included a few unit-tests for interior functionality.  developers can
-     have them automatically run at the end of module load by customizing
-     the option `allout-run-unit-tests-on-load'.
-   - many, many other, more minor tweaks, fixes, and refinements.
-   - version number incremented to 2.2
-** Hideshow mode changes
-*** New variable `hs-set-up-overlay' allows customization of the overlay
-used to effect hiding for hideshow minor mode.  Integration with isearch
-handles the overlay property `display' specially, preserving it during
-temporary overlay showing in the course of an isearch operation.
-*** New variable `hs-allow-nesting' non-nil means that hiding a block does
-not discard the hidden state of any "internal" blocks; when the parent
-block is later shown, the internal blocks remain hidden.  Default is nil.
-** FFAP changes
-*** New ffap commands and keybindings:
-C-x C-r (`ffap-read-only'),
-C-x C-v (`ffap-alternate-file'), C-x C-d (`ffap-list-directory'),
-C-x 4 r (`ffap-read-only-other-window'), C-x 4 d (`ffap-dired-other-window'),
-C-x 5 r (`ffap-read-only-other-frame'), C-x 5 d (`ffap-dired-other-frame').
-*** FFAP accepts wildcards in a file name by default.
-C-x C-f passes the file name to `find-file' with non-nil WILDCARDS
-argument, which visits multiple files, and C-x d passes it to `dired'.
-** Changes in Skeleton
-*** In skeleton.el, `-' marks the `skeleton-point' without interregion interaction.
-`@' has reverted to only setting `skeleton-positions' and no longer
-sets `skeleton-point'.  Skeletons which used @ to mark
-`skeleton-point' independent of `_' should now use `-' instead.  The
-updated `skeleton-insert' docstring explains these new features along
-with other details of skeleton construction.
-*** The variables `skeleton-transformation', `skeleton-filter', and
-`skeleton-pair-filter' have been renamed to
-`skeleton-transformation-function', `skeleton-filter-function', and
-`skeleton-pair-filter-function'.  The old names are still available
-as aliases.
-** HTML/SGML changes
-*** Emacs now tries to set up buffer coding systems for HTML/XML files
-automatically.
-*** SGML mode has indentation and supports XML syntax.
-The new variable `sgml-xml-mode' tells SGML mode to use XML syntax.
-When this option is enabled, SGML tags are inserted in XML style,
-i.e., there is always a closing tag.
-By default, its setting is inferred on a buffer-by-buffer basis
-from the file name or buffer contents.
-*** The variable `sgml-transformation' has been renamed to
-`sgml-transformation-function'.  The old name is still available as
-alias.
-*** `xml-mode' is now an alias for `sgml-mode', which has XML support.
-** TeX modes
-*** New major mode Doctex mode, for *.dtx files.
-*** C-c C-c prompts for a command to run, and tries to offer a good default.
-*** The user option `tex-start-options-string' has been replaced
-by two new user options: `tex-start-options', which should hold
-command-line options to feed to TeX, and `tex-start-commands' which should hold
-TeX commands to use at startup.
-*** verbatim environments are now highlighted in courier by font-lock
-and super/sub-scripts are made into super/sub-scripts.
-** RefTeX mode changes
-*** Changes to RefTeX's table of contents
-The new command keys "<" and ">" in the TOC buffer promote/demote the
-section at point or all sections in the current region, with full
-support for multifile documents.
-The new command `reftex-toc-recenter' (`C-c -') shows the current
-section in the TOC buffer without selecting the TOC window.
-Recentering can happen automatically in idle time when the option
-`reftex-auto-recenter-toc' is turned on.  The highlight in the TOC
-buffer stays when the focus moves to a different window.  A dedicated
-frame can show the TOC with the current section always automatically
-highlighted.  The frame is created and deleted from the toc buffer
-with the `d' key.
-The toc window can be split off horizontally instead of vertically.
-See new option `reftex-toc-split-windows-horizontally'.
-Labels can be renamed globally from the table of contents using the
-key `M-%'.
-The new command `reftex-goto-label' jumps directly to a label
-location.
-*** Changes related to citations and BibTeX database files
-Commands that insert a citation now prompt for optional arguments when
-called with a prefix argument.  Related new options are
-`reftex-cite-prompt-optional-args' and `reftex-cite-cleanup-optional-args'.
-The new command `reftex-create-bibtex-file' creates a BibTeX database
-with all entries referenced in the current document.  The keys "e" and
-"E" allow to produce a BibTeX database file from entries marked in a
-citation selection buffer.
-The command `reftex-citation' uses the word in the buffer before the
-cursor as a default search string.
-The support for chapterbib has been improved.  Different chapters can
-now use BibTeX or an explicit `thebibliography' environment.
-The macros which specify the bibliography file (like \bibliography)
-can be configured with the new option `reftex-bibliography-commands'.
-Support for jurabib has been added.
-*** Global index matched may be verified with a user function.
-During global indexing, a user function can verify an index match.
-See new option `reftex-index-verify-function'.
-*** Parsing documents with many labels can be sped up.
-Operating in a document with thousands of labels can be sped up
-considerably by allowing RefTeX to derive the type of a label directly
-from the label prefix like `eq:' or `fig:'.  The option
-`reftex-trust-label-prefix' needs to be configured in order to enable
-this feature.  While the speed-up is significant, this may reduce the
-quality of the context offered by RefTeX to describe a label.
-*** Miscellaneous changes
-The macros which input a file in LaTeX (like \input, \include) can be
-configured in the new option `reftex-include-file-commands'.
-RefTeX supports global incremental search.
-** BibTeX mode
-*** The new command `bibtex-url' browses a URL for the BibTeX entry at
-point (bound to C-c C-l and mouse-2, RET on clickable fields).
-*** The new command `bibtex-entry-update' (bound to C-c C-u) updates
-an existing BibTeX entry by inserting fields that may occur but are not
-present.
-*** New `bibtex-entry-format' option `required-fields', enabled by default.
-*** `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' can take values `plain',
-`crossref', and `entry-class' which control the sorting scheme used
-for BibTeX entries.  `bibtex-sort-entry-class' controls the sorting
-scheme `entry-class'.  TAB completion for reference keys and
-automatic detection of duplicates does not require anymore that
-`bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' is non-nil.
-*** The new command `bibtex-complete' completes word fragment before
-point according to context (bound to M-tab).
-*** In BibTeX mode the command `fill-paragraph' (M-q) fills
-individual fields of a BibTeX entry.
-*** The new variable `bibtex-autofill-types' contains a list of entry
-types for which fields are filled automatically (if possible).
-*** The new commands `bibtex-find-entry' and `bibtex-find-crossref'
-locate entries and crossref'd entries (bound to C-c C-s and C-c C-x).
-Crossref fields are clickable (bound to mouse-2, RET).
-*** The new variables `bibtex-files' and `bibtex-file-path' define a set
-of BibTeX files that are searched for entry keys.
-*** The new command `bibtex-validate-globally' checks for duplicate keys
-in multiple BibTeX files.
-*** If the new variable `bibtex-autoadd-commas' is non-nil,
-automatically add missing commas at end of BibTeX fields.
-*** The new command `bibtex-copy-summary-as-kill' pushes summary
-of BibTeX entry to kill ring (bound to C-c C-t).
-*** If the new variable `bibtex-parse-keys-fast' is non-nil,
-use fast but simplified algorithm for parsing BibTeX keys.
-*** The new variables bibtex-expand-strings and
-bibtex-autokey-expand-strings control the expansion of strings when
-extracting the content of a BibTeX field.
-*** The variables `bibtex-autokey-name-case-convert' and
-`bibtex-autokey-titleword-case-convert' have been renamed to
-`bibtex-autokey-name-case-convert-function' and
-`bibtex-autokey-titleword-case-convert-function'.  The old names are
-still available as aliases.
-** GUD changes
-*** The new package gdb-ui.el provides an enhanced graphical interface to
-GDB.  You can interact with GDB through the GUD buffer in the usual way, but
-there are also further buffers which control the execution and describe the
-state of your program.  It can separate the input/output of your program from
-that of GDB and watches expressions in the speedbar.  It also uses features of
-Emacs 21/22 such as the toolbar, and bitmaps in the fringe to indicate
-breakpoints.
-To use this package just type M-x gdb.  See the Emacs manual if you want the
-old behaviour.
-*** GUD mode has its own tool bar for controlling execution of the inferior
-and other common debugger commands.
-*** In GUD mode, when talking to GDB, C-x C-a C-j "jumps" the program
-counter to the specified source line (the one where point is).
-*** The variable tooltip-gud-tips-p has been removed.  GUD tooltips can now be
-toggled independently of normal tooltips with the minor mode
-`gud-tooltip-mode'.
-*** In graphical mode, with a C program, GUD Tooltips have been extended to
-display the #define directive associated with an identifier when program is
-not executing.
-*** GUD mode improvements for jdb:
-**** Search for source files using jdb classpath and class information.
-Fast startup since there is no need to scan all source files up front.
-There is also no need to create and maintain lists of source
-directories to scan.  Look at `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and
-`gud-jdb-classpath' customization variables documentation.
-**** The previous method of searching for source files has been
-preserved in case someone still wants/needs to use it.
-Set `gud-jdb-use-classpath' to nil.
-**** Supports the standard breakpoint (gud-break, gud-clear)
-set/clear operations from Java source files under the classpath, stack
-traversal (gud-up, gud-down), and run until current stack finish
-(gud-finish).
-**** Supports new jdb (Java 1.2 and later) in addition to oldjdb
-(Java 1.1 jdb).
-*** Added jdb Customization Variables
-**** `gud-jdb-command-name'.  What command line to use to invoke jdb.
-**** `gud-jdb-use-classpath'.  Allows selection of java source file searching
-method: set to t for new method, nil to scan `gud-jdb-directories' for
-java sources (previous method).
-**** `gud-jdb-directories'.  List of directories to scan and search for Java
-classes using the original gud-jdb method (if `gud-jdb-use-classpath'
-is nil).
-*** Minor Improvements
-**** The STARTTLS wrapper (starttls.el) can now use GNUTLS
-instead of the OpenSSL based `starttls' tool.  For backwards
-compatibility, it prefers `starttls', but you can toggle
-`starttls-use-gnutls' to switch to GNUTLS (or simply remove the
-`starttls' tool).
-**** Do not allow debugger output history variable to grow without bounds.
-** Lisp mode changes
-*** Lisp mode now uses `font-lock-doc-face' for doc strings.
-*** C-u C-M-q in Emacs Lisp mode pretty-prints the list after point.
-*** New features in evaluation commands
-**** The function `eval-defun' (C-M-x) called on defface reinitializes
-the face to the value specified in the defface expression.
-**** Typing C-x C-e twice prints the value of the integer result
-in additional formats (octal, hexadecimal, character) specified
-by the new function `eval-expression-print-format'.  The same
-function also defines the result format for `eval-expression' (M-:),
-`eval-print-last-sexp' (C-j) and some edebug evaluation functions.
-** Changes to cmuscheme
-*** Emacs now offers to start Scheme if the user tries to
-evaluate a Scheme expression but no Scheme subprocess is running.
-*** If the file ~/.emacs_NAME or ~/.emacs.d/init_NAME.scm (where NAME
-is the name of the Scheme interpreter) exists, its contents are sent
-to the Scheme subprocess upon startup.
-*** There are new commands to instruct the Scheme interpreter to trace
-procedure calls (`scheme-trace-procedure') and to expand syntactic forms
-(`scheme-expand-current-form').  The commands actually sent to the Scheme
-subprocess are controlled by the user options `scheme-trace-command',
-`scheme-untrace-command' and `scheme-expand-current-form'.
-** Ewoc changes
-*** The new function `ewoc-delete' deletes specified nodes.
-*** `ewoc-create' now takes optional arg NOSEP, which inhibits insertion of
-a newline after each pretty-printed entry and after the header and footer.
-This allows you to create multiple-entry ewocs on a single line and to
-effect "invisible" nodes by arranging for the pretty-printer to not print
-anything for those nodes.
-For example, these two sequences of expressions behave identically:
-;; NOSEP nil
-(defun PP (data) (insert (format "%S" data)))
-(ewoc-create 'PP "start\n")
-;; NOSEP t
-(defun PP (data) (insert (format "%S\n" data)))
-(ewoc-create 'PP "start\n\n" "\n" t)
-** CC mode changes
-*** The CC Mode manual has been extensively revised.
-The information about using CC Mode has been separated from the larger
-and more difficult chapters about configuration.
-*** New Minor Modes
-**** Electric Minor Mode toggles the electric action of non-alphabetic keys.
-The new command c-toggle-electric-mode is bound to C-c C-l.  Turning the
-mode off can be helpful for editing chaotically indented code and for
-users new to CC Mode, who sometimes find electric indentation
-disconcerting.  Its current state is displayed in the mode line with an
-'l', e.g. "C/al".
-**** Subword Minor Mode makes Emacs recognize word boundaries at upper case
-letters in StudlyCapsIdentifiers.  You enable this feature by C-c C-w.  It can
-also be used in non-CC Mode buffers.  :-) Contributed by Masatake YAMATO.
-*** Support for the AWK language.
-Support for the AWK language has been introduced.  The implementation is
-based around GNU AWK version 3.1, but it should work pretty well with
-any AWK.  As yet, not all features of CC Mode have been adapted for AWK.
-Here is a summary:
-**** Indentation Engine
-The CC Mode indentation engine fully supports AWK mode.
-AWK mode handles code formatted in the conventional AWK fashion: `{'s
-which start actions, user-defined functions, or compound statements are
-placed on the same line as the associated construct; the matching `}'s
-are normally placed under the start of the respective pattern, function
-definition, or structured statement.
-The predefined line-up functions haven't yet been adapted for AWK
-mode, though some of them may work serendipitously.  There shouldn't
-be any problems writing custom indentation functions for AWK mode.
-**** Font Locking
-There is a single level of font locking in AWK mode, rather than the
-three distinct levels the other modes have.  There are several
-idiosyncrasies in AWK mode's font-locking due to the peculiarities of
-the AWK language itself.
-**** Comment and Movement Commands
-These commands all work for AWK buffers.  The notion of "defun" has
-been augmented to include AWK pattern-action pairs - the standard
-"defun" commands on key sequences C-M-a, C-M-e, and C-M-h use this
-extended definition.
-**** "awk" style, Auto-newline Insertion and Clean-ups
-A new style, "awk" has been introduced, and this is now the default
-style for AWK code.  With auto-newline enabled, the clean-up
-c-one-liner-defun (see above) is useful.
-*** Font lock support.
-CC Mode now provides font lock support for all its languages.  This
-supersedes the font lock patterns that have been in the core font lock
-package for C, C++, Java and Objective-C.  Like indentation, font
-locking is done in a uniform way across all languages (except the new
-AWK mode - see below).  That means that the new font locking will be
-different from the old patterns in various details for most languages.
-The main goal of the font locking in CC Mode is accuracy, to provide a
-dependable aid in recognizing the various constructs.  Some, like
-strings and comments, are easy to recognize while others like
-declarations and types can be very tricky.  CC Mode can go to great
-lengths to recognize declarations and casts correctly, especially when
-the types aren't recognized by standard patterns.  This is a fairly
-demanding analysis which can be slow on older hardware, and it can
-therefore be disabled by choosing a lower decoration level with the
-variable font-lock-maximum-decoration.
-Note that the most demanding font lock level has been tuned with lazy
-fontification in mind; Just-In-Time-Lock mode should be enabled for
-the highest font lock level (by default, it is).  Fontifying a file
-with several thousand lines in one go can take the better part of a
-minute.
-**** The (c|c++|objc|java|idl|pike)-font-lock-extra-types variables
-are now used by CC Mode to recognize identifiers that are certain to
-be types.  (They are also used in cases that aren't related to font
-locking.)  At the maximum decoration level, types are often recognized
-properly anyway, so these variables should be fairly restrictive and
-not contain patterns for uncertain types.
-**** Support for documentation comments.
-There is a "plugin" system to fontify documentation comments like
-Javadoc and the markup within them.  It's independent of the host
-language, so it's possible to e.g. turn on Javadoc font locking in C
-buffers.  See the variable c-doc-comment-style for details.
-Currently three kinds of doc comment styles are recognized: Sun's
-Javadoc, Autodoc (which is used in Pike) and GtkDoc (used in C).  (The
-last was contributed by Masatake YAMATO).  This is by no means a
-complete list of the most common tools; if your doc comment extractor
-of choice is missing then please drop a note to bug-cc-mode@gnu.org.
-**** Better handling of C++ templates.
-As a side effect of the more accurate font locking, C++ templates are
-now handled much better.  The angle brackets that delimit them are
-given parenthesis syntax so that they can be navigated like other
-parens.
-This also improves indentation of templates, although there still is
-work to be done in that area.  E.g. it's required that multiline
-template clauses are written in full and then refontified to be
-recognized, and the indentation of nested templates is a bit odd and
-not as configurable as it ought to be.
-**** Improved handling of Objective-C and CORBA IDL.
-Especially the support for Objective-C and IDL has gotten an overhaul.
-The special "@" declarations in Objective-C are handled correctly.
-All the keywords used in CORBA IDL, PSDL, and CIDL are recognized and
-handled correctly, also wrt indentation.
-*** Changes in Key Sequences
-**** c-toggle-auto-hungry-state is no longer bound to C-c C-t.
-**** c-toggle-hungry-state is no longer bound to C-c C-d.
-This binding has been taken over by c-hungry-delete-forwards.
-**** c-toggle-auto-state (C-c C-t) has been renamed to c-toggle-auto-newline.
-c-toggle-auto-state remains as an alias.
-**** The new commands c-hungry-backspace and c-hungry-delete-forwards
-have key bindings C-c C-DEL (or C-c DEL, for the benefit of TTYs) and
-C-c C-d (or C-c C-<delete> or C-c <delete>) respectively.  These
-commands delete entire blocks of whitespace with a single
-key-sequence.  [N.B. "DEL" is the <backspace> key.]
-**** The new command c-toggle-electric-mode is bound to C-c C-l.
-**** The new command c-subword-mode is bound to C-c C-w.
-*** C-c C-s (`c-show-syntactic-information') now highlights the anchor
-position(s).
-*** New syntactic symbols in IDL mode.
-The top level constructs "module" and "composition" (from CIDL) are
-now handled like "namespace" in C++: They are given syntactic symbols
-module-open, module-close, inmodule, composition-open,
-composition-close, and incomposition.
-*** New functions to do hungry delete without enabling hungry delete mode.
-The new functions `c-hungry-backspace' and `c-hungry-delete-forward'
-provide hungry deletion without having to toggle a mode.  They are
-bound to C-c C-DEL and C-c C-d (and several variants, for the benefit
-of different keyboard setups.  See "Changes in key sequences" above).
-*** Better control over `require-final-newline'.
-The variable `c-require-final-newline' specifies which of the modes
-implemented by CC mode should insert final newlines.  Its value is a
-list of modes, and only those modes should do it.  By default the list
-includes C, C++ and Objective-C modes.
-Whichever modes are in this list will set `require-final-newline'
-based on `mode-require-final-newline'.
-*** Format change for syntactic context elements.
-The elements in the syntactic context returned by `c-guess-basic-syntax'
-and stored in `c-syntactic-context' has been changed somewhat to allow
-attaching more information.  They are now lists instead of single cons
-cells.  E.g. a line that previously had the syntactic analysis
-((inclass . 11) (topmost-intro . 13))
-is now analyzed as
-((inclass 11) (topmost-intro 13))
-In some cases there are more than one position given for a syntactic
-symbol.
-This change might affect code that calls `c-guess-basic-syntax'
-directly, and custom lineup functions if they use
-`c-syntactic-context'.  However, the argument given to lineup
-functions is still a single cons cell with nil or an integer in the
-cdr.
-*** API changes for derived modes.
-There have been extensive changes "under the hood" which can affect
-derived mode writers.  Some of these changes are likely to cause
-incompatibilities with existing derived modes, but on the other hand
-care has now been taken to make it possible to extend and modify CC
-Mode with less risk of such problems in the future.
-**** New language variable system.
-These are variables whose values vary between CC Mode's different
-languages.  See the comment blurb near the top of cc-langs.el.
-**** New initialization functions.
-The initialization procedure has been split up into more functions to
-give better control: `c-basic-common-init', `c-font-lock-init', and
-`c-init-language-vars'.
-*** Changes in analysis of nested syntactic constructs.
-The syntactic analysis engine has better handling of cases where
-several syntactic constructs appear nested on the same line.  They are
-now handled as if each construct started on a line of its own.
-This means that CC Mode now indents some cases differently, and
-although it's more consistent there might be cases where the old way
-gave results that's more to one's liking.  So if you find a situation
-where you think that the indentation has become worse, please report
-it to bug-cc-mode@gnu.org.
-**** New syntactic symbol substatement-label.
-This symbol is used when a label is inserted between a statement and
-its substatement.  E.g:
-    if (x)
-      x_is_true:
-        do_stuff();
-*** Better handling of multiline macros.
-**** Syntactic indentation inside macros.
-The contents of multiline #define's are now analyzed and indented
-syntactically just like other code.  This can be disabled by the new
-variable `c-syntactic-indentation-in-macros'.  A new syntactic symbol
-`cpp-define-intro' has been added to control the initial indentation
-inside `#define's.
-**** New lineup function `c-lineup-cpp-define'.
-Now used by default to line up macro continuation lines.  The behavior
-of this function closely mimics the indentation one gets if the macro
-is indented while the line continuation backslashes are temporarily
-removed.  If syntactic indentation in macros is turned off, it works
-much line `c-lineup-dont-change', which was used earlier, but handles
-empty lines within the macro better.
-**** Automatically inserted newlines continues the macro if used within one.
-This applies to the newlines inserted by the auto-newline mode, and to
-`c-context-line-break' and `c-context-open-line'.
-**** Better alignment of line continuation backslashes.
-`c-backslash-region' tries to adapt to surrounding backslashes.  New
-variable `c-backslash-max-column' puts a limit on how far out
-backslashes can be moved.
-**** Automatic alignment of line continuation backslashes.
-This is controlled by the new variable `c-auto-align-backslashes'.  It
-affects `c-context-line-break', `c-context-open-line' and newlines
-inserted in Auto-Newline mode.
-**** Line indentation works better inside macros.
-Regardless whether syntactic indentation and syntactic indentation
-inside macros are enabled or not, line indentation now ignores the
-line continuation backslashes.  This is most noticeable when syntactic
-indentation is turned off and there are empty lines (save for the
-backslash) in the macro.
-*** indent-for-comment is more customizable.
-The behavior of M-; (indent-for-comment) is now configurable through
-the variable `c-indent-comment-alist'.  The indentation behavior is
-based on the preceding code on the line, e.g. to get two spaces after
-#else and #endif but indentation to `comment-column' in most other
-cases (something which was hardcoded earlier).
-*** New function `c-context-open-line'.
-It's the open-line equivalent of `c-context-line-break'.
-*** New clean-ups
-**** `comment-close-slash'.
-With this clean-up, a block (i.e. c-style) comment can be terminated by
-typing a slash at the start of a line.
-**** `c-one-liner-defun'
-This clean-up compresses a short enough defun (for example, an AWK
-pattern/action pair) onto a single line.  "Short enough" is configurable.
-*** New lineup functions
-**** `c-lineup-string-cont'
-This lineup function lines up a continued string under the one it
-continues.  E.g:
-result = prefix + "A message "
-                  "string.";      <- c-lineup-string-cont
-**** `c-lineup-cascaded-calls'
-Lines up series of calls separated by "->" or ".".
-**** `c-lineup-knr-region-comment'
-Gives (what most people think is) better indentation of comments in
-the "K&R region" between the function header and its body.
-**** `c-lineup-gcc-asm-reg'
-Provides better indentation inside asm blocks.
-**** `c-lineup-argcont'
-Lines up continued function arguments after the preceding comma.
-*** Added toggle for syntactic indentation.
-The function `c-toggle-syntactic-indentation' can be used to toggle
-syntactic indentation.
-*** Better caching of the syntactic context.
-CC Mode caches the positions of the opening parentheses (of any kind)
-of the lists surrounding the point.  Those positions are used in many
-places as anchor points for various searches.  The cache is now
-improved so that it can be reused to a large extent when the point is
-moved.  The less it moves, the less needs to be recalculated.
-The effect is that CC Mode should be fast most of the time even when
-opening parens are hung (i.e. aren't in column zero).  It's typically
-only the first time after the point is moved far down in a complex
-file that it'll take noticeable time to find out the syntactic
-context.
-*** Statements are recognized in a more robust way.
-Statements are recognized most of the time even when they occur in an
-"invalid" context, e.g. in a function argument.  In practice that can
-happen when macros are involved.
-*** Improved the way `c-indent-exp' chooses the block to indent.
-It now indents the block for the closest sexp following the point
-whose closing paren ends on a different line.  This means that the
-point doesn't have to be immediately before the block to indent.
-Also, only the block and the closing line is indented; the current
-line is left untouched.
-** Changes in Makefile mode
-*** Makefile mode has submodes for automake, gmake, makepp, BSD make and imake.
-The former two couldn't be differentiated before, and the latter three
-are new.  Font-locking is robust now and offers new customizable
-faces.
-*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been renamed
-to `makefile-query-one-target-method-function'.  The old name is still
-available as alias.
-** Sql changes
-*** The variable `sql-product' controls the highlighting of different
-SQL dialects.  This variable can be set globally via Customize, on a
-buffer-specific basis via local variable settings, or for the current
-session using the new SQL->Product submenu.  (This menu replaces the
-SQL->Highlighting submenu.)
-The following values are supported:
-    ansi        ANSI Standard (default)
-    db2         DB2
-    informix    Informix
-    ingres      Ingres
-    interbase   Interbase
-    linter      Linter
-    ms          Microsoft
-    mysql       MySQL
-    oracle      Oracle
-    postgres    Postgres
-    solid       Solid
-    sqlite      SQLite
-    sybase      Sybase
-The current product name will be shown on the mode line following the
-SQL mode indicator.
-The technique of setting `sql-mode-font-lock-defaults' directly in
-your `.emacs' will no longer establish the default highlighting -- Use
-`sql-product' to accomplish this.
-ANSI keywords are always highlighted.
-*** The function `sql-add-product-keywords' can be used to add
-font-lock rules to the product specific rules.  For example, to have
-all identifiers ending in `_t' under MS SQLServer treated as a type,
-you would use the following line in your .emacs file:
-  (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
-             '(("\\<\\w+_t\\>" . font-lock-type-face)))
-*** Oracle support includes keyword highlighting for Oracle 9i.
-Most SQL and PL/SQL keywords are implemented.  SQL*Plus commands are
-highlighted in `font-lock-doc-face'.
-*** Microsoft SQLServer support has been significantly improved.
-Keyword highlighting for SqlServer 2000 is implemented.
-sql-interactive-mode defaults to use osql, rather than isql, because
-osql flushes its error stream more frequently.  Thus error messages
-are displayed when they occur rather than when the session is
-terminated.
-If the username and password are not provided to `sql-ms', osql is
-called with the `-E' command line argument to use the operating system
-credentials to authenticate the user.
-*** Postgres support is enhanced.
-Keyword highlighting of Postgres 7.3 is implemented.  Prompting for
-the username and the pgsql `-U' option is added.
-*** MySQL support is enhanced.
-Keyword highlighting of MySql 4.0 is implemented.
-*** Imenu support has been enhanced to locate tables, views, indexes,
-packages, procedures, functions, triggers, sequences, rules, and
-defaults.
-*** Added SQL->Start SQLi Session menu entry which calls the
-appropriate `sql-interactive-mode' wrapper for the current setting of
-`sql-product'.
-*** sql.el supports the SQLite interpreter--call 'sql-sqlite'.
-** Fortran mode changes
-*** F90 mode and Fortran mode have support for `hs-minor-mode' (hideshow).
-It cannot deal with every code format, but ought to handle a sizeable
-majority.
-*** F90 mode and Fortran mode have new navigation commands
-`f90-end-of-block', `f90-beginning-of-block', `f90-next-block',
-`f90-previous-block', `fortran-end-of-block',
-`fortran-beginning-of-block'.
-*** Fortran mode does more font-locking by default.  Use level 3
-highlighting for the old default.
-*** Fortran mode has a new variable `fortran-directive-re'.
-Adapt this to match the format of any compiler directives you use.
-Lines that match are never indented, and are given distinctive font-locking.
-*** The new function `f90-backslash-not-special' can be used to change
-the syntax of backslashes in F90 buffers.
-** Miscellaneous programming mode changes
-*** In sh-script, a continuation line is only indented if the backslash was
-preceded by a SPC or a TAB.
-*** Perl mode has a new variable `perl-indent-continued-arguments'.
-*** The old Octave mode bindings C-c f and C-c i have been changed
-to C-c C-f and C-c C-i.  The C-c C-i subcommands now have duplicate
-bindings on control characters--thus, C-c C-i C-b is the same as
-C-c C-i b, and so on.
-*** Prolog mode has a new variable `prolog-font-lock-keywords'
-to support use of font-lock.
-** VC Changes
-*** New backends for Subversion and Meta-CVS.
-*** The new variable `vc-cvs-global-switches' specifies switches that
-are passed to any CVS command invoked by VC.
-These switches are used as "global options" for CVS, which means they
-are inserted before the command name.  For example, this allows you to
-specify a compression level using the `-z#' option for CVS.
-*** The key C-x C-q only changes the read-only state of the buffer
-(toggle-read-only).  It no longer checks files in or out.
-We made this change because we held a poll and found that many users
-were unhappy with the previous behavior.  If you do prefer this
-behavior, you can bind `vc-toggle-read-only' to C-x C-q in your
-`.emacs' file:
-    (global-set-key "\C-x\C-q" 'vc-toggle-read-only)
-The function `vc-toggle-read-only' will continue to exist.
-*** VC-Annotate mode enhancements
-In VC-Annotate mode, you can now use the following key bindings for
-enhanced functionality to browse the annotations of past revisions, or
-to view diffs or log entries directly from vc-annotate-mode:
-    P:  annotates the previous revision
-    N:  annotates the next revision
-    J:  annotates the revision at line
-    A:  annotates the revision previous to line
-    D:  shows the diff of the revision at line with its previous revision
-    L:  shows the log of the revision at line
-    W:  annotates the workfile (most up to date) version
-** pcl-cvs changes
-*** In pcl-cvs mode, there is a new `d y' command to view the diffs
-between the local version of the file and yesterday's head revision
-in the repository.
-*** In pcl-cvs mode, there is a new `d r' command to view the changes
-anyone has committed to the repository since you last executed
-`checkout', `update' or `commit'.  That means using cvs diff options
-rBASE -rHEAD.
-** Diff changes
-*** M-x diff uses Diff mode instead of Compilation mode.
-*** Diff mode key bindings changed.
-These are the new bindings:
-C-c C-e   diff-ediff-patch  (old M-A)
-C-c C-n   diff-restrict-view   (old M-r)
-C-c C-r   diff-reverse-direction  (old M-R)
-C-c C-u   diff-context->unified   (old M-U)
-C-c C-w   diff-refine-hunk  (old C-c C-r)
-To convert unified to context format, use C-u C-c C-u.
-In addition, C-c C-u now operates on the region
-in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active.
-** EDiff changes.
-***  When comparing directories.
-Typing D brings up a buffer that lists the differences between the contents of
-directories.  Now it is possible to use this buffer to copy the missing files
-from one directory to another.
-*** When comparing files or buffers.
-Typing the = key now offers to perform the word-by-word comparison of the
-currently highlighted regions in an inferior Ediff session.  If you answer 'n'
-then it reverts to the old behavior and asks the user to select regions for
-comparison.
-*** The new command `ediff-backup' compares a file with its most recent
-backup using `ediff'.  If you specify the name of a backup file,
-`ediff-backup' compares it with the file of which it is a backup.
-** Etags changes.
-*** New regular expressions features
-**** New syntax for regular expressions, multi-line regular expressions.
-The syntax --ignore-case-regexp=/regex/ is now undocumented and retained
-only for backward compatibility.  The new equivalent syntax is
--regex=/regex/i.  More generally, it is --regex=/TAGREGEX/TAGNAME/MODS,
-where `/TAGNAME' is optional, as usual, and MODS is a string of 0 or
-more characters among `i' (ignore case), `m' (multi-line) and `s'
-(single-line).  The `m' and `s' modifiers behave as in Perl regular
-expressions: `m' allows regexps to match more than one line, while `s'
-(which implies `m') means that `.' matches newlines.  The ability to
-span newlines allows writing of much more powerful regular expressions
-and rapid prototyping for tagging new languages.
-**** Regular expressions can use char escape sequences as in GCC.
-The escaped character sequence \a, \b, \d, \e, \f, \n, \r, \t, \v,
-respectively, stand for the ASCII characters BEL, BS, DEL, ESC, FF, NL,
-CR, TAB, VT.
-**** Regular expressions can be bound to a given language.
-The syntax --regex={LANGUAGE}REGEX means that REGEX is used to make tags
-only for files of language LANGUAGE, and ignored otherwise.  This is
-particularly useful when storing regexps in a file.
-**** Regular expressions can be read from a file.
-The --regex=@regexfile option means read the regexps from a file, one
-per line.  Lines beginning with space or tab are ignored.
-*** New language parsing features
-**** New language HTML.
-Tags are generated for `title' as well as `h1', `h2', and `h3'.  Also,
-when `name=' is used inside an anchor and whenever `id=' is used.
-**** New language PHP.
-Functions, classes and defines are tags.  If the --members option is
-specified to etags, variables are tags also.
-**** New language Lua.
-All functions are tagged.
-**** The `::' qualifier triggers C++ parsing in C file.
-Previously, only the `template' and `class' keywords had this effect.
-**** The GCC __attribute__ keyword is now recognized and ignored.
-**** In C and derived languages, etags creates tags for #undef
-**** In Makefiles, constants are tagged.
-If you want the old behavior instead, thus avoiding to increase the
-size of the tags file, use the --no-globals option.
-**** In Perl, packages are tags.
-Subroutine tags are named from their package.  You can jump to sub tags
-as you did before, by the sub name, or additionally by looking for
-package::sub.
-**** In Prolog, etags creates tags for rules in addition to predicates.
-**** New default keywords for TeX.
-The new keywords are def, newcommand, renewcommand, newenvironment and
-renewenvironment.
-*** Honor #line directives.
-When Etags parses an input file that contains C preprocessor's #line
-directives, it creates tags using the file name and line number
-specified in those directives.  This is useful when dealing with code
-created from Cweb source files.  When Etags tags the generated file, it
-writes tags pointing to the source file.
-*** New option --parse-stdin=FILE.
-This option is mostly useful when calling etags from programs.  It can
-be used (only once) in place of a file name on the command line.  Etags
-reads from standard input and marks the produced tags as belonging to
-the file FILE.
-*** The --members option is now the default.
-Use --no-members if you want the old default behaviour of not tagging
-struct members in C, members variables in C++ and variables in PHP.
-** Ctags changes.
-*** Ctags now allows duplicate tags
-** Rmail changes
-*** Support for `movemail' from GNU mailutils was added to Rmail.
-This version of `movemail' allows to read mail from a wide range of
-mailbox formats, including remote POP3 and IMAP4 mailboxes with or
-without TLS encryption.  If GNU mailutils is installed on the system
-and its version of `movemail' can be found in exec-path, it will be
-used instead of the native one.
-*** The new commands rmail-end-of-message and rmail-summary end-of-message,
-by default bound to `/', go to the end of the current mail message in
-Rmail and Rmail summary buffers.
-*** Rmail now displays 5-digit message ids in its summary buffer.
-** Gnus package
-*** Gnus now includes Sieve and PGG
-Sieve is a library for managing Sieve scripts.  PGG is a library to handle
-PGP/MIME.
-*** There are many news features, bug fixes and improvements.
-See the file GNUS-NEWS or the node "Oort Gnus" in the Gnus manual for details.
-** MH-E changes.
-Upgraded to MH-E version 8.0.3.  There have been major changes since
-version 5.0.2; see MH-E-NEWS for details.
-** Miscellaneous mail changes
-*** The new variable `mail-default-directory' specifies
-`default-directory' for mail buffers.  This directory is used for
-auto-save files of mail buffers.  It defaults to "~/".
-*** The mode line can indicate new mail in a directory or file.
-See the documentation of the user option `display-time-mail-directory'.
-** Calendar changes
-*** There is a new calendar package, icalendar.el, that can be used to
-convert Emacs diary entries to/from the iCalendar format.
-*** The new package cal-html.el writes HTML files with calendar and
-diary entries.
-*** The new functions `diary-from-outlook', `diary-from-outlook-gnus',
-and `diary-from-outlook-rmail' can be used to import diary entries
-from Outlook-format appointments in mail messages.  The variable
-`diary-outlook-formats' can be customized to recognize additional
-formats.
-*** The procedure for activating appointment reminders has changed:
-use the new function `appt-activate'.  The new variable
-`appt-display-format' controls how reminders are displayed, replacing
-`appt-issue-message', `appt-visible', and `appt-msg-window'.
-*** The function `simple-diary-display' now by default sets a header line.
-This can be controlled through the variables `diary-header-line-flag'
-and `diary-header-line-format'.
-*** Diary sexp entries can have custom marking in the calendar.
-Diary sexp functions which only apply to certain days (such as
-`diary-block' or `diary-cyclic') now take an optional parameter MARK,
-which is the name of a face or a single-character string indicating
-how to highlight the day in the calendar display.  Specifying a
-single-character string as @var{mark} places the character next to the
-day in the calendar.  Specifying a face highlights the day with that
-face.  This lets you have different colors or markings for vacations,
-appointments, paydays or anything else using a sexp.
-*** The meanings of C-x < and C-x > have been interchanged.
-< means to scroll backward in time, and > means to scroll forward.
-*** You can now use < and >, instead of C-x < and C-x >, to scroll
-the calendar left or right.
-*** The new function `calendar-goto-day-of-year' (g D) prompts for a
-year and day number, and moves to that date.  Negative day numbers
-count backward from the end of the year.
-*** The new Calendar function `calendar-goto-iso-week' (g w)
-prompts for a year and a week number, and moves to the first
-day of that ISO week.
-*** The functions `holiday-easter-etc' and `holiday-advent' now take
-optional arguments, in order to only report on the specified holiday
-rather than all.  This makes customization of variables such as
-`christian-holidays' simpler.
-*** The new variable `calendar-minimum-window-height' affects the
-window generated by the function `generate-calendar-window'.
-** Speedbar changes
-*** Speedbar items can now be selected by clicking mouse-1, based on
-the `mouse-1-click-follows-link' mechanism.
-*** The new command `speedbar-toggle-line-expansion', bound to SPC,
-contracts or expands the line under the cursor.
-*** New command `speedbar-create-directory', bound to `M'.
-*** The new commands `speedbar-expand-line-descendants' and
-`speedbar-contract-line-descendants', bound to `[' and `]'
-respectively, expand and contract the line under cursor with all of
-its descendents.
-*** The new user option `speedbar-use-tool-tips-flag', if non-nil,
-means to display tool-tips for speedbar items.
-*** The new user option `speedbar-query-confirmation-method' controls
-how querying is performed for file operations.  A value of 'always
-means to always query before file operations; 'none-but-delete means
-to not query before any file operations, except before a file
-deletion.
-*** The new user option `speedbar-select-frame-method' specifies how
-to select a frame for displaying a file opened with the speedbar.  A
-value of 'attached means to use the attached frame (the frame that
-speedbar was started from.)  A number such as 1 or -1 means to pass
-that number to `other-frame'.
-*** SPC and DEL are no longer bound to scroll up/down in the speedbar
-keymap.
-*** The frame management code in speedbar.el has been split into a new
-`dframe' library.  Emacs Lisp code that makes use of the speedbar
-should use `dframe-attached-frame' instead of
-`speedbar-attached-frame', `dframe-timer' instead of `speedbar-timer',
-`dframe-close-frame' instead of `speedbar-close-frame', and
-`dframe-activity-change-focus-flag' instead of
-`speedbar-activity-change-focus-flag'.  The variables
-`speedbar-update-speed' and `speedbar-navigating-speed' are also
-obsolete; use `dframe-update-speed' instead.
-** battery.el changes
-*** display-battery-mode replaces display-battery.
-*** battery.el now works on recent versions of OS X.
-** Games
-*** The game `mpuz' is enhanced.
-`mpuz' now allows the 2nd factor not to have two identical digits.  By
-default, all trivial operations involving whole lines are performed
-automatically.  The game uses faces for better visual feedback.
-** Obsolete and deleted packages
-*** fast-lock.el and lazy-lock.el are obsolete.  Use jit-lock.el instead.
-*** iso-acc.el is now obsolete.  Use one of the latin input methods instead.
-*** zone-mode.el is now obsolete.  Use dns-mode.el instead.
-*** cplus-md.el has been deleted.
-** Miscellaneous
-*** The variable `woman-topic-at-point' is renamed
-to `woman-use-topic-at-point' and behaves differently: if this
-variable is non-nil, the `woman' command uses the word at point
-automatically, without asking for a confirmation.  Otherwise, the word
-at point is suggested as default, but not inserted at the prompt.
-*** You can now customize `fill-nobreak-predicate' to control where
-filling can break lines.  The value is now normally a list of
-functions, but it can also be a single function, for compatibility.
-Emacs provide two predicates, `fill-single-word-nobreak-p' and
-`fill-french-nobreak-p', for use as the value of
-`fill-nobreak-predicate'.
-*** M-x view-file and commands that use it now avoid interfering
-with special modes such as Tar mode.
-*** `global-whitespace-mode' is a new alias for `whitespace-global-mode'.
-*** The saveplace.el package now filters out unreadable files.
-When you exit Emacs, the saved positions in visited files no longer
-include files that aren't readable, e.g. files that don't exist.
-Customize the new option `save-place-forget-unreadable-files' to nil
-to get the old behavior.  The new options `save-place-save-skipped'
-and `save-place-skip-check-regexp' allow further fine-tuning of this
-feature.
-*** Commands `winner-redo' and `winner-undo', from winner.el, are now
-bound to C-c <left> and C-c <right>, respectively.  This is an
-incompatible change.
-*** The type-break package now allows `type-break-file-name' to be nil
-and if so, doesn't store any data across sessions.  This is handy if
-you don't want the `.type-break' file in your home directory or are
-annoyed by the need for interaction when you kill Emacs.
-*** `ps-print' can now print characters from the mule-unicode charsets.
-Printing text with characters from the mule-unicode-* sets works with
-`ps-print', provided that you have installed the appropriate BDF
-fonts.  See the file INSTALL for URLs where you can find these fonts.
-*** New command `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
-This is like `strokes-global-set-stroke', but it allows you to bind
-the stroke directly to a string to insert.  This is convenient for
-using strokes as an input method.
-*** In Outline mode, `hide-body' no longer hides lines at the top
-of the file that precede the first header line.
-*** `hide-ifdef-mode' now uses overlays rather than selective-display
-to hide its text.  This should be mostly transparent but slightly
-changes the behavior of motion commands like C-e and C-p.
-*** In Artist mode the variable `artist-text-renderer' has been
-renamed to `artist-text-renderer-function'.  The old name is still
-available as alias.
-*** In Enriched mode, `set-left-margin' and `set-right-margin' are now
-by default bound to `C-c [' and `C-c ]' instead of the former `C-c C-l'
-and `C-c C-r'.
-*** `partial-completion-mode' now handles partial completion on directory names.
-*** You can now disable pc-selection-mode after enabling it.
-M-x pc-selection-mode behaves like a proper minor mode, and with no
-argument it toggles the mode.  Turning off PC-Selection mode restores
-the global key bindings that were replaced by turning on the mode.
-*** `uniquify-strip-common-suffix' tells uniquify to prefer
-`file|dir1' and `file|dir2' to `file|dir1/subdir' and `file|dir2/subdir'.
-*** New user option `add-log-always-start-new-record'.
-When this option is enabled, M-x add-change-log-entry always
-starts a new record regardless of when the last record is.
-*** M-x compare-windows now can automatically skip non-matching text to
-resync points in both windows.
-*** PO translation files are decoded according to their MIME headers
-when Emacs visits them.
-*** Telnet now prompts you for a port number with C-u M-x telnet.
-*** calculator.el now has radix grouping mode.
-To enable this, set `calculator-output-radix' non-nil.  In this mode a
-separator character is used every few digits, making it easier to see
-byte boundaries etc.  For more info, see the documentation of the
-variable `calculator-radix-grouping-mode'.
-*** LDAP support now defaults to ldapsearch from OpenLDAP version 2.
-*** The terminal emulation code in term.el has been improved; it can
-run most curses applications now.
-*** Support for `magic cookie' standout modes has been removed.
-Emacs still works on terminals that require magic cookies in order to
-use standout mode, but they can no longer display mode-lines in
-inverse-video.
-* Changes in Emacs 22.1 on non-free operating systems
+* Changes in Emacs 23.1 on non-free operating systems
-** The HOME directory defaults to Application Data under the user profile.
-If you used a previous version of Emacs without setting the HOME
-environment variable and a `.emacs' was saved, then Emacs will continue
-using C:/ as the default HOME.  But if you are installing Emacs afresh,
-the default location will be the "Application Data" (or similar
-localized name) subdirectory of your user profile.  A typical location
-of this directory is "C:\Documents and Settings\USERNAME\Application Data",
-where USERNAME is your user name.
-This change means that users can now have their own `.emacs' files on
-shared computers, and the default HOME directory is less likely to be
-read-only on computers that are administered by someone else.
-** Images are now supported on MS Windows.
-PBM and XBM images are supported out of the box.  Other image formats
-depend on external libraries.  All of these libraries have been ported
-to Windows, and can be found in both source and binary form at
-http://gnuwin32.sourceforge.net/.  Note that libpng also depends on
-zlib, and tiff depends on the version of jpeg that it was compiled
-against.  For additional information, see nt/INSTALL.
-** Sound is now supported on MS Windows.
-WAV format is supported on all versions of Windows, other formats such
-as AU, AIFF and MP3 may be supported in the more recent versions of
-Windows, or when other software provides hooks into the system level
-sound support for those formats.
-** Tooltips now work on MS Windows.
-See the Emacs 21.1 NEWS entry for tooltips for details.
-** Pointing devices with more than 3 buttons are now supported on MS Windows.
-The new variable `w32-pass-extra-mouse-buttons-to-system' controls
-whether Emacs should handle the extra buttons itself (the default), or
-pass them to Windows to be handled with system-wide functions.
-** Passing resources on the command line now works on MS Windows.
-You can use --xrm to pass resource settings to Emacs, overriding any
-existing values.  For example:
-  emacs --xrm "Emacs.Background:red" --xrm "Emacs.Geometry:100x20"
-will start up Emacs on an initial frame of 100x20 with red background,
-irrespective of geometry or background setting on the Windows registry.
-** Emacs takes note of colors defined in Control Panel on MS-Windows.
-The Control Panel defines some default colors for applications in much
-the same way as wildcard X Resources do on X.  Emacs now adds these
-colors to the colormap prefixed by System (eg SystemMenu for the
-default Menu background, SystemMenuText for the foreground), and uses
-some of them to initialize some of the default faces.
-`list-colors-display' shows the list of System color names, in case
-you wish to use them in other faces.
-** Running in a console window in Windows now uses the console size.
-Previous versions of Emacs erred on the side of having a usable Emacs
-through telnet, even though that was inconvenient if you use Emacs in
-a local console window with a scrollback buffer.  The default value of
-w32-use-full-screen-buffer is now nil, which favors local console
-windows.  Recent versions of Windows telnet also work well with this
-setting.  If you are using an older telnet server then Emacs detects
-that the console window dimensions that are reported are not sane, and
-defaults to 80x25.  If you use such a telnet server regularly at a size
-other than 80x25, you can still manually set
-w32-use-full-screen-buffer to t.
-** Different shaped mouse pointers are supported on MS Windows.
-The mouse pointer changes shape depending on what is under the pointer.
-** On MS Windows, the "system caret" now follows the cursor.
-This enables Emacs to work better with programs that need to track the
-cursor, for example screen magnifiers and text to speech programs.
-When such a program is in use, the system caret is made visible
-instead of Emacs drawing its own cursor. This seems to be required by
-some programs. The new variable w32-use-visible-system-caret allows
-the caret visibility to be manually toggled.
-** On MS Windows NT/W2K/XP, Emacs uses Unicode for clipboard operations.
-Those systems use Unicode internally, so this allows Emacs to share
-multilingual text with other applications.  On other versions of
-MS Windows, Emacs now uses the appropriate locale coding-system, so
-the clipboard should work correctly for your local language without
-any customizations.
-** On Mac OS, `keyboard-coding-system' changes based on the keyboard script.
-** The variable `mac-keyboard-text-encoding' and the constants
-`kTextEncodingMacRoman', `kTextEncodingISOLatin1', and
-`kTextEncodingISOLatin2' are obsolete.
-** The variable `mac-command-key-is-meta' is obsolete.  Use
-`mac-command-modifier' and `mac-option-modifier' instead.
-* Incompatible Lisp Changes in Emacs 22.1
+* Incompatible Lisp Changes in Emacs 23.1
-** Mode line display ignores text properties as well as the
-:propertize and :eval forms in the value of a variable whose
-`risky-local-variable' property is nil.
-The function `comint-send-input' now accepts 3 optional arguments:
-  (comint-send-input &optional no-newline artificial)
-Callers sending input not from the user should use bind the 3rd
-argument `artificial' to a non-nil value, to prevent Emacs from
-deleting the part of subprocess output that matches the input.
-** The `read-file-name' function now returns a null string if the
-user just types RET.
-** The variables post-command-idle-hook and post-command-idle-delay have
-been removed.  Use run-with-idle-timer instead.
-** A hex or octal escape in a string constant forces the string to
-be multibyte or unibyte, respectively.
-** The explicit method of creating a display table element by
-combining a face number and a character code into a numeric
-glyph code is deprecated.
-Instead, the new functions `make-glyph-code', `glyph-char', and
-`glyph-face' must be used to create and decode glyph codes in
-display tables.
-** `suppress-keymap' now works by remapping `self-insert-command' to
-the command `undefined'.  (In earlier Emacs versions, it used
-`substitute-key-definition' to rebind self inserting characters to
-`undefined'.)
-** The third argument of `accept-process-output' is now milliseconds.
-It used to be microseconds.
-** The function find-operation-coding-system may be called with a cons
-(FILENAME . BUFFER) in the second argument if the first argument
-OPERATION is `insert-file-contents', and thus a function registered in
-`file-coding-system-alist' is also called with such an argument.
-** When Emacs receives a USR1 or USR2 signal, this generates
-input events: sigusr1 or sigusr2.  Use special-event-map to
-handle these events.
-** The variable `memory-full' now remains t until
-there is no longer a shortage of memory.
-** Support for Mocklisp has been removed.
-* Lisp Changes in Emacs 22.1
+* Lisp Changes in Emacs 23.1
-** General Lisp changes:
-*** New syntax: \s now stands for the SPACE character.
-`?\s' is a new way to write the space character.  You must make sure
-it is not followed by a dash, since `?\s-...' indicates the "super"
-modifier.  However, it would be strange to write a character constant
-and a following symbol (beginning with `-') with no space between
-them.
-`\s' stands for space in strings, too, but it is not really meant for
-strings; it is easier and nicer just to write a space.
-*** New syntax: \uXXXX and \UXXXXXXXX specify Unicode code points in hex.
-For instance, you can use "\u0428" to specify a string consisting of
-CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER SHA, or `"U0001D6E2" to specify one consisting
-of MATHEMATICAL ITALIC CAPITAL ALPHA (the latter is greater than
-#xFFFF and thus needs the longer syntax).
-This syntax works for both character constants and strings.
-*** New function `unsafep' determines whether a Lisp form is safe.
-It returns nil if the given Lisp form can't possibly do anything
-dangerous; otherwise it returns a reason why the form might be unsafe
-(calls unknown function, alters global variable, etc.).
-*** The function `eql' is now available without requiring the CL package.
-*** The new function `memql' is like `memq', but uses `eql' for comparison,
-that is, floats are compared by value and other elements with `eq'.
-*** New functions `string-or-null-p' and `booleanp'.
-`string-or-null-p' returns non-nil iff OBJECT is a string or nil.
-`booleanp' returns non-nil iff OBJECT is t or nil.
-*** `makehash' is now obsolete.  Use `make-hash-table' instead.
-*** Minor change in the function `format'.
-Some flags that were accepted but not implemented (such as "*") are no
-longer accepted.
-*** `add-to-list' takes an optional third argument, APPEND.
-If APPEND is non-nil, the new element gets added at the end of the
-list instead of at the beginning.  This change actually occurred in
-Emacs 21.1, but was not documented then.
-*** New function `add-to-ordered-list' is like `add-to-list' but
-associates a numeric ordering of each element added to the list.
-*** New function `add-to-history' adds an element to a history list.
-Lisp packages should use this function to add elements to their
-history lists.
-If `history-delete-duplicates' is non-nil, it removes duplicates of
-the new element from the history list it updates.
-*** New function `copy-tree' makes a copy of a tree.
-It recursively copies through both CARs and CDRs.
-*** New function `delete-dups' deletes `equal' duplicate elements from a list.
-It modifies the list destructively, like `delete'.  Of several `equal'
-occurrences of an element in the list, the one that's kept is the
-first one.
-*** New function `rassq-delete-all'.
-(rassq-delete-all VALUE ALIST) deletes, from ALIST, each element whose
-CDR is `eq' to the specified value.
-*** Functions `get' and `plist-get' no longer give errors for bad plists.
-They return nil for a malformed property list or if the list is
-cyclic.
-*** New functions `lax-plist-get' and `lax-plist-put'.
-They are like `plist-get' and `plist-put', except that they compare
-the property name using `equal' rather than `eq'.
-*** The function `number-sequence' makes a list of equally-separated numbers.
-For instance, (number-sequence 4 9) returns (4 5 6 7 8 9).  By
-default, the separation is 1, but you can specify a different
-separation as the third argument.  (number-sequence 1.5 6 2) returns
-(1.5 3.5 5.5).
-*** New variables `most-positive-fixnum' and `most-negative-fixnum'.
-They hold the largest and smallest possible integer values.
-*** The function `expt' handles negative exponents differently.
-The value for `(expt A B)', if both A and B are integers and B is
-negative, is now a float.  For example: (expt 2 -2) => 0.25.
-*** The function `atan' now accepts an optional second argument.
-When called with 2 arguments, as in `(atan Y X)', `atan' returns the
-angle in radians between the vector [X, Y] and the X axis.  (This is
-equivalent to the standard C library function `atan2'.)
-*** New macro `with-case-table'
-This executes the body with the case table temporarily set to a given
-case table.
-*** New macro `with-local-quit' temporarily allows quitting.
-A quit inside the body of `with-local-quit' is caught by the
-`with-local-quit' form itself, but another quit will happen later once
-the code that has inhibited quitting exits.
-This is for use around potentially blocking or long-running code
-inside timer functions and `post-command-hook' functions.
-*** New macro `define-obsolete-function-alias'.
-This combines `defalias' and `make-obsolete'.
-*** New macro `eval-at-startup' specifies expressions to
-evaluate when Emacs starts up.  If this is done after startup,
-it evaluates those expressions immediately.
-This is useful in packages that can be preloaded.
-*** New function `macroexpand-all' expands all macros in a form.
-It is similar to the Common-Lisp function of the same name.
-One difference is that it guarantees to return the original argument
-if no expansion is done, which can be tested using `eq'.
-*** A function or macro's doc string can now specify the calling pattern.
-You put this info in the doc string's last line.  It should be
-formatted so as to match the regexp "\n\n(fn .*)\\'".  If you don't
-specify this explicitly, Emacs determines it from the actual argument
-names.  Usually that default is right, but not always.
-*** New variable `print-continuous-numbering'.
-When this is non-nil, successive calls to print functions use a single
-numbering scheme for circular structure references.  This is only
-relevant when `print-circle' is non-nil.
-When you bind `print-continuous-numbering' to t, you should
-also bind `print-number-table' to nil.
-*** `list-faces-display' takes an optional argument, REGEXP.
-If it is non-nil, the function lists only faces matching this regexp.
-*** New hook `command-error-function'.
-By setting this variable to a function, you can control
-how the editor command loop shows the user an error message.
-*** `debug-on-entry' accepts primitive functions that are not special forms.
-** Lisp code indentation features:
-*** The `defmacro' form can contain indentation and edebug declarations.
-These declarations specify how to indent the macro calls in Lisp mode
-and how to debug them with Edebug.  You write them like this:
-   (defmacro NAME LAMBDA-LIST [DOC-STRING] [DECLARATION ...] ...)
-DECLARATION is a list `(declare DECLARATION-SPECIFIER ...)'.  The
-possible declaration specifiers are:
-(indent INDENT)
-        Set NAME's `lisp-indent-function' property to INDENT.
-(edebug DEBUG)
-        Set NAME's `edebug-form-spec' property to DEBUG.  (This is
-        equivalent to writing a `def-edebug-spec' for the macro,
-        but this is cleaner.)
-*** cl-indent now allows customization of Indentation of backquoted forms.
-See the new user option `lisp-backquote-indentation'.
-*** cl-indent now handles indentation of simple and extended `loop' forms.
-The new user options `lisp-loop-keyword-indentation',
-`lisp-loop-forms-indentation', and `lisp-simple-loop-indentation' can
-be used to customize the indentation of keywords and forms in loop
-forms.
-** Variable aliases:
-*** New function: defvaralias ALIAS-VAR BASE-VAR [DOCSTRING]
-This function defines the symbol ALIAS-VAR as a variable alias for
-symbol BASE-VAR.  This means that retrieving the value of ALIAS-VAR
-returns the value of BASE-VAR, and changing the value of ALIAS-VAR
-changes the value of BASE-VAR.
-DOCSTRING, if present, is the documentation for ALIAS-VAR; else it has
-the same documentation as BASE-VAR.
-*** The macro `define-obsolete-variable-alias' combines `defvaralias' and
-`make-obsolete-variable'.
-*** New function: indirect-variable VARIABLE
-This function returns the variable at the end of the chain of aliases
-of VARIABLE.  If VARIABLE is not a symbol, or if VARIABLE is not
-defined as an alias, the function returns VARIABLE.
-It might be noteworthy that variables aliases work for all kinds of
-variables, including buffer-local and frame-local variables.
-** defcustom changes:
-*** The package-version keyword has been added to provide
-`customize-changed-options' functionality to packages in the future.
-Developers who make use of this keyword must also update the new
-variable `customize-package-emacs-version-alist'.
-*** The new customization type `float' requires a floating point number.
-** String changes:
-*** A hex escape in a string constant forces the string to be multibyte.
-*** An octal escape in a string constant forces the string to be unibyte.
-*** New function `string-to-multibyte' converts a unibyte string to a
-multibyte string with the same individual character codes.
-*** `split-string' now includes null substrings in the returned list if
-the optional argument SEPARATORS is non-nil and there are matches for
-SEPARATORS at the beginning or end of the string.  If SEPARATORS is
-nil, or if the new optional third argument OMIT-NULLS is non-nil, all
-empty matches are omitted from the returned list.
-*** The new function `assoc-string' replaces `assoc-ignore-case' and
-`assoc-ignore-representation', which are still available, but have
-been declared obsolete.
-*** New function `substring-no-properties' returns a substring without
-text properties.
-** Displaying warnings to the user.
-See the functions `warn' and `display-warning', or the Lisp Manual.
-If you want to be sure the warning will not be overlooked, this
-facility is much better than using `message', since it displays
-warnings in a separate window.
-** Progress reporters.
-These provide a simple and uniform way for commands to present
-progress messages for the user.
-See the new functions `make-progress-reporter',
-`progress-reporter-update', `progress-reporter-force-update',
-`progress-reporter-done', and `dotimes-with-progress-reporter'.
-** Buffer positions:
-*** Function `compute-motion' now calculates the usable window
-width if the WIDTH argument is nil.  If the TOPOS argument is nil,
-the usable window height and width is used.
-*** The `line-move', `scroll-up', and `scroll-down' functions will now
-modify the window vscroll to scroll through display rows that are
-taller that the height of the window, for example in the presence of
-large images.  To disable this feature, bind the new variable
-`auto-window-vscroll' to nil.
-*** The argument to `forward-word', `backward-word' is optional.
-It defaults to 1.
-*** Argument to `forward-to-indentation' and `backward-to-indentation' is optional.
-It defaults to 1.
-*** `field-beginning' and `field-end' take new optional argument, LIMIT.
-This argument tells them not to search beyond LIMIT.  Instead they
-give up and return LIMIT.
-*** New function `window-line-height' is an efficient way to get
-information about a specific text line in a window provided that the
-window's display is up-to-date.
-*** New function `line-number-at-pos' returns the line number of a position.
-It an optional buffer position argument that defaults to point.
-*** Function `pos-visible-in-window-p' now returns the pixel coordinates
-and partial visibility state of the corresponding row, if the PARTIALLY
-arg is non-nil.
-*** New functions `posn-at-point' and `posn-at-x-y' return
-click-event-style position information for a given visible buffer
-position or for a given window pixel coordinate.
-*** New function `mouse-on-link-p' tests if a position is in a clickable link.
-This is the function used by the new `mouse-1-click-follows-link'
-functionality.
-** Text modification:
-*** The new function `buffer-chars-modified-tick' returns a buffer's
-tick counter for changes to characters.  Each time text in that buffer
-is inserted or deleted, the character-change counter is updated to the
-tick counter (`buffer-modified-tick').  Text property changes leave it
-unchanged.
-*** The new function `insert-for-yank' normally works like `insert', but
-removes the text properties in the `yank-excluded-properties' list
-and handles the `yank-handler' text property.
-*** The new function `insert-buffer-substring-as-yank' is like
-`insert-for-yank' except that it gets the text from another buffer as
-in `insert-buffer-substring'.
-*** The new function `insert-buffer-substring-no-properties' is like
-`insert-buffer-substring', but removes all text properties from the
-inserted substring.
-*** The new function `filter-buffer-substring' extracts a buffer
-substring, passes it through a set of filter functions, and returns
-the filtered substring.  Use it instead of `buffer-substring' or
-`delete-and-extract-region' when copying text into a user-accessible
-data structure, such as the kill-ring, X clipboard, or a register.
-The list of filter function is specified by the new variable
-`buffer-substring-filters'.  For example, Longlines mode adds to
-`buffer-substring-filters' to remove soft newlines from the copied
-text.
-*** Function `translate-region' accepts also a char-table as TABLE
-argument.
-*** The new translation table `translation-table-for-input'
-is used for customizing self-insertion.  The character to
-be inserted is translated through it.
-*** Text clones.
-The new function `text-clone-create'.  Text clones are chunks of text
-that are kept identical by transparently propagating changes from one
-clone to the other.
-*** The function `insert-string' is now obsolete.
-** Filling changes.
-*** In determining an adaptive fill prefix, Emacs now tries the function in
-`adaptive-fill-function' _before_ matching the buffer line against
-`adaptive-fill-regexp' rather than _after_ it.
-** Atomic change groups.
-To perform some changes in the current buffer "atomically" so that
-they either all succeed or are all undone, use `atomic-change-group'
-around the code that makes changes.  For instance:
-  (atomic-change-group
-    (insert foo)
-    (delete-region x y))
-If an error (or other nonlocal exit) occurs inside the body of
-`atomic-change-group', it unmakes all the changes in that buffer that
-were during the execution of the body.  The change group has no effect
-on any other buffers--any such changes remain.
-If you need something more sophisticated, you can directly call the
-lower-level functions that `atomic-change-group' uses.  Here is how.
-To set up a change group for one buffer, call `prepare-change-group'.
-Specify the buffer as argument; it defaults to the current buffer.
-This function returns a "handle" for the change group.  You must save
-the handle to activate the change group and then finish it.
-Before you change the buffer again, you must activate the change
-group.  Pass the handle to `activate-change-group' afterward to
-do this.
-After you make the changes, you must finish the change group.  You can
-either accept the changes or cancel them all.  Call
-`accept-change-group' to accept the changes in the group as final;
-call `cancel-change-group' to undo them all.
-You should use `unwind-protect' to make sure the group is always
-finished.  The call to `activate-change-group' should be inside the
-`unwind-protect', in case the user types C-g just after it runs.
-(This is one reason why `prepare-change-group' and
-`activate-change-group' are separate functions.)  Once you finish the
-group, don't use the handle again--don't try to finish the same group
-twice.
-To make a multibuffer change group, call `prepare-change-group' once
-for each buffer you want to cover, then use `nconc' to combine the
-returned values, like this:
-  (nconc (prepare-change-group buffer-1)
-         (prepare-change-group buffer-2))
-You can then activate the multibuffer change group with a single call
-to `activate-change-group', and finish it with a single call to
-`accept-change-group' or `cancel-change-group'.
-Nested use of several change groups for the same buffer works as you
-would expect.  Non-nested use of change groups for the same buffer
-will lead to undesirable results, so don't let it happen; the first
-change group you start for any given buffer should be the last one
-finished.
-** Buffer-related changes:
-*** The new function `buffer-local-value' returns the buffer-local
-binding of VARIABLE (a symbol) in buffer BUFFER.  If VARIABLE does not
-have a buffer-local binding in buffer BUFFER, it returns the default
-value of VARIABLE instead.
-*** `list-buffers-noselect' now takes an additional argument, BUFFER-LIST.
-If it is non-nil, it specifies which buffers to list.
-*** `kill-buffer-hook' is now a permanent local.
-*** The function `frame-or-buffer-changed-p' now lets you maintain
-various status records in parallel.
-It takes a variable (a symbol) as argument.  If the variable is non-nil,
-then its value should be a vector installed previously by
-`frame-or-buffer-changed-p'.  If the frame names, buffer names, buffer
-order, or their read-only or modified flags have changed, since the
-time the vector's contents were recorded by a previous call to
-`frame-or-buffer-changed-p', then the function returns t.  Otherwise
-it returns nil.
-On the first call to `frame-or-buffer-changed-p', the variable's
-value should be nil.  `frame-or-buffer-changed-p' stores a suitable
-vector into the variable and returns t.
-If the variable is itself nil, then `frame-or-buffer-changed-p' uses,
-for compatibility, an internal variable which exists only for this
-purpose.
-*** The function `read-buffer' follows the convention for reading from
-the minibuffer with a default value: if DEF is non-nil, the minibuffer
-prompt provided in PROMPT is edited to show the default value provided
-in DEF before the terminal colon and space.
-** Searching and matching changes:
-*** New function `looking-back' checks whether a regular expression matches
-the text before point.  Specifying the LIMIT argument bounds how far
-back the match can start; this is a way to keep it from taking too long.
-*** The new variable `search-spaces-regexp' controls how to search
-for spaces in a regular expression.  If it is non-nil, it should be a
-regular expression, and any series of spaces stands for that regular
-expression.  If it is nil, spaces stand for themselves.
-Spaces inside of constructs such as `[..]' and inside loops such as
-`*', `+', and `?' are never replaced with `search-spaces-regexp'.
-*** New regular expression operators, `\_<' and `\_>'.
-These match the beginning and end of a symbol.  A symbol is a
-non-empty sequence of either word or symbol constituent characters, as
-specified by the syntax table.
-*** `skip-chars-forward' and `skip-chars-backward' now handle
-character classes such as `[:alpha:]', along with individual
-characters and ranges.
-*** In `replace-match', the replacement text no longer inherits
-properties from surrounding text.
-*** The list returned by `(match-data t)' now has the buffer as a final
-element, if the last match was on a buffer.  `set-match-data'
-accepts such a list for restoring the match state.
-*** Functions `match-data' and `set-match-data' now have an optional
-argument `reseat'.  When non-nil, all markers in the match data list
-passed to these functions will be reseated to point to nowhere.
-*** rx.el has new corresponding `symbol-start' and `symbol-end' elements.
-*** The default value of `sentence-end' is now defined using the new
-variable `sentence-end-without-space', which contains such characters
-that end a sentence without following spaces.
-The function `sentence-end' should be used to obtain the value of the
-variable `sentence-end'.  If the variable `sentence-end' is nil, then
-this function returns the regexp constructed from the variables
-`sentence-end-without-period', `sentence-end-double-space' and
-`sentence-end-without-space'.
-** Undo changes:
-*** `buffer-undo-list' allows programmable elements.
-These elements have the form (apply FUNNAME . ARGS), where FUNNAME is
-a symbol other than t or nil.  That stands for a high-level change
-that should be undone by evaluating (apply FUNNAME ARGS).
-These entries can also have the form (apply DELTA BEG END FUNNAME . ARGS)
-which indicates that the change which took place was limited to the
-range BEG...END and increased the buffer size by DELTA.
-*** If the buffer's undo list for the current command gets longer than
-`undo-outer-limit', garbage collection empties it.  This is to prevent
-it from using up the available memory and choking Emacs.
-** Killing and yanking changes:
-*** New `yank-handler' text property can be used to control how
-previously killed text on the kill ring is reinserted.
-The value of the `yank-handler' property must be a list with one to four
-elements with the following format:
-  (FUNCTION PARAM NOEXCLUDE UNDO).
-The `insert-for-yank' function looks for a yank-handler property on
-the first character on its string argument (typically the first
-element on the kill-ring).  If a `yank-handler' property is found,
-the normal behavior of `insert-for-yank' is modified in various ways:
-  When FUNCTION is present and non-nil, it is called instead of `insert'
-to insert the string.  FUNCTION takes one argument--the object to insert.
-  If PARAM is present and non-nil, it replaces STRING as the object
-passed to FUNCTION (or `insert'); for example, if FUNCTION is
-`yank-rectangle', PARAM should be a list of strings to insert as a
-rectangle.
-  If NOEXCLUDE is present and non-nil, the normal removal of the
-`yank-excluded-properties' is not performed; instead FUNCTION is
-responsible for removing those properties.  This may be necessary
-if FUNCTION adjusts point before or after inserting the object.
-  If UNDO is present and non-nil, it is a function that will be called
-by `yank-pop' to undo the insertion of the current object.  It is
-called with two arguments, the start and end of the current region.
-FUNCTION can set `yank-undo-function' to override the UNDO value.
-*** The functions `kill-new', `kill-append', and `kill-region' now have an
-optional argument to specify the `yank-handler' text property to put on
-the killed text.
-*** The function `yank-pop' will now use a non-nil value of the variable
-`yank-undo-function' (instead of `delete-region') to undo the previous
-`yank' or `yank-pop' command (or a call to `insert-for-yank').  The function
-`insert-for-yank' automatically sets that variable according to the UNDO
-element of the string argument's `yank-handler' text property if present.
-*** The function `insert-for-yank' now supports strings where the
-`yank-handler' property does not span the first character of the
-string.  The old behavior is available if you call
-`insert-for-yank-1' instead.
-** Syntax table changes:
-*** The new function `syntax-ppss' provides an efficient way to find the
-current syntactic context at point.
-*** The new function `syntax-after' returns the syntax code
-of the character after a specified buffer position, taking account
-of text properties as well as the character code.
-*** `syntax-class' extracts the class of a syntax code (as returned
-by `syntax-after').
-*** The macro `with-syntax-table' no longer copies the syntax table.
-** File operation changes:
-*** New vars `exec-suffixes' and `load-suffixes' used when
-searching for an executable or an Emacs Lisp file.
-*** New function `locate-file' searches for a file in a list of directories.
-`locate-file' accepts a name of a file to search (a string), and two
-lists: a list of directories to search in and a list of suffixes to
-try; typical usage might use `exec-path' and `load-path' for the list
-of directories, and `exec-suffixes' and `load-suffixes' for the list
-of suffixes.  The function also accepts a predicate argument to
-further filter candidate files.
-One advantage of using this function is that the list of suffixes in
-`exec-suffixes' is OS-dependant, so this function will find
-executables without polluting Lisp code with OS dependencies.
-*** The new function `file-remote-p' tests a file name and returns
-non-nil if it specifies a remote file (one that Emacs accesses using
-its own special methods and not directly through the file system).
-The value in that case is an identifier for the remote file system.
-*** The new hook `before-save-hook' is invoked by `basic-save-buffer'
-before saving buffers.  This allows packages to perform various final
-tasks.  For example, it can be used by the copyright package to make
-sure saved files have the current year in any copyright headers.
-*** `file-chase-links' now takes an optional second argument LIMIT which
-specifies the maximum number of links to chase through.  If after that
-many iterations the file name obtained is still a symbolic link,
-`file-chase-links' returns it anyway.
-*** Functions `file-name-sans-extension' and `file-name-extension' now
-ignore the leading dots in file names, so that file names such as
-`.emacs' are treated as extensionless.
-*** If `buffer-save-without-query' is non-nil in some buffer,
-`save-some-buffers' will always save that buffer without asking (if
-it's modified).
-*** `buffer-auto-save-file-format' is the new name for what was
-formerly called `auto-save-file-format'.  It is now a permanent local.
-*** `visited-file-modtime' and `calendar-time-from-absolute' now return
-a list of two integers, instead of a cons.
-*** The precedence of file name handlers has been changed.
-Instead of choosing the first handler that matches,
-`find-file-name-handler' now gives precedence to a file name handler
-that matches nearest the end of the file name.  More precisely, the
-handler whose (match-beginning 0) is the largest is chosen.  In case
-of ties, the old "first matched" rule applies.
-*** A file name handler can declare which operations it handles.
-You do this by putting an `operation' property on the handler name
-symbol.  The property value should be a list of the operations that
-the handler really handles.  It won't be called for any other
-operations.
-This is useful for autoloaded handlers, to prevent them from being
-autoloaded when not really necessary.
-*** The function `make-auto-save-file-name' is now handled by file
-name handlers.  This will be exploited for remote files mainly.
-*** The function `file-name-completion' accepts an optional argument
-PREDICATE, and rejects completion candidates that don't satisfy PREDICATE.
-*** The new primitive `set-file-times' sets a file's access and
-modification times.  Magic file name handlers can handle this
-operation.
-** Input changes:
-*** Functions `y-or-n-p', `read-char', `read-key-sequence' and the like, that
-display a prompt but don't use the minibuffer, now display the prompt
-using the text properties (esp. the face) of the prompt string.
-*** The functions `read-event', `read-char', and `read-char-exclusive'
-have a new optional argument SECONDS.  If non-nil, this specifies a
-maximum time to wait for input, in seconds.  If no input arrives after
-this time elapses, the functions stop waiting and return nil.
-*** An interactive specification can now use the code letter `U' to get
-the up-event that was discarded in case the last key sequence read for a
-previous `k' or `K' argument was a down-event; otherwise nil is used.
-*** The new interactive-specification `G' reads a file name
-much like `F', but if the input is a directory name (even defaulted),
-it returns just the directory name.
-*** (while-no-input BODY...) runs BODY, but only so long as no input
-arrives.  If the user types or clicks anything, BODY stops as if a
-quit had occurred.  `while-no-input' returns the value of BODY, if BODY
-finishes.  It returns nil if BODY was aborted by a quit, and t if
-BODY was aborted by arrival of input.
-*** `recent-keys' now returns the last 300 keys.
-** Minibuffer changes:
-*** The new function `minibufferp' returns non-nil if its optional
-buffer argument is a minibuffer.  If the argument is omitted, it
-defaults to the current buffer.
-*** New function `minibuffer-selected-window' returns the window which
-was selected when entering the minibuffer.
-*** The `read-file-name' function now takes an additional argument which
-specifies a predicate which the file name read must satisfy.  The
-new variable `read-file-name-predicate' contains the predicate argument
-while reading the file name from the minibuffer; the predicate in this
-variable is used by read-file-name-internal to filter the completion list.
-*** The new variable `read-file-name-function' can be used by Lisp code
-to override the built-in `read-file-name' function.
-*** The new variable `read-file-name-completion-ignore-case' specifies
-whether completion ignores case when reading a file name with the
-`read-file-name' function.
-*** The new function `read-directory-name' is for reading a directory name.
-It is like `read-file-name' except that the defaulting works better
-for directories, and completion inside it shows only directories.
-*** The new variable `history-add-new-input' specifies whether to add new
-elements in history.  If set to nil, minibuffer reading functions don't
-add new elements to the history list, so it is possible to do this
-afterwards by calling `add-to-history' explicitly.
-** Completion changes:
-*** The new function `minibuffer-completion-contents' returns the contents
-of the minibuffer just before point.  That is what completion commands
-operate on.
-*** The functions `all-completions' and `try-completion' now accept lists
-of strings as well as hash-tables additionally to alists, obarrays
-and functions.  Furthermore, the function `test-completion' is now
-exported to Lisp.  The keys in alists and hash tables can be either
-strings or symbols, which are automatically converted with to strings.
-*** The new macro `dynamic-completion-table' supports using functions
-as a dynamic completion table.
-  (dynamic-completion-table FUN)
-FUN is called with one argument, the string for which completion is required,
-and it should return an alist containing all the intended possible
-completions.  This alist can be a full list of possible completions so that FUN
-can ignore the value of its argument.  If completion is performed in the
-minibuffer, FUN will be called in the buffer from which the minibuffer was
-entered.  `dynamic-completion-table' then computes the completion.
-*** The new macro `lazy-completion-table' initializes a variable
-as a lazy completion table.
-  (lazy-completion-table VAR FUN)
-If the completion table VAR is used for the first time (e.g., by passing VAR
-as an argument to `try-completion'), the function FUN is called with no
-arguments.  FUN must return the completion table that will be stored in VAR.
-If completion is requested in the minibuffer, FUN will be called in the buffer
-from which the minibuffer was entered.  The return value of
-`lazy-completion-table' must be used to initialize the value of VAR.
-** Abbrev changes:
-*** `define-abbrev' now accepts an optional argument SYSTEM-FLAG.
-If non-nil, this marks the abbrev as a "system" abbrev, which means
-that it won't be stored in the user's abbrevs file if he saves the
-abbrevs.  Major modes that predefine some abbrevs should always
-specify this flag.
-*** The new function `copy-abbrev-table' copies an abbrev table.
-It returns a new abbrev table that is a copy of a given abbrev table.
-** Enhancements to keymaps.
-*** Cleaner way to enter key sequences.
-You can enter a constant key sequence in a more natural format, the
-same one used for saving keyboard macros, using the macro `kbd'.  For
-example,
-(kbd "C-x C-f") => "\^x\^f"
-Actually, this format has existed since Emacs 20.1.
-*** Interactive commands can be remapped through keymaps.
-This is an alternative to using `defadvice' or `substitute-key-definition'
-to modify the behavior of a key binding using the normal keymap
-binding and lookup functionality.
-When a key sequence is bound to a command, and that command is
-remapped to another command, that command is run instead of the
-original command.
-Example:
-Suppose that minor mode `my-mode' has defined the commands
-`my-kill-line' and `my-kill-word', and it wants C-k (and any other key
-bound to `kill-line') to run the command `my-kill-line' instead of
-`kill-line', and likewise it wants to run `my-kill-word' instead of
-`kill-word'.
-Instead of rebinding C-k and the other keys in the minor mode map,
-command remapping allows you to directly map `kill-line' into
-`my-kill-line' and `kill-word' into `my-kill-word' using `define-key':
-   (define-key my-mode-map [remap kill-line] 'my-kill-line)
-   (define-key my-mode-map [remap kill-word] 'my-kill-word)
-When `my-mode' is enabled, its minor mode keymap is enabled too.  So
-when the user types C-k, that runs the command `my-kill-line'.
-Only one level of remapping is supported.  In the above example, this
-means that if `my-kill-line' is remapped to `other-kill', then C-k still
-runs `my-kill-line'.
-The following changes have been made to provide command remapping:
- Command remappings are defined using `define-key' with a prefix-key
-  `remap', i.e. `(define-key MAP [remap CMD] DEF)' remaps command CMD
-  to definition DEF in keymap MAP.  The definition is not limited to
-  another command; it can be anything accepted for a normal binding.
- The new function `command-remapping' returns the binding for a
-  remapped command in the current keymaps, or nil if not remapped.
- `key-binding' now remaps interactive commands unless the optional
-  third argument NO-REMAP is non-nil.
- `where-is-internal' now returns nil for a remapped command (e.g.
-  `kill-line', when `my-mode' is enabled), and the actual key binding for
-  the command it is remapped to (e.g. C-k for my-kill-line).
-  It also has a new optional fifth argument, NO-REMAP, which inhibits
-  remapping if non-nil (e.g. it returns "C-k" for `kill-line', and
-  "<kill-line>" for `my-kill-line').
- The new variable `this-original-command' contains the original
-  command before remapping.  It is equal to `this-command' when the
-  command was not remapped.
-*** The definition of a key-binding passed to define-key can use XEmacs-style
-key-sequences, such as [(control a)].
-*** New keymaps for typing file names
-Two new keymaps, `minibuffer-local-filename-completion-map'  and
-`minibuffer-local-must-match-filename-map', apply whenever
-Emacs reads a file name in the minibuffer.  These key maps override
-the usual binding of SPC to `minibuffer-complete-word' (so that file
-names with embedded spaces could be typed without the need to quote
-the spaces).
-*** New function `current-active-maps' returns a list of currently
-active keymaps.
-*** New function `describe-buffer-bindings' inserts the list of all
-defined keys and their definitions.
-*** New function `keymap-prompt' returns the prompt string of a keymap.
-*** If text has a `keymap' property, that keymap takes precedence
-over minor mode keymaps.
-*** The `keymap' property now also works at the ends of overlays and
-text properties, according to their stickiness.  This also means that it
-works with empty overlays.  The same hold for the `local-map' property.
-*** `key-binding' will now look up mouse-specific bindings.  The
-keymaps consulted by `key-binding' will get adapted if the key
-sequence is started with a mouse event.  Instead of letting the click
-position be determined from the key sequence itself, it is also
-possible to specify it with an optional argument explicitly.
-*** `define-key-after' now accepts keys longer than 1.
-*** (map-keymap FUNCTION KEYMAP) applies the function to each binding
-in the keymap.
-*** New variable `emulation-mode-map-alists'.
-Lisp packages using many minor mode keymaps can now maintain their own
-keymap alist separate from `minor-mode-map-alist' by adding their
-keymap alist to this list.
-*** Dense keymaps now handle inheritance correctly.
-Previously a dense keymap would hide all of the simple-char key
-bindings of the parent keymap.
-** Enhancements to process support
-*** Adaptive read buffering of subprocess output.
-On some systems, when Emacs reads the output from a subprocess, the
-output data is read in very small blocks, potentially resulting in
-very poor performance.  This behavior can be remedied to some extent
-by setting the new variable `process-adaptive-read-buffering' to a
-non-nil value (the default), as it will automatically delay reading
-from such processes, allowing them to produce more output before
-Emacs tries to read it.
-*** Processes now have an associated property list where programs can
-maintain process state and other per-process related information.
-Use the new functions `process-get' and `process-put' to access, add,
-and modify elements on this property list.  Use the new functions
-`process-plist' and `set-process-plist' to access and replace the
-entire property list of a process.
-*** Function `list-processes' now has an optional argument; if non-nil,
-it lists only the processes whose query-on-exit flag is set.
-*** New fns `set-process-query-on-exit-flag' and `process-query-on-exit-flag'.
-These replace the old function `process-kill-without-query'.  That
-function is still supported, but new code should use the new
-functions.
-*** The new function `call-process-shell-command'.
-This executes a shell command synchronously in a separate process.
-*** The new function `process-file' is similar to `call-process', but
-obeys file handlers.  The file handler is chosen based on
-`default-directory'.
-*** Function `signal-process' now accepts a process object or process
-name in addition to a process id to identify the signaled process.
-*** Function `accept-process-output' has a new optional fourth arg
-JUST-THIS-ONE.  If non-nil, only output from the specified process
-is handled, suspending output from other processes.  If value is an
-integer, also inhibit running timers.  This feature is generally not
-recommended, but may be necessary for specific applications, such as
-speech synthesis.
-*** A process filter function gets the output as multibyte string
-if the process specifies t for its filter's multibyteness.
-That multibyteness is decided by the value of
-`default-enable-multibyte-characters' when the process is created, and
-you can change it later with `set-process-filter-multibyte'.
-*** The new function `set-process-filter-multibyte' sets the
-multibyteness of the strings passed to the process's filter.
-*** The new function `process-filter-multibyte-p' returns the
-multibyteness of the strings passed to the process's filter.
-*** If a process's coding system is `raw-text' or `no-conversion' and its
-buffer is multibyte, the output of the process is at first converted
-to multibyte by `string-to-multibyte' then inserted in the buffer.
-Previously, it was converted to multibyte by `string-as-multibyte',
-which was not compatible with the behavior of file reading.
-** Enhanced networking support.
-*** The new `make-network-process' function makes network connections.
-It allows opening of stream and datagram connections to a server, as well as
-create a stream or datagram server inside Emacs.
- A server is started using :server t arg.
- Datagram connection is selected using :type 'datagram arg.
- A server can open on a random port using :service t arg.
- Local sockets are supported using :family 'local arg.
- IPv6 is supported (when available).  You may explicitly select IPv6
-  using :family 'ipv6 arg.
- Non-blocking connect is supported using :nowait t arg.
- The process' property list can be initialized using :plist PLIST arg;
-  a copy of the server process' property list is automatically inherited
-  by new client processes created to handle incoming connections.
-To test for the availability of a given feature, use featurep like this:
-  (featurep 'make-network-process '(:type datagram))
-  (featurep 'make-network-process '(:family ipv6))
-*** The old `open-network-stream' now uses `make-network-process'.
-*** `process-contact' has an optional KEY argument.
-Depending on this argument, you can get the complete list of network
-process properties or a specific property.  Using :local or :remote as
-the KEY, you get the address of the local or remote end-point.
-An Inet address is represented as a 5 element vector, where the first
-4 elements contain the IP address and the fifth is the port number.
-*** New functions `stop-process' and `continue-process'.
-These functions stop and restart communication through a network
-connection.  For a server process, no connections are accepted in the
-stopped state.  For a client process, no input is received in the
-stopped state.
-*** New function `format-network-address'.
-This function reformats the Lisp representation of a network address
-to a printable string.  For example, an IP address A.B.C.D and port
-number P is represented as a five element vector [A B C D P], and the
-printable string returned for this vector is "A.B.C.D:P".  See the doc
-string for other formatting options.
-*** New function `network-interface-list'.
-This function returns a list of network interface names and their
-current network addresses.
-*** New function `network-interface-info'.
-This function returns the network address, hardware address, current
-status, and other information about a specific network interface.
-*** New functions `process-datagram-address', `set-process-datagram-address'.
-These functions are used with datagram-based network processes to get
-and set the current address of the remote partner.
-*** Deleting a network process with `delete-process' calls the sentinel.
-The status message passed to the sentinel for a deleted network
-process is "deleted".  The message passed to the sentinel when the
-connection is closed by the remote peer has been changed to
-"connection broken by remote peer".
-** Using window objects:
-*** You can now make a window as short as one line.
-A window that is just one line tall does not display either a mode
-line or a header line, even if the variables `mode-line-format' and
-`header-line-format' call for them.  A window that is two lines tall
-cannot display both a mode line and a header line at once; if the
-variables call for both, only the mode line actually appears.
-*** The new function `window-inside-edges' returns the edges of the
-actual text portion of the window, not including the scroll bar or
-divider line, the fringes, the display margins, the header line and
-the mode line.
-*** The new functions `window-pixel-edges' and `window-inside-pixel-edges'
-return window edges in units of pixels, rather than columns and lines.
-*** New function `window-body-height'.
-This is like `window-height' but does not count the mode line or the
-header line.
-*** The new function `adjust-window-trailing-edge' moves the right
-or bottom edge of a window.  It does not move other window edges.
-*** The new macro `with-selected-window' temporarily switches the
-selected window without impacting the order of `buffer-list'.
-It saves and restores the current buffer, too.
-*** `select-window' takes an optional second argument NORECORD.
-This is like `switch-to-buffer'.
-*** `save-selected-window' now saves and restores the selected window
-of every frame.  This way, it restores everything that can be changed
-by calling `select-window'.  It also saves and restores the current
-buffer.
-*** `set-window-buffer' has an optional argument KEEP-MARGINS.
-If non-nil, that says to preserve the window's current margin, fringe,
-and scroll-bar settings.
-*** The new function `window-tree' returns a frame's window tree.
-*** The functions `get-lru-window' and `get-largest-window' take an optional
-argument `dedicated'.  If non-nil, those functions do not ignore
-dedicated windows.
-** Customizable fringe bitmaps
-*** There are new display properties, `left-fringe' and `right-fringe',
-that can be used to show a specific bitmap in the left or right fringe
-bitmap of the display line.
-Format is `display (left-fringe BITMAP [FACE])', where BITMAP is a
-symbol identifying a fringe bitmap, either built-in or defined with
-`define-fringe-bitmap', and FACE is an optional face name to be used
-for displaying the bitmap instead of the default `fringe' face.
-When specified, FACE is automatically merged with the `fringe' face.
-*** New buffer-local variables `fringe-indicator-alist' and
-`fringe-cursor-alist' maps between logical (internal) fringe indicator
-and cursor symbols and the actual fringe bitmaps to be displayed.
-This decouples the logical meaning of the fringe indicators from the
-physical appearance, as well as allowing different fringe bitmaps to
-be used in different windows showing different buffers.
-*** New function `define-fringe-bitmap' can now be used to create new
-fringe bitmaps, as well as change the built-in fringe bitmaps.
-*** New function `destroy-fringe-bitmap' deletes a fringe bitmap
-or restores a built-in one to its default value.
-*** New function `set-fringe-bitmap-face' specifies the face to be
-used for a specific fringe bitmap.  The face is automatically merged
-with the `fringe' face, so normally, the face should only specify the
-foreground color of the bitmap.
-*** New function `fringe-bitmaps-at-pos' returns the current fringe
-bitmaps in the display line at a given buffer position.
-** Other window fringe features:
-*** Controlling the default left and right fringe widths.
-The default left and right fringe widths for all windows of a frame
-can now be controlled by setting the `left-fringe' and `right-fringe'
-frame parameters to an integer value specifying the width in pixels.
-Setting the width to 0 effectively removes the corresponding fringe.
-The actual default fringe widths for the frame may deviate from the
-specified widths, since the combined fringe widths must match an
-integral number of columns.  The extra width is distributed evenly
-between the left and right fringe.  To force a specific fringe width,
-specify the width as a negative integer (if both widths are negative,
-only the left fringe gets the specified width).
-Setting the width to nil (the default), restores the default fringe
-width which is the minimum number of pixels necessary to display any
-of the currently defined fringe bitmaps.  The width of the built-in
-fringe bitmaps is 8 pixels.
-*** Per-window fringe and scrollbar settings
-**** Windows can now have their own individual fringe widths and
-position settings.
-To control the fringe widths of a window, either set the buffer-local
-variables `left-fringe-width', `right-fringe-width', or call
-`set-window-fringes'.
-To control the fringe position in a window, that is, whether fringes
-are positioned between the display margins and the window's text area,
-or at the edges of the window, either set the buffer-local variable
-`fringes-outside-margins' or call `set-window-fringes'.
-The function `window-fringes' can be used to obtain the current
-settings.  To make `left-fringe-width', `right-fringe-width', and
-`fringes-outside-margins' take effect, you must set them before
-displaying the buffer in a window, or use `set-window-buffer' to force
-an update of the display margins.
-**** Windows can now have their own individual scroll-bar settings
-controlling the width and position of scroll-bars.
-To control the scroll-bar of a window, either set the buffer-local
-variables `scroll-bar-mode' and `scroll-bar-width', or call
-`set-window-scroll-bars'.  The function `window-scroll-bars' can be
-used to obtain the current settings.  To make `scroll-bar-mode' and
-`scroll-bar-width' take effect, you must set them before displaying
-the buffer in a window, or use `set-window-buffer' to force an update
-of the display margins.
-** Redisplay features:
-*** `sit-for' can now be called with args (SECONDS &optional NODISP).
-*** Iconifying or deiconifying a frame no longer makes sit-for return.
-*** New function `redisplay' causes an immediate redisplay if no input is
-available, equivalent to (sit-for 0).  The call (redisplay t) forces
-an immediate redisplay even if input is pending.
-*** New function `force-window-update' can initiate a full redisplay of
-one or all windows.  Normally, this is not needed as changes in window
-contents are detected automatically.  However, certain implicit
-changes to mode lines, header lines, or display properties may require
-forcing an explicit window update.
-*** (char-displayable-p CHAR) returns non-nil if Emacs ought to be able
-to display CHAR.  More precisely, if the selected frame's fontset has
-a font to display the character set that CHAR belongs to.
-Fontsets can specify a font on a per-character basis; when the fontset
-does that, this value cannot be accurate.
-*** You can define multiple overlay arrows via the new
-variable `overlay-arrow-variable-list'.
-It contains a list of variables which contain overlay arrow position
-markers, including the original `overlay-arrow-position' variable.
-Each variable on this list can have individual `overlay-arrow-string'
-and `overlay-arrow-bitmap' properties that specify an overlay arrow
-string (for non-window terminals) or fringe bitmap (for window
-systems) to display at the corresponding overlay arrow position.
-If either property is not set, the default `overlay-arrow-string' or
-'overlay-arrow-fringe-bitmap' will be used.
-*** New `line-height' and `line-spacing' properties for newline characters
-A newline can now have `line-height' and `line-spacing' text or overlay
-properties that control the height of the corresponding display row.
-If the `line-height' property value is t, the newline does not
-contribute to the height of the display row; instead the height of the
-newline glyph is reduced.  Also, a `line-spacing' property on this
-newline is ignored.  This can be used to tile small images or image
-slices without adding blank areas between the images.
-If the `line-height' property value is a positive integer, the value
-specifies the minimum line height in pixels.  If necessary, the line
-height it increased by increasing the line's ascent.
-If the `line-height' property value is a float, the minimum line
-height is calculated by multiplying the default frame line height by
-the given value.
-If the `line-height' property value is a cons (FACE . RATIO), the
-minimum line height is calculated as RATIO * height of named FACE.
-RATIO is int or float.  If FACE is t, it specifies the current face.
-If the `line-height' property value is a cons (nil . RATIO), the line
-height is calculated as RATIO * actual height of the line's contents.
-If the `line-height' value is a cons (HEIGHT . TOTAL), HEIGHT specifies
-the line height as described above, while TOTAL is any of the forms
-described above and specifies the total height of the line, causing a
-varying number of pixels to be inserted after the line to make it line
-exactly that many pixels high.
-If the `line-spacing' property value is an positive integer, the value
-is used as additional pixels to insert after the display line; this
-overrides the default frame `line-spacing' and any buffer local value of
-the `line-spacing' variable.
-If the `line-spacing' property is a float or cons, the line spacing
-is calculated as specified above for the `line-height' property.
-*** The buffer local `line-spacing' variable can now have a float value,
-which is used as a height relative to the default frame line height.
-*** Enhancements to stretch display properties
-The display property stretch specification form `(space PROPS)', where
-PROPS is a property list, now allows pixel based width and height
-specifications, as well as enhanced horizontal text alignment.
-The value of these properties can now be a (primitive) expression
-which is evaluated during redisplay.  The following expressions
-are supported:
-EXPR ::= NUM | (NUM) | UNIT | ELEM | POS | IMAGE | FORM
-NUM  ::= INTEGER | FLOAT | SYMBOL
-UNIT ::= in | mm | cm | width | height
-ELEM ::= left-fringe | right-fringe | left-margin | right-margin
-      |  scroll-bar | text
-POS  ::= left | center | right
-FORM ::= (NUM . EXPR) | (OP EXPR ...)
-OP   ::= + | -
-The form `NUM' specifies a fractional width or height of the default
-frame font size.  The form `(NUM)' specifies an absolute number of
-pixels.  If a symbol is specified, its buffer-local variable binding
-is used.  The `in', `mm', and `cm' units specifies the number of
-pixels per inch, milli-meter, and centi-meter, resp.  The `width' and
-`height' units correspond to the width and height of the current face
-font.  An image specification corresponds to the width or height of
-the image.
-The `left-fringe', `right-fringe', `left-margin', `right-margin',
-`scroll-bar', and `text' elements specify to the width of the
-corresponding area of the window.
-The `left', `center', and `right' positions can be used with :align-to
-to specify a position relative to the left edge, center, or right edge
-of the text area.  One of the above window elements (except `text')
-can also be used with :align-to to specify that the position is
-relative to the left edge of the given area.  Once the base offset for
-a relative position has been set (by the first occurrence of one of
-these symbols), further occurrences of these symbols are interpreted as
-the width of the area.
-For example, to align to the center of the left-margin, use
-    :align-to (+ left-margin (0.5 . left-margin))
-If no specific base offset is set for alignment, it is always relative
-to the left edge of the text area.  For example, :align-to 0 in a
-header line aligns with the first text column in the text area.
-The value of the form `(NUM . EXPR)' is the value of NUM multiplied by
-the value of the expression EXPR.  For example, (2 . in) specifies a
-width of 2 inches, while (0.5 . IMAGE) specifies half the width (or
-height) of the specified image.
-The form `(+ EXPR ...)' adds up the value of the expressions.
-The form `(- EXPR ...)' negates or subtracts the value of the expressions.
-*** Normally, the cursor is displayed at the end of any overlay and
-text property string that may be present at the current window
-position.  The cursor can now be placed on any character of such
-strings by giving that character a non-nil `cursor' text property.
-*** The display space :width and :align-to text properties are now
-supported on text terminals.
-*** Support for displaying image slices
-**** New display property (slice X Y WIDTH HEIGHT) can be used with
-an image property to display only a specific slice of the image.
-**** Function `insert-image' has new optional fourth arg to
-specify image slice (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT).
-**** New function `insert-sliced-image' inserts a given image as a
-specified number of evenly sized slices (rows x columns).
-*** Images can now have an associated image map via the :map property.
-An image map is an alist where each element has the format (AREA ID PLIST).
-An AREA is specified as either a rectangle, a circle, or a polygon:
-A rectangle is a cons (rect . ((X0 . Y0) . (X1 . Y1))) specifying the
-pixel coordinates of the upper left and bottom right corners.
-A circle is a cons (circle . ((X0 . Y0) . R)) specifying the center
-and the radius of the circle; R can be a float or integer.
-A polygon is a cons (poly . [X0 Y0 X1 Y1 ...]) where each pair in the
-vector describes one corner in the polygon.
-When the mouse pointer is above a hot-spot area of an image, the
-PLIST of that hot-spot is consulted; if it contains a `help-echo'
-property it defines a tool-tip for the hot-spot, and if it contains
-a `pointer' property, it defines the shape of the mouse cursor when
-it is over the hot-spot.  See the variable `void-area-text-pointer'
-for possible pointer shapes.
-When you click the mouse when the mouse pointer is over a hot-spot,
-an event is composed by combining the ID of the hot-spot with the
-mouse event, e.g. [area4 mouse-1] if the hot-spot's ID is `area4'.
-*** The function `find-image' now searches in etc/images/ and etc/.
-The new variable `image-load-path' is a list of locations in which to
-search for image files.  The default is to search in etc/images, then
-in etc/, and finally in the directories specified by `load-path'.
-Subdirectories of etc/ and etc/images are not recursively searched; if
-you put an image file in a subdirectory, you have to specify it
-explicitly; for example, if an image is put in etc/images/foo/bar.xpm:
-  (defimage foo-image '((:type xpm :file "foo/bar.xpm")))
-Note that all images formerly located in the lisp directory have been
-moved to etc/images.
-*** New function `image-load-path-for-library' returns a suitable
-search path for images relative to library. This function is useful in
-external packages to save users from having to update
-`image-load-path'.
-*** The new variable `max-image-size' defines the maximum size of
-images that Emacs will load and display.
-*** The new variable `display-mm-dimensions-alist' can be used to
-override incorrect graphical display dimensions returned by functions
-`display-mm-height' and `display-mm-width'.
-** Mouse pointer features:
-*** The mouse pointer shape in void text areas (i.e. after the end of a
-line or below the last line in the buffer) of the text window is now
-controlled by the new variable `void-text-area-pointer'.  The default
-is to use the `arrow' (non-text) pointer.  Other choices are `text'
-(or nil), `hand', `vdrag', `hdrag', `modeline', and `hourglass'.
-*** The mouse pointer shape over an image can now be controlled by the
-:pointer image property.
-*** The mouse pointer shape over ordinary text or images can now be
-controlled/overridden via the `pointer' text property.
-** Mouse event enhancements:
-*** All mouse events now include a buffer position regardless of where
-you clicked.  For mouse clicks in window margins and fringes, this is
-a sensible buffer position corresponding to the surrounding text.
-*** Mouse events for clicks on window fringes now specify `left-fringe'
-or `right-fringe' as the area.
-*** Mouse events include actual glyph column and row for all event types
-and all areas.
-*** Mouse events can now indicate an image object clicked on.
-*** Mouse events include relative X and Y pixel coordinates relative to
-the top left corner of the object (image or character) clicked on.
-*** Mouse events include the pixel width and height of the object
-(image or character) clicked on.
-*** Function `mouse-set-point' now works for events outside text area.
-*** `posn-point' now returns buffer position for non-text area events.
-*** New function `posn-area' returns window area clicked on (nil means
-text area).
-*** New function `posn-actual-col-row' returns the actual glyph coordinates
-of the mouse event position.
-*** New functions 'posn-object', 'posn-object-x-y', 'posn-object-width-height'.
-These return the image or string object of a mouse click, the X and Y
-pixel coordinates relative to the top left corner of that object, and
-the total width and height of that object.
-** Text property and overlay changes:
-*** Arguments for `remove-overlays' are now optional, so that you can
-remove all overlays in the buffer with just (remove-overlays).
-*** New variable `char-property-alias-alist'.
-This variable allows you to create alternative names for text
-properties.  It works at the same level as `default-text-properties',
-although it applies to overlays as well.  This variable was introduced
-to implement the `font-lock-face' property.
-*** New function `get-char-property-and-overlay' accepts the same
-arguments as `get-char-property' and returns a cons whose car is the
-return value of `get-char-property' called with those arguments and
-whose cdr is the overlay in which the property was found, or nil if
-it was found as a text property or not found at all.
-*** The new function `remove-list-of-text-properties'.
-It is like `remove-text-properties' except that it takes a list of
-property names as argument rather than a property list.
-** Face changes
-*** The variable `facemenu-unlisted-faces' has been removed.
-Emacs has a lot more faces than in the past, and nearly all of them
-needed to be excluded.  The new variable `facemenu-listed-faces' lists
-the faces to include in the face menu.
-*** The new face attribute condition `min-colors' can be used to tailor
-the face color to the number of colors supported by a display, and
-define the foreground and background colors accordingly so that they
-look best on a terminal that supports at least this many colors.  This
-is now the preferred method for defining default faces in a way that
-makes a good use of the capabilities of the display.
-*** New function `display-supports-face-attributes-p' can be used to test
-whether a given set of face attributes is actually displayable.
-A new predicate `supports' has also been added to the `defface' face
-specification language, which can be used to do this test for faces
-defined with `defface'.
-*** The special treatment of faces whose names are of the form `fg:COLOR'
-or `bg:COLOR' has been removed.  Lisp programs should use the
-`defface' facility for defining faces with specific colors, or use
-the feature of specifying the face attributes :foreground and :background
-directly in the `face' property instead of using a named face.
-*** The first face specification element in a defface can specify
-`default' instead of frame classification.  Then its attributes act as
-defaults that apply to all the subsequent cases (and can be overridden
-by them).
-*** The function `face-differs-from-default-p' now truly checks
-whether the given face displays differently from the default face or
-not (previously it did only a very cursory check).
-*** `face-attribute', `face-foreground', `face-background', `face-stipple'.
-These now accept a new optional argument, INHERIT, which controls how
-face inheritance is used when determining the value of a face
-attribute.
-*** New functions `face-attribute-relative-p' and `merge-face-attribute'
-help with handling relative face attributes.
-*** The priority of faces in an :inherit attribute face list is reversed.
-If a face contains an :inherit attribute with a list of faces, earlier
-faces in the list override later faces in the list; in previous
-releases of Emacs, the order was the opposite.  This change was made
-so that :inherit face lists operate identically to face lists in text
-`face' properties.
-*** The variable `face-font-rescale-alist' specifies how much larger
-(or smaller) font we should use.  For instance, if the value is
-'((SOME-FONTNAME-PATTERN . 1.3)) and a face requests a font of 10
-point, we actually use a font of 13 point if the font matches
-SOME-FONTNAME-PATTERN.
-*** On terminals, faces with the :inverse-video attribute are displayed
-with swapped foreground and background colors even when one of them is
-not specified.  In previous releases of Emacs, if either foreground
-or background color was unspecified, colors were not swapped.  This
-was inconsistent with the face behavior under X.
-*** `set-fontset-font', `fontset-info', `fontset-font' now operate on
-the default fontset if the argument NAME is nil..
-** Font-Lock changes:
-*** New special text property `font-lock-face'.
-This property acts like the `face' property, but it is controlled by
-M-x font-lock-mode.  It is not, strictly speaking, a builtin text
-property.  Instead, it is implemented inside font-core.el, using the
-new variable `char-property-alias-alist'.
-*** font-lock can manage arbitrary text-properties beside `face'.
-**** the FACENAME returned in `font-lock-keywords' can be a list of the
-form (face FACE PROP1 VAL1 PROP2 VAL2 ...) so you can set other
-properties than `face'.
-**** `font-lock-extra-managed-props' can be set to make sure those
-extra properties are automatically cleaned up by font-lock.
-*** jit-lock obeys a new text-property `jit-lock-defer-multiline'.
-If a piece of text with that property gets contextually refontified
-(see `jit-lock-defer-contextually'), then all of that text will
-be refontified.  This is useful when the syntax of a textual element
-depends on text several lines further down (and when `font-lock-multiline'
-is not appropriate to solve that problem).  For example in Perl:
-        s{
-                foo
-        }{
-                bar
-        }e
-Adding/removing the last `e' changes the `bar' from being a piece of
-text to being a piece of code, so you'd put a `jit-lock-defer-multiline'
-property over the second half of the command to force (deferred)
-refontification of `bar' whenever the `e' is added/removed.
-*** `font-lock-extend-region-functions' makes it possible to alter the way
-the fontification region is chosen.  This can be used to prevent rounding
-up to whole lines, or to extend the region to include all related lines
-of multiline constructs so that such constructs get properly recognized.
-** Major mode mechanism changes:
-*** New variable `magic-mode-alist' determines major mode for a file by
-looking at the file contents.  It takes precedence over `auto-mode-alist'.
-*** New variable `file-start-mode-alist' determines major mode for a file by
-looking at the file contents.  It is handled after `auto-mode-alist',
-only if `auto-mode-alist' (and `magic-mode-alist') says nothing about the file.
-*** XML or SGML major mode is selected when file starts with an `<?xml'
-or `<!DOCTYPE' declaration.
-*** An interpreter magic line (if present) takes precedence over the
-file name when setting the major mode.
-*** If new variable `auto-mode-case-fold' is set to a non-nil value,
-Emacs will perform a second case-insensitive search through
-`auto-mode-alist' if the first case-sensitive search fails.  This
-means that a file FILE.TXT is opened in text-mode, and a file
-PROG.HTML is opened in html-mode.  Note however, that independent of
-this setting, *.C files are usually recognized as C++ files.  It also
-has no effect on systems with case-insensitive file names.
-*** All major mode functions should now run the new normal hook
-`after-change-major-mode-hook', at their very end, after the mode
-hooks.  `run-mode-hooks' does this automatically.
-*** Major modes can define `eldoc-documentation-function'
-locally to provide Eldoc functionality by some method appropriate to
-the language.
-*** Use the new function `run-mode-hooks' to run the major mode's mode hook.
-*** The new function `run-mode-hooks' and the new macro `delay-mode-hooks'
-are used by `define-derived-mode' to make sure the mode hook for the
-parent mode is run at the end of the child mode.
-*** `define-derived-mode' by default creates a new empty abbrev table.
-It does not copy abbrevs from the parent mode's abbrev table.
-*** If a major mode function has a non-nil `no-clone-indirect'
-property, `clone-indirect-buffer' signals an error if you use
-it in that buffer.
-** Minor mode changes:
-*** `define-minor-mode' now accepts arbitrary additional keyword arguments
-and simply passes them to `defcustom', if applicable.
-*** `define-globalized-minor-mode'.
-This is a new name for what was formerly called
-`easy-mmode-define-global-mode'.  The old name remains as an alias.
-*** `minor-mode-list' now holds a list of minor mode commands.
-** Command loop changes:
-*** The new function `called-interactively-p' does what many people
-have mistakenly believed `interactive-p' to do: it returns t if the
-calling function was called through `call-interactively'.
-Only use this when you cannot solve the problem by adding a new
-INTERACTIVE argument to the command.
-*** The function `commandp' takes an additional optional argument.
-If it is non-nil, then `commandp' checks for a function that could be
-called with `call-interactively', and does not return t for keyboard
-macros.
-*** When a command returns, the command loop moves point out from
-within invisible text, in the same way it moves out from within text
-covered by an image or composition property.
-This makes it generally unnecessary to mark invisible text as intangible.
-This is particularly good because the intangible property often has
-unexpected side-effects since the property applies to everything
-(including `goto-char', ...) whereas this new code is only run after
-`post-command-hook' and thus does not care about intermediate states.
-*** If a command sets `transient-mark-mode' to `only', that
-enables Transient Mark mode for the following command only.
-During that following command, the value of `transient-mark-mode'
-is `identity'.  If it is still `identity' at the end of the command,
-the next return to the command loop changes to nil.
-*** Both the variable and the function `disabled-command-hook' have
-been renamed to `disabled-command-function'.  The variable
-`disabled-command-hook' has been kept as an obsolete alias.
-*** `emacsserver' now runs `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'
-when it receives a request from emacsclient.
-*** `current-idle-time' reports how long Emacs has been idle.
-** Lisp file loading changes:
-*** `load-history' can now have elements of the form (t . FUNNAME),
-which means FUNNAME was previously defined as an autoload (before the
-current file redefined it).
-*** `load-history' now records (defun . FUNNAME) when a function is
-defined.  For a variable, it records just the variable name.
-*** The function `symbol-file' can now search specifically for function,
-variable or face definitions.
-*** `provide' and `featurep' now accept an optional second argument
-to test/provide subfeatures.  Also `provide' now checks `after-load-alist'
-and runs any code associated with the provided feature.
-*** The variable `recursive-load-depth-limit' has been deleted.
-Emacs now signals an error if the same file is loaded with more
-than 3 levels of nesting.
-** Byte compiler changes:
-*** The byte compiler now displays the actual line and character
-position of errors, where possible.  Additionally, the form of its
-warning and error messages have been brought into line with GNU standards
-for these.  As a result, you can use next-error and friends on the
-compilation output buffer.
-*** The new macro `with-no-warnings' suppresses all compiler warnings
-inside its body.  In terms of execution, it is equivalent to `progn'.
-*** You can avoid warnings for possibly-undefined symbols with a
-simple convention that the compiler understands.  (This is mostly
-useful in code meant to be portable to different Emacs versions.)
-Write forms like the following, or code that macroexpands into such
-forms:
-  (if (fboundp 'foo) <then> <else>)
-  (if (boundp 'foo) <then> <else)
-In the first case, using `foo' as a function inside the <then> form
-won't produce a warning if it's not defined as a function, and in the
-second case, using `foo' as a variable won't produce a warning if it's
-unbound.  The test must be in exactly one of the above forms (after
-macro expansion), but such tests can be nested.  Note that `when' and
-`unless' expand to `if', but `cond' doesn't.
-*** `(featurep 'xemacs)' is treated by the compiler as nil.  This
-helps to avoid noisy compiler warnings in code meant to run under both
-Emacs and XEmacs and can sometimes make the result significantly more
-efficient.  Since byte code from recent versions of XEmacs won't
-generally run in Emacs and vice versa, this optimization doesn't lose
-you anything.
-*** The local variable `no-byte-compile' in Lisp files is now obeyed.
-*** When a Lisp file uses CL functions at run-time, compiling the file
-now issues warnings about these calls, unless the file performs
-(require 'cl) when loaded.
-** Frame operations:
-*** New functions `frame-current-scroll-bars' and `window-current-scroll-bars'.
-These functions return the current locations of the vertical and
-horizontal scroll bars in a frame or window.
-*** The new function `modify-all-frames-parameters' modifies parameters
-for all (existing and future) frames.
-*** The new frame parameter `tty-color-mode' specifies the mode to use
-for color support on character terminal frames.  Its value can be a
-number of colors to support, or a symbol.  See the Emacs Lisp
-Reference manual for more detailed documentation.
-*** When using non-toolkit scroll bars with the default width,
-the `scroll-bar-width' frame parameter value is nil.
-** Mode line changes:
-*** New function `format-mode-line'.
-This returns the mode line or header line of the selected (or a
-specified) window as a string with or without text properties.
-*** The new mode-line construct `(:propertize ELT PROPS...)' can be
-used to add text properties to mode-line elements.
-*** The new `%i' and `%I' constructs for `mode-line-format' can be used
-to display the size of the accessible part of the buffer on the mode
-line.
-*** Mouse-face on mode-line (and header-line) is now supported.
-** Menu manipulation changes:
-*** To manipulate the File menu using easy-menu, you must specify the
-proper name "file".  In previous Emacs versions, you had to specify
-"files", even though the menu item itself was changed to say "File"
-several versions ago.
-*** The dummy function keys made by easy-menu are now always lower case.
-If you specify the menu item name "Ada", for instance, it uses `ada'
-as the "key" bound by that key binding.
-This is relevant only if Lisp code looks for the bindings that were
-made with easy-menu.
-*** `easy-menu-define' now allows you to use nil for the symbol name
-if you don't need to give the menu a name.  If you install the menu
-into other keymaps right away (MAPS is non-nil), it usually doesn't
-need to have a name.
-** Mule changes:
-*** Already true in Emacs 21.1, but not emphasized clearly enough:
-Multibyte buffers can now faithfully record all 256 character codes
-from 0 to 255.  As a result, most of the past reasons to use unibyte
-buffers no longer exist.  We only know of three reasons to use them
-now:
-1. If you prefer to use unibyte text all of the time.
-2. For reading files into temporary buffers, when you want to avoid
-the time it takes to convert the format.
-3. For binary files where format conversion would be pointless and
-wasteful.
-*** The new variable `auto-coding-functions' lets you specify functions
-to examine a file being visited and deduce the proper coding system
-for it.  (If the coding system is detected incorrectly for a specific
-file, you can put a `coding:' tags to override it.)
-*** The new variable `ascii-case-table' stores the case table for the
-ascii character set.  Language environments (such as Turkish) may
-alter the case correspondences of ASCII characters.  This variable
-saves the original ASCII case table before any such changes.
-*** The new function `merge-coding-systems' fills in unspecified aspects
-of one coding system from another coding system.
-*** New coding system property `mime-text-unsuitable' indicates that
-the coding system's `mime-charset' is not suitable for MIME text
-parts, e.g. utf-16.
-*** New function `decode-coding-inserted-region' decodes a region as if
-it is read from a file without decoding.
-*** New CCL functions `lookup-character' and `lookup-integer' access
-hash tables defined by the Lisp function `define-translation-hash-table'.
-*** New function `quail-find-key' returns a list of keys to type in the
-current input method to input a character.
-*** `set-buffer-file-coding-system' now takes an additional argument,
-NOMODIFY.  If it is non-nil, it means don't mark the buffer modified.
-** Operating system access:
-*** The new primitive `get-internal-run-time' returns the processor
-run time used by Emacs since start-up.
-*** Functions `user-uid' and `user-real-uid' now return floats if the
-user UID doesn't fit in a Lisp integer.  Function `user-full-name'
-accepts a float as UID parameter.
-*** New function `locale-info' accesses locale information.
-*** On MS Windows, locale-coding-system is used to interact with the OS.
-The Windows specific variable w32-system-coding-system, which was
-formerly used for that purpose is now an alias for locale-coding-system.
-*** New function `redirect-debugging-output' can be used to redirect
-debugging output on the stderr file handle to a file.
-** GC changes:
-*** New variable `gc-cons-percentage' automatically grows the GC cons threshold
-as the heap size increases.
-*** New variables `gc-elapsed' and `gcs-done' provide extra information
-on garbage collection.
-*** The normal hook `post-gc-hook' is run at the end of garbage collection.
-The hook is run with GC inhibited, so use it with care.
-** Miscellaneous:
-*** A number of hooks have been renamed to better follow the conventions:
-`find-file-hooks' to `find-file-hook',
-`find-file-not-found-hooks' to `find-file-not-found-functions',
-`write-file-hooks' to `write-file-functions',
-`write-contents-hooks' to `write-contents-functions',
-`x-lost-selection-hooks' to `x-lost-selection-functions',
-`x-sent-selection-hooks' to `x-sent-selection-functions',
-`delete-frame-hook' to `delete-frame-functions'.
-In each case the old name remains as an alias for the moment.
-*** Variable `local-write-file-hooks' is marked obsolete.
-Use the LOCAL arg of `add-hook'.
-*** New function `x-send-client-message' sends a client message when
-running under X.
-* New Packages for Lisp Programming in Emacs 22.1
+* New Packages for Lisp Programming in Emacs 23.1
-** The new library button.el implements simple and fast `clickable
-buttons' in Emacs buffers.  Buttons are much lighter-weight than the
-`widgets' implemented by widget.el, and can be used by lisp code that
-doesn't require the full power of widgets.  Emacs uses buttons for
-such things as help and apropos buffers.
-** The new library tree-widget.el provides a widget to display a set
-of hierarchical data as an outline.  For example, the tree-widget is
-well suited to display a hierarchy of directories and files.
-** The new library bindat.el provides functions to unpack and pack
-binary data structures, such as network packets, to and from Lisp
-data structures.
-** master-mode.el implements a minor mode for scrolling a slave
-buffer without leaving your current buffer, the master buffer.
-It can be used by sql.el, for example: the SQL buffer is the master
-and its SQLi buffer is the slave.  This allows you to scroll the SQLi
-buffer containing the output from the SQL buffer containing the
-commands.
-This is how to use sql.el and master.el together: the variable
-sql-buffer contains the slave buffer.  It is a local variable in the
-SQL buffer.
-(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
-   (function (lambda ()
-               (master-mode t)
-               (master-set-slave sql-buffer))))
-(add-hook 'sql-set-sqli-hook
-   (function (lambda ()
-               (master-set-slave sql-buffer))))
-** The new library benchmark.el does timing measurements on Lisp code.
-This includes measuring garbage collection time.
-** The new library testcover.el does test coverage checking.
-This is so you can tell whether you've tested all paths in your Lisp
-code.  It works with edebug.
-The function `testcover-start' instruments all functions in a given
-file.  Then test your code.  The function `testcover-mark-all' adds
-overlay "splotches" to the Lisp file's buffer to show where coverage
-is lacking.  The command `testcover-next-mark' (bind it to a key!)
-will move point forward to the next spot that has a splotch.
-Normally, a red splotch indicates the form was never completely
-evaluated; a brown splotch means it always evaluated to the same
-value.  The red splotches are skipped for forms that can't possibly
-complete their evaluation, such as `error'.  The brown splotches are
-skipped for forms that are expected to always evaluate to the same
-value, such as (setq x 14).
-For difficult cases, you can add do-nothing macros to your code to
-help out the test coverage tool.  The macro `noreturn' suppresses a
-red splotch.  It is an error if the argument to `noreturn' does
-return.  The macro `1value' suppresses a brown splotch for its argument.
-This macro is a no-op except during test-coverage -- then it signals
-an error if the argument actually returns differing values.
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -5487,4 +71,4 @@ mode: outline
 paragraph-separate: "[  ]*$"
 end:
-arch-tag: 1aca9dfa-2ac4-4d14-bebf-0007cee12793
+arch-tag: e759449d-88b3-4de4-9900-3a6c3dfa23e2
diff --git a/etc/NEWS.22 b/etc/NEWS.22
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4fc69ac4823
--- /dev/null
+++ b/etc/NEWS.22
@@ -0,0 +1,5490 @@
+GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes.
+Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007
+          Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+See the end of the file for license conditions.
+Please send Emacs bug reports to bug-gnu-emacs@gnu.org.
+If possible, use M-x report-emacs-bug.
+This file is about changes in Emacs version 22.
+See files NEWS.21, NEWS.20, NEWS.19, NEWS.18, and NEWS.1-17 for changes
+in older Emacs versions.
+You can narrow news to a specific version by calling `view-emacs-news'
+with a prefix argument or by typing C-u C-h C-n.
+Temporary note:
+ +++ indicates that the appropriate manual has already been updated.
+ --- means no change in the manuals is called for.
+When you add a new item, please add it without either +++ or ---
+so we will look at it and add it to the manual.
+Fixme: The notes about Emacs 23 are quite incomplete.
+* Changes in Emacs 23.1
+** The Emacs character set is now a superset of Unicode.  
+(It has about four times the code space, which should be plenty).
+The internal encoding used for buffers and strings is now
+Unicode-based and called `utf-8-emacs'.  utf-8-emacs is backwards
+compatible with the UTF-8 encoding of Unicode.  The `emacs-mule'
+coding system can still read and write data in the old internal
+encoding.
+There are still charsets which contain disjoint sets of characters
+where this is necessary or useful, especially for various Far Eastern
+sets which are problematic with Unicode.
+Since the internal encoding is also used by default for byte-compiled
+files -- i.e. the normal coding system for byte-compiled Lisp files is
+now utf-8-Emacs -- Lisp containing non-ASCII characters which is
+compiled by Emacs 23 can't be read by earlier versions of Emacs.  Files
+compiled by Emacs 20, 21, or 22 are loaded correctly as emacs-mule
+(whether or not they contain multibyte characters), which makes loading
+them somewhat slower than Emacs 23-compiled files.  Thus it may be worth
+recompiling existing .elc files which don't need to be shared with older
+Emacsen.
+** There are assorted new coding systems/aliases -- see
+M-x list-coding-systems.
+** New charset implementation with many new charsets.
+See M-x list-character-sets.  New charsets can be defined conveniently
+as tables of unicodes.
+The dimension of a charset is now 0, 1, 2, or 3, and the size of each
+dimension is no longer limited to 94 or 96.
+Generic characters no longer exist.  
+A dynamic charset priority list is used to infer the charset of
+unicodes for display &c.
+** The following facilities are obsolete:
+Minor modes: unify-8859-on-encoding-mode, unify-8859-on-decoding-mode
+* Lisp changes in Emacs 23.1
+map-char-table's behaviour has changed.
+New functions: characterp, max-char, map-charset-chars,
+define-charset-alias, primary-charset, set-primary-charset,
+unify-charset, clear-charset-maps, charset-priority-list,
+set-charset-priority, define-coding-system,
+define-coding-system-alias, coding-system-aliases, langinfo,
+string-to-multibyte.
+Changed functions: copy-sequence, decode-char, encode-char,
+set-fontset-font, new-fontset, modify-syntax-entry, define-charset,
+modify-category-entry
+Obsoleted: char-bytes, chars-in-region, set-coding-priority,
+char-valid-p
+* Incompatible Lisp changes
+Deleted functions: make-coding-system, register-char-codings,
+coding-system-spec
+** The character codes for characters from the
+eight-bit-control/eight-bit-graphic charsets aren't now in the range
+128-255.
+* About external Lisp packages
+When you upgrade to Emacs 22 from a previous version, some older
+versions of external Lisp packages are known to behave badly.
+So in general, it is recommended that you upgrade to the latest
+versions of any external Lisp packages that you are using.
+You should also be aware that many Lisp packages have been included
+with Emacs 22 (see the extensive list below), and you should remove
+any older versions of these packages to ensure that the Emacs 22
+version is used.  You can use M-x list-load-path-shadows to find such
+older packages.
+Some specific packages that are known to cause problems are:
+** Semantic (used by CEDET, ECB, JDEE): upgrade to latest version.
+** cua.el, cua-mode.el: remove old versions.
+* Installation Changes in Emacs 22.1
+** You can build Emacs with Gtk+ widgets by specifying `--with-x-toolkit=gtk'
+when you run configure.  This requires Gtk+ 2.4 or newer.  This port
+provides a way to display multilingual text in menus (with some caveats).
+** The Emacs Lisp Reference Manual is now part of the distribution.
+The Emacs Lisp Reference Manual in Info format is built as part of the
+Emacs build procedure and installed together with the Emacs User
+Manual.  A menu item was added to the menu bar to make it easily
+accessible (Help->More Manuals->Emacs Lisp Reference).
+** The Introduction to Programming in Emacs Lisp manual is now part of
+the distribution.
+This manual is now part of the standard distribution and is installed,
+together with the Emacs User Manual, into the Info directory.  A menu
+item was added to the menu bar to make it easily accessible
+(Help->More Manuals->Introduction to Emacs Lisp).
+** Leim is now part of the Emacs distribution.
+You no longer need to download a separate tarball in order to build
+Emacs with Leim.
+** Support for MacOS X was added.
+See the files mac/README and mac/INSTALL for build instructions.
+** Mac OS 9 port now uses the Carbon API by default.  You can also
+create a non-Carbon build by specifying `NonCarbon' as a target.  See
+the files mac/README and mac/INSTALL for build instructions.
+** Support for a Cygwin build of Emacs was added.
+** Support for GNU/Linux systems on X86-64 machines was added.
+** Support for GNU/Linux systems on S390 machines was added.
+** Support for GNU/Linux systems on Tensilica Xtensa machines was added.
+** Support for FreeBSD/Alpha has been added.
+** New translations of the Emacs Tutorial are available in the
+following languages: Brasilian Portuguese, Bulgarian, Chinese (both
+with simplified and traditional characters), French, Russian, and
+Italian.  Type `C-u C-h t' to choose one of them in case your language
+setup doesn't automatically select the right one.
+** New translations of the Emacs reference card are available in the
+Brasilian Portuguese and Russian.  The corresponding PostScript files
+are also included.
+** A French translation of the `Emacs Survival Guide' is available.
+** Emacs now supports new configure options `--program-prefix',
+`--program-suffix' and `--program-transform-name' that affect the names of
+installed programs.
+** By default, Emacs now uses a setgid helper program to update game
+scores.  The directory ${localstatedir}/games/emacs is the normal
+place for game scores to be stored.  You can control this with the
+configure option `--with-game-dir'.  The specific user that Emacs uses
+to own the game scores is controlled by `--with-game-user'.  If access
+to a game user is not available, then scores will be stored separately
+in each user's home directory.
+** Emacs now includes support for loading image libraries on demand.
+(Currently this feature is only used on MS Windows.)  You can configure
+the supported image types and their associated dynamic libraries by
+setting the variable `image-library-alist'.
+** Emacs can now be built without sound support.
+** Emacs Lisp source files are compressed by default if `gzip' is available.
+** All images used in Emacs have been consolidated in etc/images and subdirs.
+See also the changes to `find-image', documented below.
+** Emacs comes with a new set of icons.
+These icons are displayed on the taskbar and/or titlebar when Emacs
+runs in a graphical environment.  Source files for these icons can be
+found in etc/images/icons.  (You can't change the icons displayed by
+Emacs by changing these files directly.  On X, the icon is compiled
+into the Emacs executable; see gnu.h in the source tree.  On MS
+Windows, see nt/icons/emacs.ico.)
+** The `emacsserver' program has been removed, replaced with Lisp code.
+** The `yow' program has been removed.
+Use the corresponding Emacs feature instead.
+** The Emacs terminal emulation in term.el uses a different terminfo name.
+The Emacs terminal emulation in term.el now uses "eterm-color" as its
+terminfo name, since term.el now supports color.
+** The script etc/emacs-buffer.gdb can be used with gdb to retrieve the
+contents of buffers from a core dump and save them to files easily, should
+Emacs crash.
+** Building with -DENABLE_CHECKING does not automatically build with union
+types any more.  Add -DUSE_LISP_UNION_TYPE if you want union types.
+** When pure storage overflows while dumping, Emacs now prints how
+much pure storage it will approximately need.
+* Startup Changes in Emacs 22.1
+** Init file changes
+If the init file ~/.emacs does not exist, Emacs will try
+~/.emacs.d/init.el or ~/.emacs.d/init.elc.  Likewise, if the shell init file
+~/.emacs_SHELL is not found, Emacs will try ~/.emacs.d/init_SHELL.sh.
+** Emacs can now be invoked in full-screen mode on a windowed display.
+When Emacs is invoked on a window system, the new command-line options
+`--fullwidth', `--fullheight', and `--fullscreen' produce a frame
+whose width, height, or both width and height take up the entire
+screen size.  (For now, this does not work with some window managers.)
+** Emacs now displays a splash screen by default even if command-line
+arguments were given.  The new command-line option --no-splash
+disables the splash screen; see also the variable
+`inhibit-splash-screen' (which is also aliased as
+`inhibit-startup-message').
+** New user option `inhibit-startup-buffer-menu'.
+When loading many files, for instance with `emacs *', Emacs normally
+displays a buffer menu.  This option turns the buffer menu off.
+** New command line option -nbc or --no-blinking-cursor disables
+the blinking cursor on graphical terminals.
+** The option --script FILE runs Emacs in batch mode and loads FILE.
+It is useful for writing Emacs Lisp shell script files, because they
+can start with this line:
+   #!/usr/bin/emacs --script
+** The -f option, used from the command line to call a function,
+now reads arguments for the function interactively if it is
+an interactively callable function.
+** The option --directory DIR now modifies `load-path' immediately.
+Directories are added to the front of `load-path' in the order they
+appear on the command line.  For example, with this command line:
+  emacs -batch -L .. -L /tmp --eval "(require 'foo)"
+Emacs looks for library `foo' in the parent directory, then in /tmp, then
+in the other directories in `load-path'.  (-L is short for --directory.)
+** When you specify a frame size with --geometry, the size applies to
+all frames you create.  A position specified with --geometry only
+affects the initial frame.
+** Emacs built for MS-Windows now behaves like Emacs on X does,
+with respect to its frame position: if you don't specify a position
+(in your .emacs init file, in the Registry, or with the --geometry
+command-line option), Emacs leaves the frame position to the Windows'
+window manager.
+** The command line option --no-windows has been changed to
+--no-window-system.  The old one still works, but is deprecated.
+** If the environment variable DISPLAY specifies an unreachable X display,
+Emacs will now startup as if invoked with the --no-window-system option.
+** Emacs now reads the standard abbrevs file ~/.abbrev_defs
+automatically at startup, if it exists.  When Emacs offers to save
+modified buffers, it saves the abbrevs too if they have changed.  It
+can do this either silently or asking for confirmation first,
+according to the value of `save-abbrevs'.
+** New command line option -Q or --quick.
+This is like using -q --no-site-file, but in addition it also disables
+the fancy startup screen.
+** New command line option -D or --basic-display.
+Disables the menu-bar, the tool-bar, the scroll-bars, tool tips, and
+the blinking cursor.
+** The default is now to use a bitmap as the icon.
+The command-line options --icon-type, -i have been replaced with
+options --no-bitmap-icon, -nbi to turn the bitmap icon off.
+** If the environment variable EMAIL is defined, Emacs now uses its value
+to compute the default value of `user-mail-address', in preference to
+concatenation of `user-login-name' with the name of your host machine.
+* Incompatible Editing Changes in Emacs 22.1
+** You can now follow links by clicking Mouse-1 on the link.
+See below for more details.
+** When the undo information of the current command gets really large
+(beyond the value of `undo-outer-limit'), Emacs discards it and warns
+you about it.
+** When Emacs prompts for file names, SPC no longer completes the file name.
+This is so filenames with embedded spaces could be input without the
+need to quote the space with a C-q.  The underlying changes in the
+keymaps that are active in the minibuffer are described below under
+"New keymaps for typing file names".
+** The completion commands TAB, SPC and ? in the minibuffer apply only
+to the text before point.  If there is text in the buffer after point,
+it remains unchanged.
+** In incremental search, C-w is changed.  M-%, C-M-w and C-M-y are special.
+See below under "incremental search changes".
+** M-g is now a prefix key.
+M-g g and M-g M-g run goto-line.
+M-g n and M-g M-n run next-error (like C-x `).
+M-g p and M-g M-p run previous-error.
+** C-u M-g M-g switches to the most recent previous buffer,
+and goes to the specified line in that buffer.
+When goto-line starts to execute, if there's a number in the buffer at
+point then it acts as the default argument for the minibuffer.
+** M-o now is the prefix key for setting text properties;
+M-o M-o requests refontification.
+** C-x C-f RET (find-file), typing nothing in the minibuffer, is no longer
+a special case.
+Since the default input is the current directory, this has the effect
+of specifying the current directory.  Normally that means to visit the
+directory with Dired.
+You can get the old behavior by typing C-x C-f M-n RET, which fetches
+the actual file name into the minibuffer.
+** In Dired's ! command (dired-do-shell-command), `*' and `?' now
+control substitution of the file names only when they are surrounded
+by whitespace.  This means you can now use them as shell wildcards
+too.  If you want to use just plain `*' as a wildcard, type `*""'; the
+doublequotes make no difference in the shell, but they prevent
+special treatment in `dired-do-shell-command'.
+** A prefix argument is no longer required to repeat a jump to a
+previous mark if you set `set-mark-command-repeat-pop' to t.  I.e. C-u
+C-SPC C-SPC C-SPC ... cycles through the mark ring.  Use C-u C-u C-SPC
+to set the mark immediately after a jump.
+** The info-search bindings on C-h C-f, C-h C-k and C-h C-i
+have been moved to C-h F, C-h K and C-h S.
+** `apply-macro-to-region-lines' now operates on all lines that begin
+in the region, rather than on all complete lines in the region.
+** line-move-ignore-invisible now defaults to t.
+** Adaptive filling misfeature removed.
+It no longer treats `NNN.' or `(NNN)' as a prefix.
+** The old bindings C-M-delete and C-M-backspace have been deleted,
+since there are situations where one or the other will shut down
+the operating system or your X server.
+** The register compatibility key bindings (deprecated since Emacs 19)
+have been removed:
+  C-x /   point-to-register (Use: C-x r SPC)
+  C-x j   jump-to-register  (Use: C-x r j)
+  C-x x   copy-to-register  (Use: C-x r s)
+  C-x g   insert-register   (Use: C-x r i)
+* Editing Changes in Emacs 22.1
+** The max size of buffers and integers has been doubled.
+On 32bit machines, it is now 256M (i.e. 268435455).
+** !MEM FULL! at the start of the mode line indicates that Emacs
+cannot get any more memory for Lisp data.  This often means it could
+crash soon if you do things that use more memory.  On most systems,
+killing buffers will get out of this state.  If killing buffers does
+not make !MEM FULL! disappear, you should save your work and start
+a new Emacs.
+** `undo-only' does an undo which does not redo any previous undo.
+** Yanking text now discards certain text properties that can
+be inconvenient when you did not expect them.  The variable
+`yank-excluded-properties' specifies which ones.  Insertion
+of register contents and rectangles also discards these properties.
+** New command `kill-whole-line' kills an entire line at once.
+By default, it is bound to C-S-<backspace>.
+** M-SPC (just-one-space) when given a numeric argument N
+converts whitespace around point to N spaces.
+** You can now switch buffers in a cyclic order with C-x C-left
+(previous-buffer) and C-x C-right (next-buffer).  C-x left and
+C-x right can be used as well.  The functions keep a different buffer
+cycle for each frame, using the frame-local buffer list.
+** C-x 5 C-o displays a specified buffer in another frame
+but does not switch to that frame.  It's the multi-frame
+analogue of C-x 4 C-o.
+** `special-display-buffer-names' and `special-display-regexps' now
+understand two new boolean pseudo-frame-parameters `same-frame' and
+`same-window'.
+** New commands to operate on pairs of open and close characters:
+`insert-pair', `delete-pair', `raise-sexp'.
+** M-x setenv now expands environment variable references.
+Substrings of the form `$foo' and `${foo}' in the specified new value
+now refer to the value of environment variable foo.  To include a `$'
+in the value, use `$$'.
+** The default values of paragraph-start and indent-line-function have
+been changed to reflect those used in Text mode rather than those used
+in Paragraph-Indent Text mode.
+** The default for the paper size (variable ps-paper-type) is taken
+from the locale.
+** Help command changes:
+*** Changes in C-h bindings:
+C-h e displays the *Messages* buffer.
+C-h d runs apropos-documentation.
+C-h r visits the Emacs Manual in Info.
+C-h followed by a control character is used for displaying files
+    that do not change:
+C-h C-f displays the FAQ.
+C-h C-e displays the PROBLEMS file.
+The info-search bindings on C-h C-f, C-h C-k and C-h C-i
+have been moved to C-h F, C-h K and C-h S.
+C-h c, C-h k, C-h w, and C-h f now handle remapped interactive commands.
+- C-h c and C-h k report the actual command (after possible remapping)
+  run by the key sequence.
+- C-h w and C-h f on a command which has been remapped now report the
+  command it is remapped to, and the keys which can be used to run
+  that command.
+For example, if C-k is bound to kill-line, and kill-line is remapped
+to new-kill-line, these commands now report:
+- C-h c and C-h k C-k reports:
+  C-k runs the command new-kill-line
+- C-h w and C-h f kill-line reports:
+  kill-line is remapped to new-kill-line which is on C-k, <deleteline>
+- C-h w and C-h f new-kill-line reports:
+  new-kill-line is on C-k
+*** The apropos commands now accept a list of words to match.
+When more than one word is specified, at least two of those words must
+be present for an item to match.  Regular expression matching is still
+available.
+*** The new option `apropos-sort-by-scores' causes the matching items
+to be sorted according to their score.  The score for an item is a
+number calculated to indicate how well the item matches the words or
+regular expression that you entered to the apropos command.  The best
+match is listed first, and the calculated score is shown for each
+matching item.
+*** Help commands `describe-function' and `describe-key' now show function
+arguments in lowercase italics on displays that support it.  To change the
+default, customize face `help-argument-name' or redefine the function
+`help-default-arg-highlight'.
+*** C-h v and C-h f commands now include a hyperlink to the C source for
+variables and functions defined in C (if the C source is available).
+*** Help mode now only makes hyperlinks for faces when the face name is
+preceded or followed by the word `face'.  It no longer makes
+hyperlinks for variables without variable documentation, unless
+preceded by one of the words `variable' or `option'.  It now makes
+hyperlinks to Info anchors (or nodes) if the anchor (or node) name is
+enclosed in single quotes and preceded by `info anchor' or `Info
+anchor' (in addition to earlier `info node' and `Info node').  In
+addition, it now makes hyperlinks to URLs as well if the URL is
+enclosed in single quotes and preceded by `URL'.
+*** The new command `describe-char' (C-u C-x =) pops up a buffer with
+description various information about a character, including its
+encodings and syntax, its text properties, how to input, overlays, and
+widgets at point.  You can get more information about some of them, by
+clicking on mouse-sensitive areas or moving there and pressing RET.
+*** The command `list-text-properties-at' has been deleted because
+C-u C-x = gives the same information and more.
+*** New command `display-local-help' displays any local help at point
+in the echo area.  It is bound to `C-h .'.  It normally displays the
+same string that would be displayed on mouse-over using the
+`help-echo' property, but, in certain cases, it can display a more
+keyboard oriented alternative.
+*** New user option `help-at-pt-display-when-idle' allows to
+automatically show the help provided by `display-local-help' on
+point-over, after suitable idle time.  The amount of idle time is
+determined by the user option `help-at-pt-timer-delay' and defaults
+to one second.  This feature is turned off by default.
+** Mark command changes:
+*** A prefix argument is no longer required to repeat a jump to a
+previous mark, i.e. C-u C-SPC C-SPC C-SPC ... cycles through the
+mark ring.  Use C-u C-u C-SPC to set the mark immediately after a jump.
+*** Marking commands extend the region when invoked multiple times.
+If you type C-M-SPC (mark-sexp), M-@ (mark-word), M-h
+(mark-paragraph), or C-M-h (mark-defun) repeatedly, the marked region
+extends each time, so you can mark the next two sexps with M-C-SPC
+M-C-SPC, for example.  This feature also works for
+mark-end-of-sentence, if you bind that to a key.  It also extends the
+region when the mark is active in Transient Mark mode, regardless of
+the last command.  To start a new region with one of marking commands
+in Transient Mark mode, you can deactivate the active region with C-g,
+or set the new mark with C-SPC.
+*** Some commands do something special in Transient Mark mode when the
+mark is active--for instance, they limit their operation to the
+region.  Even if you don't normally use Transient Mark mode, you might
+want to get this behavior from a particular command.  There are two
+ways you can enable Transient Mark mode and activate the mark, for one
+command only.
+One method is to type C-SPC C-SPC; this enables Transient Mark mode
+and sets the mark at point.  The other method is to type C-u C-x C-x.
+This enables Transient Mark mode temporarily but does not alter the
+mark or the region.
+After these commands, Transient Mark mode remains enabled until you
+deactivate the mark.  That typically happens when you type a command
+that alters the buffer, but you can also deactivate the mark by typing
+C-g.
+*** Movement commands `beginning-of-buffer', `end-of-buffer',
+`beginning-of-defun', `end-of-defun' do not set the mark if the mark
+is already active in Transient Mark mode.
+*** M-h (mark-paragraph) now accepts a prefix arg.
+With positive arg, M-h marks the current and the following paragraphs;
+if the arg is negative, it marks the current and the preceding
+paragraphs.
+** Incremental Search changes:
+*** M-% typed in isearch mode invokes `query-replace' or
+`query-replace-regexp' (depending on search mode) with the current
+search string used as the string to replace.
+*** C-w in incremental search now grabs either a character or a word,
+making the decision in a heuristic way.  This new job is done by the
+command `isearch-yank-word-or-char'.  To restore the old behavior,
+bind C-w to `isearch-yank-word' in `isearch-mode-map'.
+*** C-y in incremental search now grabs the next line if point is already
+at the end of a line.
+*** C-M-w deletes and C-M-y grabs a character in isearch mode.
+Another method to grab a character is to enter the minibuffer by `M-e'
+and to type `C-f' at the end of the search string in the minibuffer.
+*** Vertical scrolling is now possible within incremental search.
+To enable this feature, customize the new user option
+`isearch-allow-scroll'.  User written commands which satisfy stringent
+constraints can be marked as "scrolling commands".  See the Emacs manual
+for details.
+*** Isearch no longer adds `isearch-resume' commands to the command
+history by default.  To enable this feature, customize the new
+user option `isearch-resume-in-command-history'.
+** Replace command changes:
+*** When used interactively, the commands `query-replace-regexp' and
+`replace-regexp' allow \,expr to be used in a replacement string,
+where expr is an arbitrary Lisp expression evaluated at replacement
+time.  `\#' in a replacement string now refers to the count of
+replacements already made by the replacement command.  All regular
+expression replacement commands now allow `\?' in the replacement
+string to specify a position where the replacement string can be
+edited for each replacement.  `query-replace-regexp-eval' is now
+deprecated since it offers no additional functionality.
+*** query-replace uses isearch lazy highlighting when the new user option
+`query-replace-lazy-highlight' is non-nil.
+*** The current match in query-replace is highlighted in new face
+`query-replace' which by default inherits from isearch face.
+*** New user option `query-replace-skip-read-only': when non-nil,
+`query-replace' and related functions simply ignore
+a match if part of it has a read-only property.
+** Local variables lists:
+*** If the local variables list contains any variable-value pairs that
+are not known to be safe, Emacs shows a prompt asking whether to apply
+the local variables list as a whole.  In earlier versions, a prompt
+was only issued for variables explicitly marked as risky (for the
+definition of risky variables, see `risky-local-variable-p').
+At the prompt, you can choose to save the contents of this local
+variables list to `safe-local-variable-values'.  This new customizable
+option is a list of variable-value pairs that are known to be safe.
+Variables can also be marked as safe with the existing
+`safe-local-variable' property (see `safe-local-variable-p').
+However, risky variables will not be added to
+`safe-local-variable-values' in this way.
+*** The variable `enable-local-variables' controls how local variable
+lists are handled.  t, the default, specifies the standard querying
+behavior.  :safe means use only safe values, and ignore the rest.
+:all means set all variables, whether or not they are safe.
+nil means ignore them all.  Anything else means always query.
+*** The variable `safe-local-eval-forms' specifies a list of forms that
+are ok to evaluate when they appear in an `eval' local variables
+specification.  Normally Emacs asks for confirmation before evaluating
+such a form, but if the form appears in this list, no confirmation is
+needed.
+*** If a function has a non-nil `safe-local-eval-function' property,
+that means it is ok to evaluate some calls to that function when it
+appears in an `eval' local variables specification.  If the property
+is t, then any form calling that function with constant arguments is
+ok.  If the property is a function or list of functions, they are called
+with the form as argument, and if any returns t, the form is ok to call.
+If the form is not "ok to call", that means Emacs asks for
+confirmation as before.
+*** In processing a local variables list, Emacs strips the prefix and
+suffix from every line before processing all the lines.
+*** Text properties in local variables.
+A file local variables list cannot specify a string with text
+properties--any specified text properties are discarded.
+** File operation changes:
+*** Unquoted `$' in file names do not signal an error any more when
+the corresponding environment variable does not exist.
+Instead, the `$ENVVAR' text is left as is, so that `$$' quoting
+is only rarely needed.
+*** C-x C-f RET, typing nothing in the minibuffer, is no longer a special case.
+Since the default input is the current directory, this has the effect
+of specifying the current directory.  Normally that means to visit the
+directory with Dired.
+*** C-x s (save-some-buffers) now offers an option `d' to diff a buffer
+against its file, so you can see what changes you would be saving.
+*** Auto Compression mode is now enabled by default.
+*** If the user visits a file larger than `large-file-warning-threshold',
+Emacs asks for confirmation.
+*** The commands copy-file, rename-file, make-symbolic-link and
+add-name-to-file, when given a directory as the "new name" argument,
+convert it to a file name by merging in the within-directory part of
+the existing file's name.  (This is the same convention that shell
+commands cp, mv, and ln follow.)  Thus, M-x copy-file RET ~/foo RET
+/tmp RET copies ~/foo to /tmp/foo.
+*** require-final-newline now has two new possible values:
+`visit' means add a newline (as an undoable change) if it's needed
+when visiting the file.
+`visit-save' means add a newline (as an undoable change) if it's
+needed when visiting the file, and also add a newline if it's needed
+when saving the file.
+*** The new option mode-require-final-newline controls how certain
+major modes enable require-final-newline.  Any major mode that's
+designed for a kind of file that should normally end in a newline
+sets require-final-newline based on mode-require-final-newline.
+So you can customize mode-require-final-newline to control what these
+modes do.
+*** When you are root, and you visit a file whose modes specify
+read-only, the Emacs buffer is now read-only too.  Type C-x C-q if you
+want to make the buffer writable.  (As root, you can in fact alter the
+file.)
+*** find-file-read-only visits multiple files in read-only mode,
+when the file name contains wildcard characters.
+*** find-alternate-file replaces the current file with multiple files,
+when the file name contains wildcard characters.  It now asks if you
+wish save your changes and not just offer to kill the buffer.
+*** When used interactively, `format-write-file' now asks for confirmation
+before overwriting an existing file, unless a prefix argument is
+supplied.  This behavior is analogous to `write-file'.
+*** The variable `auto-save-file-name-transforms' now has a third element that
+controls whether or not the function `make-auto-save-file-name' will
+attempt to construct a unique auto-save name (e.g. for remote files).
+*** The new option `write-region-inhibit-fsync' disables calls to fsync
+in `write-region'.  This can be useful on laptops to avoid spinning up
+the hard drive upon each file save.  Enabling this variable may result
+in data loss, use with care.
+** Minibuffer changes:
+*** The completion commands TAB, SPC and ? in the minibuffer apply only
+to the text before point.  If there is text in the buffer after point,
+it remains unchanged.
+*** The new file-name-shadow-mode is turned ON by default, so that when
+entering a file name, any prefix which Emacs will ignore is dimmed.
+*** There's a new face `minibuffer-prompt'.
+Emacs adds this face to the list of text properties stored in the
+variable `minibuffer-prompt-properties', which is used to display the
+prompt string.
+*** Enhanced visual feedback in `*Completions*' buffer.
+Completions lists use faces to highlight what all completions
+have in common and where they begin to differ.
+The common prefix shared by all possible completions uses the face
+`completions-common-part', while the first character that isn't the
+same uses the face `completions-first-difference'.  By default,
+`completions-common-part' inherits from `default', and
+`completions-first-difference' inherits from `bold'.  The idea of
+`completions-common-part' is that you can use it to make the common
+parts less visible than normal, so that the rest of the differing
+parts is, by contrast, slightly highlighted.
+Above fontification is always done when listing completions is
+triggered at minibuffer.  If you want to fontify completions whose
+listing is triggered at the other normal buffer, you have to pass
+the common prefix of completions to `display-completion-list' as
+its second argument.
+*** File-name completion can now ignore specified directories.
+If an element of the list in `completion-ignored-extensions' ends in a
+slash `/', it indicates a subdirectory that should be ignored when
+completing file names.  Elements of `completion-ignored-extensions'
+which do not end in a slash are never considered when a completion
+candidate is a directory.
+*** New user option `history-delete-duplicates'.
+If set to t when adding a new history element, all previous identical
+elements are deleted from the history list.
+** Redisplay changes:
+*** The new face `mode-line-inactive' is used to display the mode line
+of non-selected windows.  The `mode-line' face is now used to display
+the mode line of the currently selected window.
+The new variable `mode-line-in-non-selected-windows' controls whether
+the `mode-line-inactive' face is used.
+*** The mode line position information now comes before the major mode.
+When the file is maintained under version control, that information
+appears between the position information and the major mode.
+*** You can now customize the use of window fringes.  To control this
+for all frames, use M-x fringe-mode or the Show/Hide submenu of the
+top-level Options menu, or customize the `fringe-mode' variable.  To
+control this for a specific frame, use the command M-x
+set-fringe-style.
+*** Angle icons in the fringes can indicate the buffer boundaries.  In
+addition, up and down arrow bitmaps in the fringe indicate which ways
+the window can be scrolled.
+This behavior is activated by setting the buffer-local variable
+`indicate-buffer-boundaries' to a non-nil value.  The default value of
+this variable is found in `default-indicate-buffer-boundaries'.
+If value is `left' or `right', both angle and arrow bitmaps are
+displayed in the left or right fringe, resp.
+The value can also be an alist which specifies the presence and
+position of each bitmap individually.
+For example, ((top . left) (t .  right)) places the top angle bitmap
+in left fringe, the bottom angle bitmap in right fringe, and both
+arrow bitmaps in right fringe.  To show just the angle bitmaps in the
+left fringe, but no arrow bitmaps, use ((top . left) (bottom . left)).
+*** On window systems, lines which are exactly as wide as the window
+(not counting the final newline character) are no longer broken into
+two lines on the display (with just the newline on the second line).
+Instead, the newline now "overflows" into the right fringe, and the
+cursor will be displayed in the fringe when positioned on that newline.
+The new user option 'overflow-newline-into-fringe' can be set to nil to
+revert to the old behavior of continuing such lines.
+*** A window can now have individual fringe and scroll-bar settings,
+in addition to the individual display margin settings.
+Such individual settings are now preserved when windows are split
+horizontally or vertically, a saved window configuration is restored,
+or when the frame is resized.
+*** When a window has display margin areas, the fringes are now
+displayed between the margins and the buffer's text area, rather than
+outside those margins.
+*** New face `escape-glyph' highlights control characters and escape glyphs.
+*** Non-breaking space and hyphens are now displayed with a special
+face, either nobreak-space or escape-glyph.  You can turn this off or
+specify a different mode by setting the variable `nobreak-char-display'.
+*** The parameters of automatic hscrolling can now be customized.
+The variable `hscroll-margin' determines how many columns away from
+the window edge point is allowed to get before automatic hscrolling
+will horizontally scroll the window.  The default value is 5.
+The variable `hscroll-step' determines how many columns automatic
+hscrolling scrolls the window when point gets too close to the
+window edge.  If its value is zero, the default, Emacs scrolls the
+window so as to center point.  If its value is an integer, it says how
+many columns to scroll.  If the value is a floating-point number, it
+gives the fraction of the window's width to scroll the window.
+The variable `automatic-hscrolling' was renamed to
+`auto-hscroll-mode'.  The old name is still available as an alias.
+*** Moving or scrolling through images (and other lines) taller than
+the window now works sensibly, by automatically adjusting the window's
+vscroll property.
+*** Preemptive redisplay now adapts to current load and bandwidth.
+To avoid preempting redisplay on fast computers, networks, and displays,
+the arrival of new input is now performed at regular intervals during
+redisplay.  The new variable `redisplay-preemption-period' specifies
+the period; the default is to check for input every 0.1 seconds.
+*** The %c and %l constructs are now ignored in frame-title-format.
+Due to technical limitations in how Emacs interacts with windowing
+systems, these constructs often failed to render properly, and could
+even cause Emacs to crash.
+*** If value of `auto-resize-tool-bars' is `grow-only', the tool bar
+will expand as needed, but not contract automatically.  To contract
+the tool bar, you must type C-l.
+*** New customize option `overline-margin' controls the space between
+overline and text.
+*** New variable `x-underline-at-descent-line' controls the relative
+position of the underline.  When set, it overrides the
+`x-use-underline-position-properties' variables.
+** New faces:
+*** `mode-line-highlight' is the standard face indicating mouse sensitive
+elements on mode-line (and header-line) like `highlight' face on text
+areas.
+*** `mode-line-buffer-id' is the standard face for buffer identification
+parts of the mode line.
+*** `shadow' face defines the appearance of the "shadowed" text, i.e.
+the text which should be less noticeable than the surrounding text.
+This can be achieved by using shades of grey in contrast with either
+black or white default foreground color.  This generic shadow face
+allows customization of the appearance of shadowed text in one place,
+so package-specific faces can inherit from it.
+*** `vertical-border' face is used for the vertical divider between windows.
+** Font-Lock (syntax highlighting) changes:
+*** All modes now support using M-x font-lock-mode to toggle
+fontification, even those such as Occur, Info, and comint-derived
+modes that do their own fontification in a special way.
+The variable `Info-fontify' is no longer applicable; to disable
+fontification in Info, remove `turn-on-font-lock' from
+`Info-mode-hook'.
+*** New standard font-lock face `font-lock-comment-delimiter-face'.
+*** New standard font-lock face `font-lock-preprocessor-face'.
+*** Easy to overlook single character negation can now be font-locked.
+You can use the new variable `font-lock-negation-char-face' and the face of
+the same name to customize this.  Currently the cc-modes, sh-script-mode,
+cperl-mode and make-mode support this.
+*** Font-Lock mode: in major modes such as Lisp mode, where some Emacs
+features assume that an open-paren in column 0 is always outside of
+any string or comment, Font-Lock now highlights any such open-paren in
+bold-red if it is inside a string or a comment, to indicate that it
+can cause trouble.  You should rewrite the string or comment so that
+the open-paren is not in column 0.
+*** M-o now is the prefix key for setting text properties;
+M-o M-o requests refontification.
+*** The default settings for JIT stealth lock parameters are changed.
+The default value for the user option jit-lock-stealth-time is now nil
+instead of 3.  This setting of jit-lock-stealth-time disables stealth
+fontification: on today's machines, it may be a bug in font lock
+patterns if fontification otherwise noticeably degrades interactivity.
+If you find movement in infrequently visited buffers sluggish (and the
+major mode maintainer has no better idea), customizing
+jit-lock-stealth-time to a non-nil value will let Emacs fontify
+buffers in the background when it considers the system to be idle.
+jit-lock-stealth-nice is now 0.5 instead of 0.125 which is supposed to
+cause less load than the old defaults.
+*** jit-lock can now be delayed with `jit-lock-defer-time'.
+If this variable is non-nil, its value should be the amount of Emacs
+idle time in seconds to wait before starting fontification.  For
+example, if you set `jit-lock-defer-time' to 0.25, fontification will
+only happen after 0.25s of idle time.
+*** contextual refontification is now separate from stealth fontification.
+jit-lock-defer-contextually is renamed jit-lock-contextually and
+jit-lock-context-time determines the delay after which contextual
+refontification takes place.
+*** lazy-lock is considered obsolete.
+The `lazy-lock' package is superseded by `jit-lock' and is considered
+obsolete.  `jit-lock' is activated by default; if you wish to continue
+using `lazy-lock', activate it in your ~/.emacs like this:
+  (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
+If you invoke `lazy-lock-mode' directly rather than through
+`font-lock-support-mode', it now issues a warning:
+  "Use font-lock-support-mode rather than calling lazy-lock-mode"
+** Menu support:
+*** A menu item "Show/Hide" was added to the top-level menu "Options".
+This menu allows you to turn various display features on and off (such
+as the fringes, the tool bar, the speedbar, and the menu bar itself).
+You can also move the vertical scroll bar to either side here or turn
+it off completely.  There is also a menu-item to toggle displaying of
+current date and time, current line and column number in the mode-line.
+*** Speedbar has moved from the "Tools" top level menu to "Show/Hide".
+*** The menu item "Open File..." has been split into two items, "New File..."
+and "Open File...".  "Open File..." now opens only existing files.  This is
+to support existing GUI file selection dialogs better.
+*** The file selection dialog for Gtk+, Mac, W32 and Motif/LessTif can be
+disabled by customizing the variable `use-file-dialog'.
+*** The pop up menus for Lucid now stay up if you do a fast click and can
+be navigated with the arrow keys (like Gtk+, Mac and W32).
+*** The menu bar for Motif/LessTif/Lucid/Gtk+ can be navigated with keys.
+Pressing F10 shows the first menu in the menu bar.  Navigation is done with
+the arrow keys, select with the return key and cancel with the escape keys.
+*** The Lucid menus can display multilingual text in your locale.  You have
+to explicitly specify a fontSet resource for this to work, for example
+`-xrm "Emacs*fontSet:  -*-helvetica-medium-r-*--*-120-*-*-*-*-*-*,*"'.
+*** Dialogs for Lucid/Athena and LessTif/Motif now pop down on pressing
+ESC, like they do for Gtk+, Mac and W32.
+*** For the Gtk+ version, you can make Emacs use the old file dialog
+by setting the variable `x-gtk-use-old-file-dialog' to t.  Default is to use
+the new dialog.
+*** You can exit dialog windows and menus by typing C-g.
+** Buffer Menu changes:
+*** The new options `buffers-menu-show-directories' and
+`buffers-menu-show-status' let you control how buffers are displayed
+in the menu dropped down when you click "Buffers" from the menu bar.
+`buffers-menu-show-directories' controls whether the menu displays
+leading directories as part of the file name visited by the buffer.
+If its value is `unless-uniquify', the default, directories are
+shown unless uniquify-buffer-name-style' is non-nil.  The value of nil
+and t turn the display of directories off and on, respectively.
+`buffers-menu-show-status' controls whether the Buffers menu includes
+the modified and read-only status of the buffers.  By default it is
+t, and the status is shown.
+Setting these variables directly does not take effect until next time
+the Buffers menu is regenerated.
+*** New command `Buffer-menu-toggle-files-only' toggles display of file
+buffers only in the Buffer Menu.  It is bound to T in Buffer Menu
+mode.
+*** `buffer-menu' and `list-buffers' now list buffers whose names begin
+with a space, when those buffers are visiting files.  Normally buffers
+whose names begin with space are omitted.
+** Mouse changes:
+*** You can now follow links by clicking Mouse-1 on the link.
+Traditionally, Emacs uses a Mouse-1 click to set point and a Mouse-2
+click to follow a link, whereas most other applications use a Mouse-1
+click for both purposes, depending on whether you click outside or
+inside a link.  Now the behavior of a Mouse-1 click has been changed
+to match this context-sensitive dual behavior.  (If you prefer the old
+behavior, set the user option `mouse-1-click-follows-link' to nil.)
+Depending on the current mode, a Mouse-2 click in Emacs can do much
+more than just follow a link, so the new Mouse-1 behavior is only
+activated for modes which explicitly mark a clickable text as a "link"
+(see the new function `mouse-on-link-p' for details).  The Lisp
+packages that are included in release 22.1 have been adapted to do
+this, but external packages may not yet support this.  However, there
+is no risk in using such packages, as the worst thing that could
+happen is that you get the original Mouse-1 behavior when you click
+on a link, which typically means that you set point where you click.
+If you want to get the original Mouse-1 action also inside a link, you
+just need to press the Mouse-1 button a little longer than a normal
+click (i.e. press and hold the Mouse-1 button for half a second before
+you release it).
+Dragging the Mouse-1 inside a link still performs the original
+drag-mouse-1 action, typically copy the text.
+You can customize the new Mouse-1 behavior via the new user options
+`mouse-1-click-follows-link' and `mouse-1-click-in-non-selected-windows'.
+*** If you set the new variable `mouse-autoselect-window' to a non-nil
+value, windows are automatically selected as you move the mouse from
+one Emacs window to another, even within a frame.  A minibuffer window
+can be selected only when it is active.
+*** On X, when the window manager requires that you click on a frame to
+select it (give it focus), the selected window and cursor position
+normally changes according to the mouse click position.  If you set
+the variable x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position to t, the selected
+window and cursor position do not change when you click on a frame
+to give it focus.
+*** Emacs normally highlights mouse sensitive text whenever the mouse
+is over the text.  By setting the new variable `mouse-highlight', you
+can optionally enable mouse highlighting only after you move the
+mouse, so that highlighting disappears when you press a key.  You can
+also disable mouse highlighting.
+*** You can now customize if selecting a region by dragging the mouse
+shall not copy the selected text to the kill-ring by setting the new
+variable mouse-drag-copy-region to nil.
+*** Under X, mouse-wheel-mode is turned on by default.
+*** Emacs ignores mouse-2 clicks while the mouse wheel is being moved.
+People tend to push the mouse wheel (which counts as a mouse-2 click)
+unintentionally while turning the wheel, so these clicks are now
+ignored.  You can customize this with the mouse-wheel-click-event and
+mouse-wheel-inhibit-click-time variables.
+*** mouse-wheels can now scroll a specific fraction of the window
+(rather than a fixed number of lines) and the scrolling is `progressive'.
+** Multilingual Environment (Mule) changes:
+*** You can disable character translation for a file using the -*-
+construct.  Include `enable-character-translation: nil' inside the
+-*-...-*- to disable any character translation that may happen by
+various global and per-coding-system translation tables.  You can also
+specify it in a local variable list at the end of the file.  For
+shortcut, instead of using this long variable name, you can append the
+character "!" at the end of coding-system name specified in -*-
+construct or in a local variable list.  For example, if a file has the
+following header, it is decoded by the coding system `iso-latin-1'
+without any character translation:
+;; -*- coding: iso-latin-1!; -*-
+*** Language environment and various default coding systems are setup
+more correctly according to the current locale name.  If the locale
+name doesn't specify a charset, the default is what glibc defines.
+This change can result in using the different coding systems as
+default in some locale (e.g. vi_VN).
+*** The keyboard-coding-system is now automatically set based on your
+current locale settings if you are not using a window system.  This
+can mean that the META key doesn't work but generates non-ASCII
+characters instead, depending on how the terminal (or terminal
+emulator) works.  Use `set-keyboard-coding-system' (or customize
+keyboard-coding-system) if you prefer META to work (the old default)
+or if the locale doesn't describe the character set actually generated
+by the keyboard.  See Info node `Unibyte Mode'.
+*** The new command `set-file-name-coding-system' (C-x RET F) sets
+coding system for encoding and decoding file names.  A new menu item
+(Options->Mule->Set Coding Systems->For File Name) invokes this
+command.
+*** The new command `revert-buffer-with-coding-system' (C-x RET r)
+revisits the current file using a coding system that you specify.
+*** New command `recode-region' decodes the region again by a specified
+coding system.
+*** The new command `recode-file-name' changes the encoding of the name
+of a file.
+*** New command `ucs-insert' inserts a character specified by its
+unicode.
+*** New command quail-show-key shows what key (or key sequence) to type
+in the current input method to input a character at point.
+*** Limited support for character `unification' has been added.
+Emacs now knows how to translate between different representations of
+the same characters in various Emacs charsets according to standard
+Unicode mappings.  This applies mainly to characters in the ISO 8859
+sets plus some other 8-bit sets, but can be extended.  For instance,
+translation works amongst the Emacs ...-iso8859-... charsets and the
+mule-unicode-... ones.
+By default this translation happens automatically on encoding.
+Self-inserting characters are translated to make the input conformant
+with the encoding of the buffer in which it's being used, where
+possible.
+You can force a more complete unification with the user option
+unify-8859-on-decoding-mode.  That maps all the Latin-N character sets
+into Unicode characters (from the latin-iso8859-1 and
+mule-unicode-0100-24ff charsets) on decoding.  Note that this mode
+will often effectively clobber data with an iso-2022 encoding.
+*** New language environments (set up automatically according to the
+locale): Belarusian, Bulgarian, Chinese-EUC-TW, Croatian, Esperanto,
+French, Georgian, Italian, Latin-7, Latvian, Lithuanian, Malayalam,
+Russian, Russian, Slovenian, Swedish, Tajik, Tamil, UTF-8,Ukrainian,
+Welsh,Latin-6, Windows-1255.
+*** New input methods: latin-alt-postfix, latin-postfix, latin-prefix,
+belarusian, bulgarian-bds, bulgarian-phonetic, chinese-sisheng (for
+Chinese Pinyin characters), croatian, dutch, georgian, latvian-keyboard,
+lithuanian-numeric, lithuanian-keyboard, malayalam-inscript, rfc1345,
+russian-computer, sgml, slovenian, tamil-inscript, ukrainian-computer,
+ucs, vietnamese-telex, welsh.
+*** There is support for decoding Greek and Cyrillic characters into
+either Unicode (the mule-unicode charsets) or the iso-8859 charsets,
+when possible.  The latter are more space-efficient.
+  This is controlled by user option utf-fragment-on-decoding.
+*** Improved Thai support.  A new minor mode `thai-word-mode' (which is
+automatically activated if you select Thai as a language
+environment) changes key bindings of most word-oriented commands to
+versions which recognize Thai words.  Affected commands are
+    M-f     (forward-word)
+    M-b     (backward-word)
+    M-d     (kill-word)
+    M-DEL   (backward-kill-word)
+    M-t     (transpose-words)
+    M-q     (fill-paragraph)
+*** Indian support has been updated.
+The in-is13194 coding system is now Unicode-based.  CDAC fonts are
+assumed.  There is a framework for supporting various Indian scripts,
+but currently only Devanagari, Malayalam and Tamil are supported.
+*** The utf-8/16 coding systems have been enhanced.
+By default, untranslatable utf-8 sequences are simply composed into
+single quasi-characters.  User option `utf-translate-cjk-mode' (it is
+turned on by default) arranges to translate many utf-8 CJK character
+sequences into real Emacs characters in a similar way to the Mule-UCS
+system.  As this loads a fairly big data on demand, people who are not
+interested in CJK characters may want to customize it to nil.
+You can augment/amend the CJK translation via hash tables
+`ucs-mule-cjk-to-unicode' and `ucs-unicode-to-mule-cjk'.  The utf-8
+coding system now also encodes characters from most of Emacs's
+one-dimensional internal charsets, specifically the ISO-8859 ones.
+The utf-16 coding system is affected similarly.
+*** A UTF-7 coding system is available in the library `utf-7'.
+*** A new coding system `euc-tw' has been added for traditional Chinese
+in CNS encoding; it accepts both Big 5 and CNS as input; on saving,
+Big 5 is then converted to CNS.
+*** Many new coding systems are available in the `code-pages' library.
+These include complete versions of most of those in codepage.el, based
+on Unicode mappings.  `codepage-setup' is now obsolete and is used
+only in the MS-DOS port of Emacs.  All coding systems defined in
+`code-pages' are auto-loaded.
+*** New variable `utf-translate-cjk-unicode-range' controls which
+Unicode characters to translate in `utf-translate-cjk-mode'.
+*** iso-10646-1 (`Unicode') fonts can be used to display any range of
+characters encodable by the utf-8 coding system.  Just specify the
+fontset appropriately.
+** Customize changes:
+*** Custom themes are collections of customize options.  Create a
+custom theme with M-x customize-create-theme.  Use M-x load-theme to
+load and enable a theme, and M-x disable-theme to disable it.  Use M-x
+enable-theme to enable a disabled theme.
+*** The commands M-x customize-face and M-x customize-face-other-window
+now look at the character after point.  If a face or faces are
+specified for that character, the commands by default customize those
+faces.
+*** The face-customization widget has been reworked to be less confusing.
+In particular, when you enable a face attribute using the corresponding
+check-box, there's no longer a redundant `*' option in value selection
+for that attribute; the values you can choose are only those which make
+sense for the attribute.  When an attribute is de-selected by unchecking
+its check-box, then the (now ignored, but still present temporarily in
+case you re-select the attribute) value is hidden.
+*** When you set or reset a variable's value in a Customize buffer,
+the previous value becomes the "backup value" of the variable.
+You can go back to that backup value by selecting "Use Backup Value"
+under the "[State]" button.
+** Dired mode:
+*** In Dired's ! command (dired-do-shell-command), `*' and `?' now
+control substitution of the file names only when they are surrounded
+by whitespace.  This means you can now use them as shell wildcards
+too.  If you want to use just plain `*' as a wildcard, type `*""'; the
+double quotes make no difference in the shell, but they prevent
+special treatment in `dired-do-shell-command'.
+*** The Dired command `dired-goto-file' is now bound to j, not M-g.
+This is to avoid hiding the global key binding of M-g.
+*** New faces dired-header, dired-mark, dired-marked, dired-flagged,
+dired-ignored, dired-directory, dired-symlink, dired-warning
+introduced for Dired mode instead of font-lock faces.
+*** New Dired command `dired-compare-directories' marks files
+with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
+*** New Dired command `dired-do-touch' (bound to T) changes timestamps
+of marked files with the value entered in the minibuffer.
+*** In Dired, the w command now stores the current line's file name
+into the kill ring.  With a zero prefix arg, it stores the absolute file name.
+*** In Dired-x, Omitting files is now a minor mode, dired-omit-mode.
+The mode toggling command is bound to M-o.  A new command
+dired-mark-omitted, bound to * O, marks omitted files.  The variable
+dired-omit-files-p is obsoleted, use the mode toggling function
+instead.
+*** The variables dired-free-space-program and dired-free-space-args
+have been renamed to directory-free-space-program and
+directory-free-space-args, and they now apply whenever Emacs puts a
+directory listing into a buffer.
+** Comint changes:
+*** The new INSIDE_EMACS environment variable is set to "t" in subshells
+running inside Emacs.  This supersedes the EMACS environment variable,
+which will be removed in a future Emacs release.  Programs that need
+to know whether they are started inside Emacs should check INSIDE_EMACS
+instead of EMACS.
+*** The comint prompt can now be made read-only, using the new user
+option `comint-prompt-read-only'.  This is not enabled by default,
+except in IELM buffers.  The read-only status of IELM prompts can be
+controlled with the new user option `ielm-prompt-read-only', which
+overrides `comint-prompt-read-only'.
+The new commands `comint-kill-whole-line' and `comint-kill-region'
+support editing comint buffers with read-only prompts.
+`comint-kill-whole-line' is like `kill-whole-line', but ignores both
+read-only and field properties.  Hence, it always kill entire
+lines, including any prompts.
+`comint-kill-region' is like `kill-region', except that it ignores
+read-only properties, if it is safe to do so.  This means that if any
+part of a prompt is deleted, then the entire prompt must be deleted
+and that all prompts must stay at the beginning of a line.  If this is
+not the case, then `comint-kill-region' behaves just like
+`kill-region' if read-only properties are involved: it copies the text
+to the kill-ring, but does not delete it.
+*** The new command `comint-insert-previous-argument' in comint-derived
+modes (shell-mode, etc.) inserts arguments from previous command lines,
+like bash's `ESC .' binding.  It is bound by default to `C-c .', but
+otherwise behaves quite similarly to the bash version.
+*** `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' has been renamed
+`comint-use-prompt-regexp'.  The old name has been kept as an alias,
+but declared obsolete.
+** M-x Compile changes:
+*** M-x compile has become more robust and reliable
+Quite a few more kinds of messages are recognized.  Messages that are
+recognized as warnings or informational come in orange or green, instead of
+red.  Informational messages are by default skipped with `next-error'
+(controlled by `compilation-skip-threshold').
+Location data is collected on the fly as the *compilation* buffer changes.
+This means you could modify messages to make them point to different files.
+This also means you can not go to locations of messages you may have deleted.
+The variable `compilation-error-regexp-alist' has now become customizable.  If
+you had added your own regexps to this, you'll probably need to include a
+leading `^', otherwise they'll match anywhere on a line.  There is now also a
+`compilation-mode-font-lock-keywords' and it nicely handles all the checks
+that configure outputs and -o options so you see at a glance where you are.
+The new file etc/compilation.txt gives examples of each type of message.
+*** New user option `compilation-environment'.
+This option allows you to specify environment variables for inferior
+compilation processes without affecting the environment that all
+subprocesses inherit.
+*** New user option `compilation-disable-input'.
+If this is non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
+*** New options `next-error-highlight' and `next-error-highlight-no-select'
+specify the method of highlighting of the corresponding source line
+in new face `next-error'.
+*** A new minor mode `next-error-follow-minor-mode' can be used in
+compilation-mode, grep-mode, occur-mode, and diff-mode (i.e. all the
+modes that can use `next-error').  In this mode, cursor motion in the
+buffer causes automatic display in another window of the corresponding
+matches, compilation errors, etc.  This minor mode can be toggled with
+C-c C-f.
+*** When the left fringe is displayed, an arrow points to current message in
+the compilation buffer.
+*** The new variable `compilation-context-lines' controls lines of leading
+context before the current message.  If nil and the left fringe is displayed,
+it doesn't scroll the compilation output window.  If there is no left fringe,
+no arrow is displayed and a value of nil means display the message at the top
+of the window.
+** Occur mode changes:
+*** The new command `multi-occur' is just like `occur', except it can
+search multiple buffers.  There is also a new command
+`multi-occur-in-matching-buffers' which allows you to specify the
+buffers to search by their filenames or buffer names.  Internally,
+Occur mode has been rewritten, and now uses font-lock, among other
+changes.
+*** You can now use next-error (C-x `) and previous-error to advance to
+the next/previous matching line found by M-x occur.
+*** In the *Occur* buffer, `o' switches to it in another window, and
+C-o displays the current line's occurrence in another window without
+switching to it.
+** Grep changes:
+*** Grep has been decoupled from compilation mode setup.
+There's a new separate package grep.el, with its own submenu and
+customization group.
+*** `grep-find' is now also available under the name `find-grep' where
+people knowing `find-grep-dired' would probably expect it.
+*** New commands `lgrep' (local grep) and `rgrep' (recursive grep) are
+more user-friendly versions of `grep' and `grep-find', which prompt
+separately for the regular expression to match, the files to search,
+and the base directory for the search.  Case sensitivity of the
+search is controlled by the current value of `case-fold-search'.
+These commands build the shell commands based on the new variables
+`grep-template' (lgrep) and `grep-find-template' (rgrep).
+The files to search can use aliases defined in `grep-files-aliases'.
+Subdirectories listed in `grep-find-ignored-directories' such as those
+typically used by various version control systems, like CVS and arch,
+are automatically skipped by `rgrep'.
+*** The grep commands provide highlighting support.
+Hits are fontified in green, and hits in binary files in orange.  Grep buffers
+can be saved and automatically revisited.
+*** New option `grep-highlight-matches' highlights matches in *grep*
+buffer.  It uses a special feature of some grep programs which accept
+--color option to output markers around matches.  When going to the next
+match with `next-error' the exact match is highlighted in the source
+buffer.  Otherwise, if `grep-highlight-matches' is nil, the whole
+source line is highlighted.
+*** New key bindings in grep output window:
+SPC and DEL scrolls window up and down.  C-n and C-p moves to next and
+previous match in the grep window.  RET jumps to the source line of
+the current match.  `n' and `p' shows next and previous match in
+other window, but does not switch buffer.  `{' and `}' jumps to the
+previous or next file in the grep output.  TAB also jumps to the next
+file.
+*** M-x grep now tries to avoid appending `/dev/null' to the command line
+by using GNU grep `-H' option instead.  M-x grep automatically
+detects whether this is possible or not the first time it is invoked.
+When `-H' is used, the grep command line supplied by the user is passed
+unchanged to the system to execute, which allows more complicated
+command lines to be used than was possible before.
+*** The new variables `grep-window-height' and `grep-scroll-output' override
+the corresponding compilation mode settings, for grep commands only.
+** Cursor display changes:
+*** Emacs can produce an underscore-like (horizontal bar) cursor.
+The underscore cursor is set by putting `(cursor-type . hbar)' in
+default-frame-alist.  It supports variable heights, like the `bar'
+cursor does.
+*** The variable `cursor-in-non-selected-windows' can now be set to any
+of the recognized cursor types.
+*** Display of hollow cursors now obeys the buffer-local value (if any)
+of `cursor-in-non-selected-windows' in the buffer that the cursor
+appears in.
+*** On text terminals, the variable `visible-cursor' controls whether Emacs
+uses the "very visible" cursor (the default) or the normal cursor.
+*** The X resource cursorBlink can be used to turn off cursor blinking.
+*** On X, MS Windows, and Mac OS, the blinking cursor's "off" state is
+now controlled by the variable `blink-cursor-alist'.
+** X Windows Support:
+*** Emacs now supports drag and drop for X.  Dropping a file on a window
+opens it, dropping text inserts the text.  Dropping a file on a dired
+buffer copies or moves the file to that directory.
+*** Under X11, it is possible to swap Alt and Meta (and Super and Hyper).
+The new variables `x-alt-keysym', `x-hyper-keysym', `x-meta-keysym',
+and `x-super-keysym' can be used to choose which keysyms Emacs should
+use for the modifiers.  For example, the following two lines swap
+Meta and Alt:
+    (setq x-alt-keysym 'meta)
+    (setq x-meta-keysym 'alt)
+*** The X resource useXIM can be used to turn off use of XIM, which can
+speed up Emacs with slow networking to the X server.
+If the configure option `--without-xim' was used to turn off use of
+XIM by default, the X resource useXIM can be used to turn it on.
+*** The new variable `x-select-request-type' controls how Emacs
+requests X selection.  The default value is nil, which means that
+Emacs requests X selection with types COMPOUND_TEXT and UTF8_STRING,
+and use the more appropriately result.
+*** The scrollbar under LessTif or Motif has a smoother drag-scrolling.
+On the other hand, the size of the thumb does not represent the actual
+amount of text shown any more (only a crude approximation of it).
+** Xterm support:
+*** If you enable Xterm Mouse mode, Emacs will respond to mouse clicks
+on the mode line, header line and display margin, when run in an xterm.
+*** Improved key bindings support when running in an xterm.
+When Emacs is running in an xterm more key bindings are available.
+The following should work:
+{C,S,C-S,A}-{right,left,up,down,prior,next,delete,insert,F1-12}.
+These key bindings work on xterm from X.org 6.8 (and later versions),
+they might not work on some older versions of xterm, or on some
+proprietary versions.
+The various keys generated by xterm when the "modifyOtherKeys"
+resource is set are also supported.
+** Character terminal color support changes:
+*** The new command-line option --color=MODE lets you specify a standard
+mode for a tty color support.  It is meant to be used on character
+terminals whose capabilities are not set correctly in the terminal
+database, or with terminal emulators which support colors, but don't
+set the TERM environment variable to a name of a color-capable
+terminal.  "emacs --color" uses the same color commands as GNU `ls'
+when invoked with "ls --color", so if your terminal can support colors
+in "ls --color", it will support "emacs --color" as well.  See the
+user manual for the possible values of the MODE parameter.
+*** Emacs now supports several character terminals which provide more
+than 8 colors.  For example, for `xterm', 16-color, 88-color, and
+256-color modes are supported.  Emacs automatically notes at startup
+the extended number of colors, and defines the appropriate entries for
+all of these colors.
+*** Emacs now uses the full range of available colors for the default
+faces when running on a color terminal, including 16-, 88-, and
+256-color xterms.  This means that when you run "emacs -nw" on an
+88-color or 256-color xterm, you will see essentially the same face
+colors as on X.
+*** There's a new support for colors on `rxvt' terminal emulator.
+** ebnf2ps changes:
+*** New option `ebnf-arrow-extra-width' which specify extra width for arrow
+shape drawing.
+The extra width is used to avoid that the arrowhead and the terminal border
+overlap.  It depends on `ebnf-arrow-shape' and `ebnf-line-width'.
+*** New option `ebnf-arrow-scale' which specify the arrow scale.
+Values lower than 1.0, shrink the arrow.
+Values greater than 1.0, expand the arrow.
+* New Modes and Packages in Emacs 22.1
+** CUA mode is now part of the Emacs distribution.
+The new cua package provides CUA-like keybindings using C-x for
+cut (kill), C-c for copy, C-v for paste (yank), and C-z for undo.
+With cua, the region can be set and extended using shifted movement
+keys (like pc-selection-mode) and typed text replaces the active
+region (like delete-selection-mode).  Do not enable these modes with
+cua-mode.  Customize the variable `cua-mode' to enable cua.
+The cua-selection-mode enables the CUA keybindings for the region but
+does not change the bindings for C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v. It can be used as a
+replacement for pc-selection-mode.
+In addition, cua provides unified rectangle support with visible
+rectangle highlighting: Use C-return to start a rectangle, extend it
+using the movement commands (or mouse-3), and cut or copy it using C-x
+or C-c (using C-w and M-w also works).
+Use M-o and M-c to `open' or `close' the rectangle, use M-b or M-f, to
+fill it with blanks or another character, use M-u or M-l to upcase or
+downcase the rectangle, use M-i to increment the numbers in the
+rectangle, use M-n to fill the rectangle with a numeric sequence (such
+as 10 20 30...), use M-r to replace a regexp in the rectangle, and use
+M-' or M-/ to restrict command on the rectangle to a subset of the
+rows.  See the commentary in cua-base.el for more rectangle commands.
+Cua also provides unified support for registers:  Use a numeric
+prefix argument between 0 and 9, i.e. M-0 .. M-9, for C-x, C-c, and
+C-v to cut or copy into register 0-9, or paste from register 0-9.
+The last text deleted (not killed) is automatically stored in
+register 0.  This includes text deleted by typing text.
+Finally, cua provides a global mark which is set using S-C-space.
+When the global mark is active, any text which is cut or copied is
+automatically inserted at the global mark position.  See the
+commentary in cua-base.el for more global mark related commands.
+The features of cua also works with the standard Emacs bindings for
+kill, copy, yank, and undo.  If you want to use cua mode, but don't
+want the C-x, C-c, C-v, and C-z bindings, you can customize the
+`cua-enable-cua-keys' variable.
+Note: This version of cua mode is not backwards compatible with older
+versions of cua.el and cua-mode.el.  To ensure proper operation, you
+must remove older versions of cua.el or cua-mode.el as well as the
+loading and customization of those packages from the .emacs file.
+** Tramp is now part of the distribution.
+This package is similar to Ange-FTP: it allows you to edit remote
+files.  But whereas Ange-FTP uses FTP to access the remote host,
+Tramp uses a shell connection.  The shell connection is always used
+for filename completion and directory listings and suchlike, but for
+the actual file transfer, you can choose between the so-called
+`inline' methods (which transfer the files through the shell
+connection using base64 or uu encoding) and the `out-of-band' methods
+(which invoke an external copying program such as `rcp' or `scp' or
+`rsync' to do the copying).
+Shell connections can be acquired via `rsh', `ssh', `telnet' and also
+`su' and `sudo'.  Ange-FTP is still supported via the `ftp' method.
+If you want to disable Tramp you should set
+  (setq tramp-default-method "ftp")
+Removing Tramp, and re-enabling Ange-FTP, can be achieved by M-x
+tramp-unload-tramp.
+** The image-dired.el package allows you to easily view, tag and in
+other ways manipulate image files and their thumbnails, using dired as
+the main interface.  Image-Dired provides functionality to generate
+simple image galleries.
+** Image files are normally visited in Image mode, which lets you toggle
+between viewing the image and viewing the text using C-c C-c.
+** The new python.el package is used to edit Python and Jython programs.
+** The URL package (which had been part of W3) is now part of Emacs.
+** Calc is now part of the Emacs distribution.
+Calc is an advanced desk calculator and mathematical tool written in
+Emacs Lisp.  The prefix for Calc has been changed to `C-x *' and Calc
+can be started with `C-x * *'.  The Calc manual is separate from the
+Emacs manual; within Emacs, type "C-h i m calc RET" to read the
+manual.  A reference card is available in `etc/calccard.tex' and
+`etc/calccard.ps'.
+** Org mode is now part of the Emacs distribution
+Org mode is a mode for keeping notes, maintaining ToDo lists, and
+doing project planning with a fast and effective plain-text system.
+It also contains a plain-text table editor with spreadsheet-like
+capabilities.
+The Org mode table editor can be integrated into any major mode by
+activating the minor Orgtbl-mode.
+The documentation for org-mode is in a separate manual; within Emacs,
+type "C-h i m org RET" to read that manual.  A reference card is
+available in `etc/orgcard.tex' and `etc/orgcard.ps'.
+** ERC is now part of the Emacs distribution.
+ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client for Emacs.
+To see what modules are available, type
+M-x customize-option erc-modules RET.
+To start an IRC session with ERC, type M-x erc, and follow the prompts
+for server, port, and nick.
+** Rcirc is now part of the Emacs distribution.
+Rcirc is an Internet relay chat (IRC) client.  It supports
+simultaneous connections to multiple IRC servers.  Each discussion
+takes place in its own buffer.  For each connection you can join
+several channels (many-to-many) and participate in private
+(one-to-one) chats.  Both channel and private chats are contained in
+separate buffers.
+To start an IRC session using the default parameters, type M-x irc.
+If you type C-u M-x irc, it prompts you for the server, nick, port and
+startup channel parameters before connecting.
+** The new package ibuffer provides a powerful, completely
+customizable replacement for buff-menu.el.
+** Newsticker is now part of the Emacs distribution.
+Newsticker asynchronously retrieves headlines (RSS) from a list of news
+sites, prepares these headlines for reading, and allows for loading the
+corresponding articles in a web browser.  Its documentation is in a
+separate manual.
+** The wdired.el package allows you to use normal editing commands on Dired
+buffers to change filenames, permissions, etc...
+** Ido mode is now part of the Emacs distribution.
+The ido (interactively do) package is an extension of the iswitchb
+package to do interactive opening of files and directories in addition
+to interactive buffer switching.  Ido is a superset of iswitchb (with
+a few exceptions), so don't enable both packages.
+** The new global minor mode `file-name-shadow-mode' modifies the way
+filenames being entered by the user in the minibuffer are displayed, so
+that it's clear when part of the entered filename will be ignored due to
+Emacs' filename parsing rules.  The ignored portion can be made dim,
+invisible, or otherwise less visually noticeable.  The display method can
+be displayed by customizing the variable `file-name-shadow-properties'.
+** Emacs' keyboard macro facilities have been enhanced by the new
+kmacro package.
+Keyboard macros are now defined and executed via the F3 and F4 keys:
+F3 starts a macro, F4 ends the macro, and pressing F4 again executes
+the last macro.  While defining the macro, F3 inserts a counter value
+which automatically increments every time the macro is executed.
+There is now a keyboard macro ring which stores the most recently
+defined macros.
+The C-x C-k sequence is now a prefix for the kmacro keymap which
+defines bindings for moving through the keyboard macro ring,
+C-x C-k C-p and C-x C-k C-n, editing the last macro C-x C-k C-e,
+manipulating the macro counter and format via C-x C-k C-c,
+C-x C-k C-a, and C-x C-k C-f.  See the commentary in kmacro.el
+for more commands.
+The original macro bindings C-x (, C-x ), and C-x e are still
+available, but they now interface to the keyboard macro ring too.
+The C-x e command now automatically terminates the current macro
+before calling it, if used while defining a macro.
+In addition, when ending or calling a macro with C-x e, the macro can
+be repeated immediately by typing just the `e'.  You can customize
+this behavior via the variables kmacro-call-repeat-key and
+kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg.
+Keyboard macros can now be debugged and edited interactively.
+C-x C-k SPC steps through the last keyboard macro one key sequence
+at a time, prompting for the actions to take.
+** The new keypad setup package provides several common bindings for
+the numeric keypad which is available on most keyboards.  The numeric
+keypad typically has the digits 0 to 9, a decimal point, keys marked
+, -, /, and *, an Enter key, and a NumLock toggle key.  The keypad
+package only controls the use of the digit and decimal keys.
+By customizing the variables `keypad-setup', `keypad-shifted-setup',
+`keypad-numlock-setup', and `keypad-numlock-shifted-setup', or by
+using the function `keypad-setup', you can rebind all digit keys and
+the decimal key of the keypad in one step for each of the four
+possible combinations of the Shift key state (not pressed/pressed) and
+the NumLock toggle state (off/on).
+The choices for the keypad keys in each of the above states are:
+`Plain numeric keypad' where the keys generates plain digits,
+`Numeric keypad with decimal key' where the character produced by the
+decimal key can be customized individually (for internationalization),
+`Numeric Prefix Arg' where the keypad keys produce numeric prefix args
+for Emacs editing commands, `Cursor keys' and `Shifted Cursor keys'
+where the keys work like (shifted) arrow keys, home/end, etc., and
+`Unspecified/User-defined' where the keypad keys (kp-0, kp-1, etc.)
+are left unspecified and can be bound individually through the global
+or local keymaps.
+** The printing package is now part of the Emacs distribution.
+If you enable the printing package by including (require 'printing) in
+the .emacs file, the normal Print item on the File menu is replaced
+with a Print sub-menu which allows you to preview output through
+ghostview, use ghostscript to print (if you don't have a PostScript
+printer) or send directly to printer a PostScript code generated by
+`ps-print' package.  Use M-x pr-help for more information.
+** The new package longlines.el provides a minor mode for editing text
+files composed of long lines, based on the `use-hard-newlines'
+mechanism.  The long lines are broken up by inserting soft newlines,
+which are automatically removed when saving the file to disk or
+copying into the kill ring, clipboard, etc.  By default, Longlines
+mode inserts soft newlines automatically during editing, a behavior
+referred to as "soft word wrap" in other text editors.  This is
+similar to Refill mode, but more reliable.  To turn the word wrap
+feature off, set `longlines-auto-wrap' to nil.
+** SES mode (ses-mode) is a new major mode for creating and editing
+spreadsheet files.  Besides the usual Emacs features (intuitive command
+letters, undo, cell formulas in Lisp, plaintext files, etc.) it also offers
+viral immunity and import/export of tab-separated values.
+** The new package table.el implements editable, WYSIWYG, embedded
+`text tables' in Emacs buffers.  It simulates the effect of putting
+these tables in a special major mode.  The package emulates WYSIWYG
+table editing available in modern word processors.  The package also
+can generate a table source in typesetting and markup languages such
+as latex and html from the visually laid out text table.
+** Filesets are collections of files.  You can define a fileset in
+various ways, such as based on a directory tree or based on
+program files that include other program files.
+Once you have defined a fileset, you can perform various operations on
+all the files in it, such as visiting them or searching and replacing
+in them.
+** The minor mode Reveal mode makes text visible on the fly as you
+move your cursor into hidden regions of the buffer.
+It should work with any package that uses overlays to hide parts
+of a buffer, such as outline-minor-mode, hs-minor-mode, hide-ifdef-mode, ...
+There is also Global Reveal mode which affects all buffers.
+** New minor mode, Visible mode, toggles invisibility in the current buffer.
+When enabled, it makes all invisible text visible.  When disabled, it
+restores the previous value of `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
+** The new package flymake.el does on-the-fly syntax checking of program
+source files.  See the Flymake's Info manual for more details.
+** savehist saves minibuffer histories between sessions.
+To use this feature, turn on savehist-mode in your `.emacs' file.
+** The ruler-mode.el library provides a minor mode for displaying an
+"active" ruler in the header line.  You can use the mouse to visually
+change the `fill-column', `window-margins' and `tab-stop-list'
+settings.
+** The file t-mouse.el is now part of Emacs and provides access to mouse
+events from the console.  It still requires gpm to work but has been updated
+for Emacs 22.  In particular, the mode-line is now position sensitive.
+** The new package scroll-lock.el provides the Scroll Lock minor mode
+for pager-like scrolling.  Keys which normally move point by line or
+paragraph will scroll the buffer by the respective amount of lines
+instead and point will be kept vertically fixed relative to window
+boundaries during scrolling.
+** The new global minor mode `size-indication-mode' (off by default)
+shows the size of accessible part of the buffer on the mode line.
+** The new package conf-mode.el handles thousands of configuration files, with
+varying syntaxes for comments (;, #, //, /* */ or !), assignment (var = value,
+var : value, var value or keyword var value) and sections ([section] or
+section { }).  Many files under /etc/, or with suffixes like .cf through
+.config, .properties (Java), .desktop (KDE/Gnome), .ini and many others are
+recognized.
+** GDB-Script-mode is used for files like .gdbinit.
+** The new package dns-mode.el adds syntax highlighting of DNS master files.
+It is a modern replacement for zone-mode.el, which is now obsolete.
+** `cfengine-mode' is a major mode for editing GNU Cfengine
+configuration files.
+** The TCL package tcl-mode.el was replaced by tcl.el.
+This was actually done in Emacs-21.1, and was not documented.
+* Changes in Specialized Modes and Packages in Emacs 22.1:
+** Changes in Dired
+*** Bindings for Image-Dired added.
+Several new keybindings, all starting with the C-t prefix, have been
+added to Dired.  They are all bound to commands in Image-Dired.  As a
+starting point, mark some image files in a dired buffer and do C-t d
+to display thumbnails of them in a separate buffer.
+** Info mode changes
+*** Images in Info pages are supported.
+Info pages show embedded images, in Emacs frames with image support.
+Info documentation that includes images, processed with makeinfo
+version 4.7 or newer, compiles to Info pages with embedded images.
+*** `Info-index' offers completion.
+*** http and ftp links in Info are now operational: they look like cross
+references and following them calls `browse-url'.
+*** isearch in Info uses Info-search and searches through multiple nodes.
+Before leaving the initial Info node isearch fails once with the error
+message [initial node], and with subsequent C-s/C-r continues through
+other nodes.  When isearch fails for the rest of the manual, it wraps
+around the whole manual to the top/final node.  The user option
+`Info-isearch-search' controls whether to use Info-search for isearch,
+or the default isearch search function that wraps around the current
+Info node.
+*** New search commands: `Info-search-case-sensitively' (bound to S),
+`Info-search-backward', and `Info-search-next' which repeats the last
+search without prompting for a new search string.
+*** New command `info-apropos' searches the indices of the known
+Info files on your system for a string, and builds a menu of the
+possible matches.
+*** New command `Info-history-forward' (bound to r and new toolbar icon)
+moves forward in history to the node you returned from after using
+`Info-history-back' (renamed from `Info-last').
+*** New command `Info-history' (bound to L) displays a menu of visited nodes.
+*** New command `Info-toc' (bound to T) creates a node with table of contents
+from the tree structure of menus of the current Info file.
+*** New command `Info-copy-current-node-name' (bound to w) copies
+the current Info node name into the kill ring.  With a zero prefix
+arg, puts the node name inside the `info' function call.
+*** New face `info-xref-visited' distinguishes visited nodes from unvisited
+and a new option `Info-fontify-visited-nodes' to control this.
+*** A numeric prefix argument of `info' selects an Info buffer
+with the number appended to the `*info*' buffer name (e.g. "*info*<2>").
+*** Info now hides node names in menus and cross references by default.
+If you prefer the old behavior, you can set the new user option
+`Info-hide-note-references' to nil.
+*** The default value for `Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes' is now nil.
+** Emacs server changes
+*** You can have several Emacs servers on the same machine.
+        % emacs --eval '(setq server-name "foo")' -f server-start &
+        % emacs --eval '(setq server-name "bar")' -f server-start &
+        % emacsclient -s foo file1
+        % emacsclient -s bar file2
+*** The `emacsclient' command understands the options `--eval' and
+`--display' which tell Emacs respectively to evaluate the given Lisp
+expression and to use the given display when visiting files.
+*** User option `server-mode' can be used to start a server process.
+** Locate changes
+*** By default, reverting the *Locate* buffer now just runs the last
+`locate' command back over again without offering to update the locate
+database (which normally only works if you have root privileges).  If
+you prefer the old behavior, set the new customizable option
+`locate-update-when-revert' to t.
+** Desktop package
+*** Desktop saving is now a minor mode, `desktop-save-mode'.
+*** The variable `desktop-enable' is obsolete.
+Customize `desktop-save-mode' to enable desktop saving.
+*** Buffers are saved in the desktop file in the same order as that in the
+buffer list.
+*** The desktop package can be customized to restore only some buffers
+immediately, remaining buffers are restored lazily (when Emacs is
+idle).
+*** New command line option --no-desktop
+*** New commands:
+  - desktop-revert reverts to the last loaded desktop.
+  - desktop-change-dir kills current desktop and loads a new.
+  - desktop-save-in-desktop-dir saves desktop in the directory from which
+    it was loaded.
+  - desktop-lazy-complete runs the desktop load to completion.
+  - desktop-lazy-abort aborts lazy loading of the desktop.
+*** New customizable variables:
+  - desktop-save. Determines whether the desktop should be saved when it is
+    killed.
+  - desktop-file-name-format. Format in which desktop file names should be saved.
+  - desktop-path. List of directories in which to lookup the desktop file.
+  - desktop-locals-to-save. List of local variables to save.
+  - desktop-globals-to-clear. List of global variables that `desktop-clear' will clear.
+  - desktop-clear-preserve-buffers-regexp. Regexp identifying buffers that `desktop-clear'
+    should not delete.
+  - desktop-restore-eager. Number of buffers to restore immediately. Remaining buffers are
+    restored lazily (when Emacs is idle).
+  - desktop-lazy-verbose. Verbose reporting of lazily created buffers.
+  - desktop-lazy-idle-delay. Idle delay before starting to create buffers.
+*** New hooks:
+  - desktop-after-read-hook run after a desktop is loaded.
+  - desktop-no-desktop-file-hook run when no desktop file is found.
+** Recentf changes
+The recent file list is now automatically cleaned up when recentf mode is
+enabled.  The new option `recentf-auto-cleanup' controls when to do
+automatic cleanup.
+The ten most recent files can be quickly opened by using the shortcut
+keys 1 to 9, and 0, when the recent list is displayed in a buffer via
+the `recentf-open-files', or `recentf-open-more-files' commands.
+The `recentf-keep' option replaces `recentf-keep-non-readable-files-p'
+and provides a more general mechanism to customize which file names to
+keep in the recent list.
+With the more advanced option `recentf-filename-handlers', you can
+specify functions that successively transform recent file names.  For
+example, if set to `file-truename' plus `abbreviate-file-name', the
+same file will not be in the recent list with different symbolic
+links, and the file name will be abbreviated.
+To follow naming convention, `recentf-menu-append-commands-flag'
+replaces the misnamed option `recentf-menu-append-commands-p'.  The
+old name remains available as alias, but has been marked obsolete.
+** Auto-Revert changes
+*** You can now use Auto Revert mode to `tail' a file.
+If point is at the end of a file buffer before reverting, Auto Revert
+mode keeps it at the end after reverting.  Similarly if point is
+displayed at the end of a file buffer in any window, it stays at
+the end of the buffer in that window.  This allows to tail a file:
+just put point at the end of the buffer and it stays there.  This
+rule applies to file buffers.  For non-file buffers, the behavior can
+be mode dependent.
+If you are sure that the file will only change by growing at the end,
+then you can tail the file more efficiently by using the new minor
+mode Auto Revert Tail mode.  The function `auto-revert-tail-mode'
+toggles this mode.
+*** Auto Revert mode is now more careful to avoid excessive reverts and
+other potential problems when deciding which non-file buffers to
+revert.  This matters especially if Global Auto Revert mode is enabled
+and `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil.  Auto Revert
+mode only reverts a non-file buffer if the buffer has a non-nil
+`revert-buffer-function' and a non-nil `buffer-stale-function', which
+decides whether the buffer should be reverted.  Currently, this means
+that auto reverting works for Dired buffers (although this may not
+work properly on all operating systems) and for the Buffer Menu.
+*** If the new user option `auto-revert-check-vc-info' is non-nil, Auto
+Revert mode reliably updates version control info (such as the version
+control number in the mode line), in all version controlled buffers in
+which it is active.  If the option is nil, the default, then this info
+only gets updated whenever the buffer gets reverted.
+** Changes in Shell Mode
+*** Shell output normally scrolls so that the input line is at the
+bottom of the window -- thus showing the maximum possible text.  (This
+is similar to the way sequential output to a terminal works.)
+** Changes in Hi Lock
+*** hi-lock-mode now only affects a single buffer, and a new function
+`global-hi-lock-mode' enables Hi Lock in all buffers.  By default, if
+hi-lock-mode is used in what appears to be the initialization file, a
+warning message suggests to use global-hi-lock-mode instead.  However,
+if the new variable `hi-lock-archaic-interface-deduce' is non-nil,
+using hi-lock-mode in an initialization file will turn on Hi Lock in all
+buffers and no warning will be issued (for compatibility with the
+behavior in older versions of Emacs).
+** Changes in Allout
+*** Topic cryptography added, enabling easy gpg topic encryption and
+decryption.  Per-topic basis enables interspersing encrypted-text and
+clear-text within a single file to your heart's content, using symmetric
+and/or public key modes.  Time-limited key caching, user-provided
+symmetric key hinting and consistency verification, auto-encryption of
+pending topics on save, and more, make it easy to use encryption in
+powerful ways.  Encryption behavior customization is collected in the
+allout-encryption customization group.
+*** Default command prefix was changed to "\C-c " (control-c space), to
+avoid intruding on user's keybinding space.  Customize the
+`allout-command-prefix' variable to your preference.
+*** Some previously rough topic-header format edge cases are reconciled.
+Level 1 topics use the mode's comment format, and lines starting with the
+asterisk - for instance, the comment close of some languages (eg, c's "*/"
+or mathematica's "*)") - at the beginning of line are no longer are
+interpreted as level 1 topics in those modes.
+*** Many or most commonly occurring "accidental" topics are disqualified.
+Text in item bodies that looks like a low-depth topic is no longer mistaken
+for one unless its first offspring (or that of its next sibling with
+offspring) is only one level deeper.
+For example, pasting some text with a bunch of leading asterisks into a
+topic that's followed by a level 3 or deeper topic will not cause the
+pasted text to be mistaken for outline structure.
+The same constraint is applied to any level 2 or 3 topics.
+This settles an old issue where typed or pasted text needed to be carefully
+reviewed, and sometimes doctored, to avoid accidentally disrupting the
+outline structure.  Now that should be generally unnecessary, as the most
+prone-to-occur accidents are disqualified.
+*** Allout now refuses to create "containment discontinuities", where a
+topic is shifted deeper than the offspring-depth of its container.  On the
+other hand, allout now operates gracefully with existing containment
+discontinuities, revealing excessively contained topics rather than either
+leaving them hidden or raising an error.
+*** Navigation within an item is easier.  Repeated beginning-of-line and
+end-of-line key commands (usually, ^A and ^E) cycle through the
+beginning/end-of-line and then beginning/end of topic, etc.  See new
+customization vars `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' and
+`allout-end-of-line-cycles'.
+*** New or revised allout-mode activity hooks enable creation of
+cooperative enhancements to allout mode without changes to the mode,
+itself.
+See `allout-exposure-change-hook', `allout-structure-added-hook',
+`allout-structure-deleted-hook', and `allout-structure-shifted-hook'.
+`allout-exposure-change-hook' replaces the existing
+`allout-view-change-hook', which is being deprecated.  Both are still
+invoked, but `allout-view-change-hook' will eventually be ignored.
+`allout-exposure-change-hook' is called with explicit arguments detailing
+the specifics of each change (as are the other new hooks), making it easier
+to use than the old version.
+There is a new mode deactivation hook, `allout-mode-deactivate-hook', for
+coordinating with deactivation of allout-mode.  Both that and the mode
+activation hook, `allout-mode-hook' are now run after the `allout-mode'
+variable is changed, rather than before.
+*** Allout now uses text overlay's `invisible' property for concealed text,
+instead of selective-display.  This simplifies the code, in particular
+avoiding the need for kludges for isearch dynamic-display, discretionary
+handling of edits of concealed text, undo concerns, etc.
+*** There are many other fixes and refinements, including:
+   - repaired inhibition of inadvertent edits to concealed text, without
+     inhibiting undo; we now reveal undo changes within concealed text.
+   - auto-fill-mode is now left inactive when allout-mode starts, if it
+     already was inactive.  also, `allout-inhibit-auto-fill' custom
+     configuration variable makes it easy to disable auto fill in allout
+     outlines in general or on a per-buffer basis.
+   - allout now tolerates fielded text in outlines without disruption.
+   - hot-spot navigation now is modularized with a new function,
+     `allout-hotspot-key-handler', enabling easier use and enhancement of
+     the functionality in allout addons.
+   - repaired retention of topic body hanging indent upon topic depth shifts
+   - bulleting variation is simpler and more accommodating, both in the
+     default behavior and in ability to vary when creating new topics
+   - mode deactivation now does cleans up effectively, more properly
+     restoring affected variables and hooks to former state, removing
+     overlays, etc.  see `allout-add-resumptions' and
+     `allout-do-resumptions', which replace the old `allout-resumptions'.
+   - included a few unit-tests for interior functionality.  developers can
+     have them automatically run at the end of module load by customizing
+     the option `allout-run-unit-tests-on-load'.
+   - many, many other, more minor tweaks, fixes, and refinements.
+   - version number incremented to 2.2
+** Hideshow mode changes
+*** New variable `hs-set-up-overlay' allows customization of the overlay
+used to effect hiding for hideshow minor mode.  Integration with isearch
+handles the overlay property `display' specially, preserving it during
+temporary overlay showing in the course of an isearch operation.
+*** New variable `hs-allow-nesting' non-nil means that hiding a block does
+not discard the hidden state of any "internal" blocks; when the parent
+block is later shown, the internal blocks remain hidden.  Default is nil.
+** FFAP changes
+*** New ffap commands and keybindings:
+C-x C-r (`ffap-read-only'),
+C-x C-v (`ffap-alternate-file'), C-x C-d (`ffap-list-directory'),
+C-x 4 r (`ffap-read-only-other-window'), C-x 4 d (`ffap-dired-other-window'),
+C-x 5 r (`ffap-read-only-other-frame'), C-x 5 d (`ffap-dired-other-frame').
+*** FFAP accepts wildcards in a file name by default.
+C-x C-f passes the file name to `find-file' with non-nil WILDCARDS
+argument, which visits multiple files, and C-x d passes it to `dired'.
+** Changes in Skeleton
+*** In skeleton.el, `-' marks the `skeleton-point' without interregion interaction.
+`@' has reverted to only setting `skeleton-positions' and no longer
+sets `skeleton-point'.  Skeletons which used @ to mark
+`skeleton-point' independent of `_' should now use `-' instead.  The
+updated `skeleton-insert' docstring explains these new features along
+with other details of skeleton construction.
+*** The variables `skeleton-transformation', `skeleton-filter', and
+`skeleton-pair-filter' have been renamed to
+`skeleton-transformation-function', `skeleton-filter-function', and
+`skeleton-pair-filter-function'.  The old names are still available
+as aliases.
+** HTML/SGML changes
+*** Emacs now tries to set up buffer coding systems for HTML/XML files
+automatically.
+*** SGML mode has indentation and supports XML syntax.
+The new variable `sgml-xml-mode' tells SGML mode to use XML syntax.
+When this option is enabled, SGML tags are inserted in XML style,
+i.e., there is always a closing tag.
+By default, its setting is inferred on a buffer-by-buffer basis
+from the file name or buffer contents.
+*** The variable `sgml-transformation' has been renamed to
+`sgml-transformation-function'.  The old name is still available as
+alias.
+*** `xml-mode' is now an alias for `sgml-mode', which has XML support.
+** TeX modes
+*** New major mode Doctex mode, for *.dtx files.
+*** C-c C-c prompts for a command to run, and tries to offer a good default.
+*** The user option `tex-start-options-string' has been replaced
+by two new user options: `tex-start-options', which should hold
+command-line options to feed to TeX, and `tex-start-commands' which should hold
+TeX commands to use at startup.
+*** verbatim environments are now highlighted in courier by font-lock
+and super/sub-scripts are made into super/sub-scripts.
+** RefTeX mode changes
+*** Changes to RefTeX's table of contents
+The new command keys "<" and ">" in the TOC buffer promote/demote the
+section at point or all sections in the current region, with full
+support for multifile documents.
+The new command `reftex-toc-recenter' (`C-c -') shows the current
+section in the TOC buffer without selecting the TOC window.
+Recentering can happen automatically in idle time when the option
+`reftex-auto-recenter-toc' is turned on.  The highlight in the TOC
+buffer stays when the focus moves to a different window.  A dedicated
+frame can show the TOC with the current section always automatically
+highlighted.  The frame is created and deleted from the toc buffer
+with the `d' key.
+The toc window can be split off horizontally instead of vertically.
+See new option `reftex-toc-split-windows-horizontally'.
+Labels can be renamed globally from the table of contents using the
+key `M-%'.
+The new command `reftex-goto-label' jumps directly to a label
+location.
+*** Changes related to citations and BibTeX database files
+Commands that insert a citation now prompt for optional arguments when
+called with a prefix argument.  Related new options are
+`reftex-cite-prompt-optional-args' and `reftex-cite-cleanup-optional-args'.
+The new command `reftex-create-bibtex-file' creates a BibTeX database
+with all entries referenced in the current document.  The keys "e" and
+"E" allow to produce a BibTeX database file from entries marked in a
+citation selection buffer.
+The command `reftex-citation' uses the word in the buffer before the
+cursor as a default search string.
+The support for chapterbib has been improved.  Different chapters can
+now use BibTeX or an explicit `thebibliography' environment.
+The macros which specify the bibliography file (like \bibliography)
+can be configured with the new option `reftex-bibliography-commands'.
+Support for jurabib has been added.
+*** Global index matched may be verified with a user function.
+During global indexing, a user function can verify an index match.
+See new option `reftex-index-verify-function'.
+*** Parsing documents with many labels can be sped up.
+Operating in a document with thousands of labels can be sped up
+considerably by allowing RefTeX to derive the type of a label directly
+from the label prefix like `eq:' or `fig:'.  The option
+`reftex-trust-label-prefix' needs to be configured in order to enable
+this feature.  While the speed-up is significant, this may reduce the
+quality of the context offered by RefTeX to describe a label.
+*** Miscellaneous changes
+The macros which input a file in LaTeX (like \input, \include) can be
+configured in the new option `reftex-include-file-commands'.
+RefTeX supports global incremental search.
+** BibTeX mode
+*** The new command `bibtex-url' browses a URL for the BibTeX entry at
+point (bound to C-c C-l and mouse-2, RET on clickable fields).
+*** The new command `bibtex-entry-update' (bound to C-c C-u) updates
+an existing BibTeX entry by inserting fields that may occur but are not
+present.
+*** New `bibtex-entry-format' option `required-fields', enabled by default.
+*** `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' can take values `plain',
+`crossref', and `entry-class' which control the sorting scheme used
+for BibTeX entries.  `bibtex-sort-entry-class' controls the sorting
+scheme `entry-class'.  TAB completion for reference keys and
+automatic detection of duplicates does not require anymore that
+`bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' is non-nil.
+*** The new command `bibtex-complete' completes word fragment before
+point according to context (bound to M-tab).
+*** In BibTeX mode the command `fill-paragraph' (M-q) fills
+individual fields of a BibTeX entry.
+*** The new variable `bibtex-autofill-types' contains a list of entry
+types for which fields are filled automatically (if possible).
+*** The new commands `bibtex-find-entry' and `bibtex-find-crossref'
+locate entries and crossref'd entries (bound to C-c C-s and C-c C-x).
+Crossref fields are clickable (bound to mouse-2, RET).
+*** The new variables `bibtex-files' and `bibtex-file-path' define a set
+of BibTeX files that are searched for entry keys.
+*** The new command `bibtex-validate-globally' checks for duplicate keys
+in multiple BibTeX files.
+*** If the new variable `bibtex-autoadd-commas' is non-nil,
+automatically add missing commas at end of BibTeX fields.
+*** The new command `bibtex-copy-summary-as-kill' pushes summary
+of BibTeX entry to kill ring (bound to C-c C-t).
+*** If the new variable `bibtex-parse-keys-fast' is non-nil,
+use fast but simplified algorithm for parsing BibTeX keys.
+*** The new variables bibtex-expand-strings and
+bibtex-autokey-expand-strings control the expansion of strings when
+extracting the content of a BibTeX field.
+*** The variables `bibtex-autokey-name-case-convert' and
+`bibtex-autokey-titleword-case-convert' have been renamed to
+`bibtex-autokey-name-case-convert-function' and
+`bibtex-autokey-titleword-case-convert-function'.  The old names are
+still available as aliases.
+** GUD changes
+*** The new package gdb-ui.el provides an enhanced graphical interface to
+GDB.  You can interact with GDB through the GUD buffer in the usual way, but
+there are also further buffers which control the execution and describe the
+state of your program.  It can separate the input/output of your program from
+that of GDB and watches expressions in the speedbar.  It also uses features of
+Emacs 21/22 such as the toolbar, and bitmaps in the fringe to indicate
+breakpoints.
+To use this package just type M-x gdb.  See the Emacs manual if you want the
+old behaviour.
+*** GUD mode has its own tool bar for controlling execution of the inferior
+and other common debugger commands.
+*** In GUD mode, when talking to GDB, C-x C-a C-j "jumps" the program
+counter to the specified source line (the one where point is).
+*** The variable tooltip-gud-tips-p has been removed.  GUD tooltips can now be
+toggled independently of normal tooltips with the minor mode
+`gud-tooltip-mode'.
+*** In graphical mode, with a C program, GUD Tooltips have been extended to
+display the #define directive associated with an identifier when program is
+not executing.
+*** GUD mode improvements for jdb:
+**** Search for source files using jdb classpath and class information.
+Fast startup since there is no need to scan all source files up front.
+There is also no need to create and maintain lists of source
+directories to scan.  Look at `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and
+`gud-jdb-classpath' customization variables documentation.
+**** The previous method of searching for source files has been
+preserved in case someone still wants/needs to use it.
+Set `gud-jdb-use-classpath' to nil.
+**** Supports the standard breakpoint (gud-break, gud-clear)
+set/clear operations from Java source files under the classpath, stack
+traversal (gud-up, gud-down), and run until current stack finish
+(gud-finish).
+**** Supports new jdb (Java 1.2 and later) in addition to oldjdb
+(Java 1.1 jdb).
+*** Added jdb Customization Variables
+**** `gud-jdb-command-name'.  What command line to use to invoke jdb.
+**** `gud-jdb-use-classpath'.  Allows selection of java source file searching
+method: set to t for new method, nil to scan `gud-jdb-directories' for
+java sources (previous method).
+**** `gud-jdb-directories'.  List of directories to scan and search for Java
+classes using the original gud-jdb method (if `gud-jdb-use-classpath'
+is nil).
+*** Minor Improvements
+**** The STARTTLS wrapper (starttls.el) can now use GNUTLS
+instead of the OpenSSL based `starttls' tool.  For backwards
+compatibility, it prefers `starttls', but you can toggle
+`starttls-use-gnutls' to switch to GNUTLS (or simply remove the
+`starttls' tool).
+**** Do not allow debugger output history variable to grow without bounds.
+** Lisp mode changes
+*** Lisp mode now uses `font-lock-doc-face' for doc strings.
+*** C-u C-M-q in Emacs Lisp mode pretty-prints the list after point.
+*** New features in evaluation commands
+**** The function `eval-defun' (C-M-x) called on defface reinitializes
+the face to the value specified in the defface expression.
+**** Typing C-x C-e twice prints the value of the integer result
+in additional formats (octal, hexadecimal, character) specified
+by the new function `eval-expression-print-format'.  The same
+function also defines the result format for `eval-expression' (M-:),
+`eval-print-last-sexp' (C-j) and some edebug evaluation functions.
+** Changes to cmuscheme
+*** Emacs now offers to start Scheme if the user tries to
+evaluate a Scheme expression but no Scheme subprocess is running.
+*** If the file ~/.emacs_NAME or ~/.emacs.d/init_NAME.scm (where NAME
+is the name of the Scheme interpreter) exists, its contents are sent
+to the Scheme subprocess upon startup.
+*** There are new commands to instruct the Scheme interpreter to trace
+procedure calls (`scheme-trace-procedure') and to expand syntactic forms
+(`scheme-expand-current-form').  The commands actually sent to the Scheme
+subprocess are controlled by the user options `scheme-trace-command',
+`scheme-untrace-command' and `scheme-expand-current-form'.
+** Ewoc changes
+*** The new function `ewoc-delete' deletes specified nodes.
+*** `ewoc-create' now takes optional arg NOSEP, which inhibits insertion of
+a newline after each pretty-printed entry and after the header and footer.
+This allows you to create multiple-entry ewocs on a single line and to
+effect "invisible" nodes by arranging for the pretty-printer to not print
+anything for those nodes.
+For example, these two sequences of expressions behave identically:
+;; NOSEP nil
+(defun PP (data) (insert (format "%S" data)))
+(ewoc-create 'PP "start\n")
+;; NOSEP t
+(defun PP (data) (insert (format "%S\n" data)))
+(ewoc-create 'PP "start\n\n" "\n" t)
+** CC mode changes
+*** The CC Mode manual has been extensively revised.
+The information about using CC Mode has been separated from the larger
+and more difficult chapters about configuration.
+*** New Minor Modes
+**** Electric Minor Mode toggles the electric action of non-alphabetic keys.
+The new command c-toggle-electric-mode is bound to C-c C-l.  Turning the
+mode off can be helpful for editing chaotically indented code and for
+users new to CC Mode, who sometimes find electric indentation
+disconcerting.  Its current state is displayed in the mode line with an
+'l', e.g. "C/al".
+**** Subword Minor Mode makes Emacs recognize word boundaries at upper case
+letters in StudlyCapsIdentifiers.  You enable this feature by C-c C-w.  It can
+also be used in non-CC Mode buffers.  :-) Contributed by Masatake YAMATO.
+*** Support for the AWK language.
+Support for the AWK language has been introduced.  The implementation is
+based around GNU AWK version 3.1, but it should work pretty well with
+any AWK.  As yet, not all features of CC Mode have been adapted for AWK.
+Here is a summary:
+**** Indentation Engine
+The CC Mode indentation engine fully supports AWK mode.
+AWK mode handles code formatted in the conventional AWK fashion: `{'s
+which start actions, user-defined functions, or compound statements are
+placed on the same line as the associated construct; the matching `}'s
+are normally placed under the start of the respective pattern, function
+definition, or structured statement.
+The predefined line-up functions haven't yet been adapted for AWK
+mode, though some of them may work serendipitously.  There shouldn't
+be any problems writing custom indentation functions for AWK mode.
+**** Font Locking
+There is a single level of font locking in AWK mode, rather than the
+three distinct levels the other modes have.  There are several
+idiosyncrasies in AWK mode's font-locking due to the peculiarities of
+the AWK language itself.
+**** Comment and Movement Commands
+These commands all work for AWK buffers.  The notion of "defun" has
+been augmented to include AWK pattern-action pairs - the standard
+"defun" commands on key sequences C-M-a, C-M-e, and C-M-h use this
+extended definition.
+**** "awk" style, Auto-newline Insertion and Clean-ups
+A new style, "awk" has been introduced, and this is now the default
+style for AWK code.  With auto-newline enabled, the clean-up
+c-one-liner-defun (see above) is useful.
+*** Font lock support.
+CC Mode now provides font lock support for all its languages.  This
+supersedes the font lock patterns that have been in the core font lock
+package for C, C++, Java and Objective-C.  Like indentation, font
+locking is done in a uniform way across all languages (except the new
+AWK mode - see below).  That means that the new font locking will be
+different from the old patterns in various details for most languages.
+The main goal of the font locking in CC Mode is accuracy, to provide a
+dependable aid in recognizing the various constructs.  Some, like
+strings and comments, are easy to recognize while others like
+declarations and types can be very tricky.  CC Mode can go to great
+lengths to recognize declarations and casts correctly, especially when
+the types aren't recognized by standard patterns.  This is a fairly
+demanding analysis which can be slow on older hardware, and it can
+therefore be disabled by choosing a lower decoration level with the
+variable font-lock-maximum-decoration.
+Note that the most demanding font lock level has been tuned with lazy
+fontification in mind; Just-In-Time-Lock mode should be enabled for
+the highest font lock level (by default, it is).  Fontifying a file
+with several thousand lines in one go can take the better part of a
+minute.
+**** The (c|c++|objc|java|idl|pike)-font-lock-extra-types variables
+are now used by CC Mode to recognize identifiers that are certain to
+be types.  (They are also used in cases that aren't related to font
+locking.)  At the maximum decoration level, types are often recognized
+properly anyway, so these variables should be fairly restrictive and
+not contain patterns for uncertain types.
+**** Support for documentation comments.
+There is a "plugin" system to fontify documentation comments like
+Javadoc and the markup within them.  It's independent of the host
+language, so it's possible to e.g. turn on Javadoc font locking in C
+buffers.  See the variable c-doc-comment-style for details.
+Currently three kinds of doc comment styles are recognized: Sun's
+Javadoc, Autodoc (which is used in Pike) and GtkDoc (used in C).  (The
+last was contributed by Masatake YAMATO).  This is by no means a
+complete list of the most common tools; if your doc comment extractor
+of choice is missing then please drop a note to bug-cc-mode@gnu.org.
+**** Better handling of C++ templates.
+As a side effect of the more accurate font locking, C++ templates are
+now handled much better.  The angle brackets that delimit them are
+given parenthesis syntax so that they can be navigated like other
+parens.
+This also improves indentation of templates, although there still is
+work to be done in that area.  E.g. it's required that multiline
+template clauses are written in full and then refontified to be
+recognized, and the indentation of nested templates is a bit odd and
+not as configurable as it ought to be.
+**** Improved handling of Objective-C and CORBA IDL.
+Especially the support for Objective-C and IDL has gotten an overhaul.
+The special "@" declarations in Objective-C are handled correctly.
+All the keywords used in CORBA IDL, PSDL, and CIDL are recognized and
+handled correctly, also wrt indentation.
+*** Changes in Key Sequences
+**** c-toggle-auto-hungry-state is no longer bound to C-c C-t.
+**** c-toggle-hungry-state is no longer bound to C-c C-d.
+This binding has been taken over by c-hungry-delete-forwards.
+**** c-toggle-auto-state (C-c C-t) has been renamed to c-toggle-auto-newline.
+c-toggle-auto-state remains as an alias.
+**** The new commands c-hungry-backspace and c-hungry-delete-forwards
+have key bindings C-c C-DEL (or C-c DEL, for the benefit of TTYs) and
+C-c C-d (or C-c C-<delete> or C-c <delete>) respectively.  These
+commands delete entire blocks of whitespace with a single
+key-sequence.  [N.B. "DEL" is the <backspace> key.]
+**** The new command c-toggle-electric-mode is bound to C-c C-l.
+**** The new command c-subword-mode is bound to C-c C-w.
+*** C-c C-s (`c-show-syntactic-information') now highlights the anchor
+position(s).
+*** New syntactic symbols in IDL mode.
+The top level constructs "module" and "composition" (from CIDL) are
+now handled like "namespace" in C++: They are given syntactic symbols
+module-open, module-close, inmodule, composition-open,
+composition-close, and incomposition.
+*** New functions to do hungry delete without enabling hungry delete mode.
+The new functions `c-hungry-backspace' and `c-hungry-delete-forward'
+provide hungry deletion without having to toggle a mode.  They are
+bound to C-c C-DEL and C-c C-d (and several variants, for the benefit
+of different keyboard setups.  See "Changes in key sequences" above).
+*** Better control over `require-final-newline'.
+The variable `c-require-final-newline' specifies which of the modes
+implemented by CC mode should insert final newlines.  Its value is a
+list of modes, and only those modes should do it.  By default the list
+includes C, C++ and Objective-C modes.
+Whichever modes are in this list will set `require-final-newline'
+based on `mode-require-final-newline'.
+*** Format change for syntactic context elements.
+The elements in the syntactic context returned by `c-guess-basic-syntax'
+and stored in `c-syntactic-context' has been changed somewhat to allow
+attaching more information.  They are now lists instead of single cons
+cells.  E.g. a line that previously had the syntactic analysis
+((inclass . 11) (topmost-intro . 13))
+is now analyzed as
+((inclass 11) (topmost-intro 13))
+In some cases there are more than one position given for a syntactic
+symbol.
+This change might affect code that calls `c-guess-basic-syntax'
+directly, and custom lineup functions if they use
+`c-syntactic-context'.  However, the argument given to lineup
+functions is still a single cons cell with nil or an integer in the
+cdr.
+*** API changes for derived modes.
+There have been extensive changes "under the hood" which can affect
+derived mode writers.  Some of these changes are likely to cause
+incompatibilities with existing derived modes, but on the other hand
+care has now been taken to make it possible to extend and modify CC
+Mode with less risk of such problems in the future.
+**** New language variable system.
+These are variables whose values vary between CC Mode's different
+languages.  See the comment blurb near the top of cc-langs.el.
+**** New initialization functions.
+The initialization procedure has been split up into more functions to
+give better control: `c-basic-common-init', `c-font-lock-init', and
+`c-init-language-vars'.
+*** Changes in analysis of nested syntactic constructs.
+The syntactic analysis engine has better handling of cases where
+several syntactic constructs appear nested on the same line.  They are
+now handled as if each construct started on a line of its own.
+This means that CC Mode now indents some cases differently, and
+although it's more consistent there might be cases where the old way
+gave results that's more to one's liking.  So if you find a situation
+where you think that the indentation has become worse, please report
+it to bug-cc-mode@gnu.org.
+**** New syntactic symbol substatement-label.
+This symbol is used when a label is inserted between a statement and
+its substatement.  E.g:
+    if (x)
+      x_is_true:
+        do_stuff();
+*** Better handling of multiline macros.
+**** Syntactic indentation inside macros.
+The contents of multiline #define's are now analyzed and indented
+syntactically just like other code.  This can be disabled by the new
+variable `c-syntactic-indentation-in-macros'.  A new syntactic symbol
+`cpp-define-intro' has been added to control the initial indentation
+inside `#define's.
+**** New lineup function `c-lineup-cpp-define'.
+Now used by default to line up macro continuation lines.  The behavior
+of this function closely mimics the indentation one gets if the macro
+is indented while the line continuation backslashes are temporarily
+removed.  If syntactic indentation in macros is turned off, it works
+much line `c-lineup-dont-change', which was used earlier, but handles
+empty lines within the macro better.
+**** Automatically inserted newlines continues the macro if used within one.
+This applies to the newlines inserted by the auto-newline mode, and to
+`c-context-line-break' and `c-context-open-line'.
+**** Better alignment of line continuation backslashes.
+`c-backslash-region' tries to adapt to surrounding backslashes.  New
+variable `c-backslash-max-column' puts a limit on how far out
+backslashes can be moved.
+**** Automatic alignment of line continuation backslashes.
+This is controlled by the new variable `c-auto-align-backslashes'.  It
+affects `c-context-line-break', `c-context-open-line' and newlines
+inserted in Auto-Newline mode.
+**** Line indentation works better inside macros.
+Regardless whether syntactic indentation and syntactic indentation
+inside macros are enabled or not, line indentation now ignores the
+line continuation backslashes.  This is most noticeable when syntactic
+indentation is turned off and there are empty lines (save for the
+backslash) in the macro.
+*** indent-for-comment is more customizable.
+The behavior of M-; (indent-for-comment) is now configurable through
+the variable `c-indent-comment-alist'.  The indentation behavior is
+based on the preceding code on the line, e.g. to get two spaces after
+#else and #endif but indentation to `comment-column' in most other
+cases (something which was hardcoded earlier).
+*** New function `c-context-open-line'.
+It's the open-line equivalent of `c-context-line-break'.
+*** New clean-ups
+**** `comment-close-slash'.
+With this clean-up, a block (i.e. c-style) comment can be terminated by
+typing a slash at the start of a line.
+**** `c-one-liner-defun'
+This clean-up compresses a short enough defun (for example, an AWK
+pattern/action pair) onto a single line.  "Short enough" is configurable.
+*** New lineup functions
+**** `c-lineup-string-cont'
+This lineup function lines up a continued string under the one it
+continues.  E.g:
+result = prefix + "A message "
+                  "string.";      <- c-lineup-string-cont
+**** `c-lineup-cascaded-calls'
+Lines up series of calls separated by "->" or ".".
+**** `c-lineup-knr-region-comment'
+Gives (what most people think is) better indentation of comments in
+the "K&R region" between the function header and its body.
+**** `c-lineup-gcc-asm-reg'
+Provides better indentation inside asm blocks.
+**** `c-lineup-argcont'
+Lines up continued function arguments after the preceding comma.
+*** Added toggle for syntactic indentation.
+The function `c-toggle-syntactic-indentation' can be used to toggle
+syntactic indentation.
+*** Better caching of the syntactic context.
+CC Mode caches the positions of the opening parentheses (of any kind)
+of the lists surrounding the point.  Those positions are used in many
+places as anchor points for various searches.  The cache is now
+improved so that it can be reused to a large extent when the point is
+moved.  The less it moves, the less needs to be recalculated.
+The effect is that CC Mode should be fast most of the time even when
+opening parens are hung (i.e. aren't in column zero).  It's typically
+only the first time after the point is moved far down in a complex
+file that it'll take noticeable time to find out the syntactic
+context.
+*** Statements are recognized in a more robust way.
+Statements are recognized most of the time even when they occur in an
+"invalid" context, e.g. in a function argument.  In practice that can
+happen when macros are involved.
+*** Improved the way `c-indent-exp' chooses the block to indent.
+It now indents the block for the closest sexp following the point
+whose closing paren ends on a different line.  This means that the
+point doesn't have to be immediately before the block to indent.
+Also, only the block and the closing line is indented; the current
+line is left untouched.
+** Changes in Makefile mode
+*** Makefile mode has submodes for automake, gmake, makepp, BSD make and imake.
+The former two couldn't be differentiated before, and the latter three
+are new.  Font-locking is robust now and offers new customizable
+faces.
+*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been renamed
+to `makefile-query-one-target-method-function'.  The old name is still
+available as alias.
+** Sql changes
+*** The variable `sql-product' controls the highlighting of different
+SQL dialects.  This variable can be set globally via Customize, on a
+buffer-specific basis via local variable settings, or for the current
+session using the new SQL->Product submenu.  (This menu replaces the
+SQL->Highlighting submenu.)
+The following values are supported:
+    ansi        ANSI Standard (default)
+    db2         DB2
+    informix    Informix
+    ingres      Ingres
+    interbase   Interbase
+    linter      Linter
+    ms          Microsoft
+    mysql       MySQL
+    oracle      Oracle
+    postgres    Postgres
+    solid       Solid
+    sqlite      SQLite
+    sybase      Sybase
+The current product name will be shown on the mode line following the
+SQL mode indicator.
+The technique of setting `sql-mode-font-lock-defaults' directly in
+your `.emacs' will no longer establish the default highlighting -- Use
+`sql-product' to accomplish this.
+ANSI keywords are always highlighted.
+*** The function `sql-add-product-keywords' can be used to add
+font-lock rules to the product specific rules.  For example, to have
+all identifiers ending in `_t' under MS SQLServer treated as a type,
+you would use the following line in your .emacs file:
+  (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
+             '(("\\<\\w+_t\\>" . font-lock-type-face)))
+*** Oracle support includes keyword highlighting for Oracle 9i.
+Most SQL and PL/SQL keywords are implemented.  SQL*Plus commands are
+highlighted in `font-lock-doc-face'.
+*** Microsoft SQLServer support has been significantly improved.
+Keyword highlighting for SqlServer 2000 is implemented.
+sql-interactive-mode defaults to use osql, rather than isql, because
+osql flushes its error stream more frequently.  Thus error messages
+are displayed when they occur rather than when the session is
+terminated.
+If the username and password are not provided to `sql-ms', osql is
+called with the `-E' command line argument to use the operating system
+credentials to authenticate the user.
+*** Postgres support is enhanced.
+Keyword highlighting of Postgres 7.3 is implemented.  Prompting for
+the username and the pgsql `-U' option is added.
+*** MySQL support is enhanced.
+Keyword highlighting of MySql 4.0 is implemented.
+*** Imenu support has been enhanced to locate tables, views, indexes,
+packages, procedures, functions, triggers, sequences, rules, and
+defaults.
+*** Added SQL->Start SQLi Session menu entry which calls the
+appropriate `sql-interactive-mode' wrapper for the current setting of
+`sql-product'.
+*** sql.el supports the SQLite interpreter--call 'sql-sqlite'.
+** Fortran mode changes
+*** F90 mode and Fortran mode have support for `hs-minor-mode' (hideshow).
+It cannot deal with every code format, but ought to handle a sizeable
+majority.
+*** F90 mode and Fortran mode have new navigation commands
+`f90-end-of-block', `f90-beginning-of-block', `f90-next-block',
+`f90-previous-block', `fortran-end-of-block',
+`fortran-beginning-of-block'.
+*** Fortran mode does more font-locking by default.  Use level 3
+highlighting for the old default.
+*** Fortran mode has a new variable `fortran-directive-re'.
+Adapt this to match the format of any compiler directives you use.
+Lines that match are never indented, and are given distinctive font-locking.
+*** The new function `f90-backslash-not-special' can be used to change
+the syntax of backslashes in F90 buffers.
+** Miscellaneous programming mode changes
+*** In sh-script, a continuation line is only indented if the backslash was
+preceded by a SPC or a TAB.
+*** Perl mode has a new variable `perl-indent-continued-arguments'.
+*** The old Octave mode bindings C-c f and C-c i have been changed
+to C-c C-f and C-c C-i.  The C-c C-i subcommands now have duplicate
+bindings on control characters--thus, C-c C-i C-b is the same as
+C-c C-i b, and so on.
+*** Prolog mode has a new variable `prolog-font-lock-keywords'
+to support use of font-lock.
+** VC Changes
+*** New backends for Subversion and Meta-CVS.
+*** The new variable `vc-cvs-global-switches' specifies switches that
+are passed to any CVS command invoked by VC.
+These switches are used as "global options" for CVS, which means they
+are inserted before the command name.  For example, this allows you to
+specify a compression level using the `-z#' option for CVS.
+*** The key C-x C-q only changes the read-only state of the buffer
+(toggle-read-only).  It no longer checks files in or out.
+We made this change because we held a poll and found that many users
+were unhappy with the previous behavior.  If you do prefer this
+behavior, you can bind `vc-toggle-read-only' to C-x C-q in your
+`.emacs' file:
+    (global-set-key "\C-x\C-q" 'vc-toggle-read-only)
+The function `vc-toggle-read-only' will continue to exist.
+*** VC-Annotate mode enhancements
+In VC-Annotate mode, you can now use the following key bindings for
+enhanced functionality to browse the annotations of past revisions, or
+to view diffs or log entries directly from vc-annotate-mode:
+    P:  annotates the previous revision
+    N:  annotates the next revision
+    J:  annotates the revision at line
+    A:  annotates the revision previous to line
+    D:  shows the diff of the revision at line with its previous revision
+    L:  shows the log of the revision at line
+    W:  annotates the workfile (most up to date) version
+** pcl-cvs changes
+*** In pcl-cvs mode, there is a new `d y' command to view the diffs
+between the local version of the file and yesterday's head revision
+in the repository.
+*** In pcl-cvs mode, there is a new `d r' command to view the changes
+anyone has committed to the repository since you last executed
+`checkout', `update' or `commit'.  That means using cvs diff options
+-rBASE -rHEAD.
+** Diff changes
+*** M-x diff uses Diff mode instead of Compilation mode.
+*** Diff mode key bindings changed.
+These are the new bindings:
+C-c C-e   diff-ediff-patch  (old M-A)
+C-c C-n   diff-restrict-view   (old M-r)
+C-c C-r   diff-reverse-direction  (old M-R)
+C-c C-u   diff-context->unified   (old M-U)
+C-c C-w   diff-refine-hunk  (old C-c C-r)
+To convert unified to context format, use C-u C-c C-u.
+In addition, C-c C-u now operates on the region
+in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active.
+** EDiff changes.
+***  When comparing directories.
+Typing D brings up a buffer that lists the differences between the contents of
+directories.  Now it is possible to use this buffer to copy the missing files
+from one directory to another.
+*** When comparing files or buffers.
+Typing the = key now offers to perform the word-by-word comparison of the
+currently highlighted regions in an inferior Ediff session.  If you answer 'n'
+then it reverts to the old behavior and asks the user to select regions for
+comparison.
+*** The new command `ediff-backup' compares a file with its most recent
+backup using `ediff'.  If you specify the name of a backup file,
+`ediff-backup' compares it with the file of which it is a backup.
+** Etags changes.
+*** New regular expressions features
+**** New syntax for regular expressions, multi-line regular expressions.
+The syntax --ignore-case-regexp=/regex/ is now undocumented and retained
+only for backward compatibility.  The new equivalent syntax is
+--regex=/regex/i.  More generally, it is --regex=/TAGREGEX/TAGNAME/MODS,
+where `/TAGNAME' is optional, as usual, and MODS is a string of 0 or
+more characters among `i' (ignore case), `m' (multi-line) and `s'
+(single-line).  The `m' and `s' modifiers behave as in Perl regular
+expressions: `m' allows regexps to match more than one line, while `s'
+(which implies `m') means that `.' matches newlines.  The ability to
+span newlines allows writing of much more powerful regular expressions
+and rapid prototyping for tagging new languages.
+**** Regular expressions can use char escape sequences as in GCC.
+The escaped character sequence \a, \b, \d, \e, \f, \n, \r, \t, \v,
+respectively, stand for the ASCII characters BEL, BS, DEL, ESC, FF, NL,
+CR, TAB, VT.
+**** Regular expressions can be bound to a given language.
+The syntax --regex={LANGUAGE}REGEX means that REGEX is used to make tags
+only for files of language LANGUAGE, and ignored otherwise.  This is
+particularly useful when storing regexps in a file.
+**** Regular expressions can be read from a file.
+The --regex=@regexfile option means read the regexps from a file, one
+per line.  Lines beginning with space or tab are ignored.
+*** New language parsing features
+**** New language HTML.
+Tags are generated for `title' as well as `h1', `h2', and `h3'.  Also,
+when `name=' is used inside an anchor and whenever `id=' is used.
+**** New language PHP.
+Functions, classes and defines are tags.  If the --members option is
+specified to etags, variables are tags also.
+**** New language Lua.
+All functions are tagged.
+**** The `::' qualifier triggers C++ parsing in C file.
+Previously, only the `template' and `class' keywords had this effect.
+**** The GCC __attribute__ keyword is now recognized and ignored.
+**** In C and derived languages, etags creates tags for #undef
+**** In Makefiles, constants are tagged.
+If you want the old behavior instead, thus avoiding to increase the
+size of the tags file, use the --no-globals option.
+**** In Perl, packages are tags.
+Subroutine tags are named from their package.  You can jump to sub tags
+as you did before, by the sub name, or additionally by looking for
+package::sub.
+**** In Prolog, etags creates tags for rules in addition to predicates.
+**** New default keywords for TeX.
+The new keywords are def, newcommand, renewcommand, newenvironment and
+renewenvironment.
+*** Honor #line directives.
+When Etags parses an input file that contains C preprocessor's #line
+directives, it creates tags using the file name and line number
+specified in those directives.  This is useful when dealing with code
+created from Cweb source files.  When Etags tags the generated file, it
+writes tags pointing to the source file.
+*** New option --parse-stdin=FILE.
+This option is mostly useful when calling etags from programs.  It can
+be used (only once) in place of a file name on the command line.  Etags
+reads from standard input and marks the produced tags as belonging to
+the file FILE.
+*** The --members option is now the default.
+Use --no-members if you want the old default behaviour of not tagging
+struct members in C, members variables in C++ and variables in PHP.
+** Ctags changes.
+*** Ctags now allows duplicate tags
+** Rmail changes
+*** Support for `movemail' from GNU mailutils was added to Rmail.
+This version of `movemail' allows to read mail from a wide range of
+mailbox formats, including remote POP3 and IMAP4 mailboxes with or
+without TLS encryption.  If GNU mailutils is installed on the system
+and its version of `movemail' can be found in exec-path, it will be
+used instead of the native one.
+*** The new commands rmail-end-of-message and rmail-summary end-of-message,
+by default bound to `/', go to the end of the current mail message in
+Rmail and Rmail summary buffers.
+*** Rmail now displays 5-digit message ids in its summary buffer.
+** Gnus package
+*** Gnus now includes Sieve and PGG
+Sieve is a library for managing Sieve scripts.  PGG is a library to handle
+PGP/MIME.
+*** There are many news features, bug fixes and improvements.
+See the file GNUS-NEWS or the node "Oort Gnus" in the Gnus manual for details.
+** MH-E changes.
+Upgraded to MH-E version 8.0.3.  There have been major changes since
+version 5.0.2; see MH-E-NEWS for details.
+** Miscellaneous mail changes
+*** The new variable `mail-default-directory' specifies
+`default-directory' for mail buffers.  This directory is used for
+auto-save files of mail buffers.  It defaults to "~/".
+*** The mode line can indicate new mail in a directory or file.
+See the documentation of the user option `display-time-mail-directory'.
+** Calendar changes
+*** There is a new calendar package, icalendar.el, that can be used to
+convert Emacs diary entries to/from the iCalendar format.
+*** The new package cal-html.el writes HTML files with calendar and
+diary entries.
+*** The new functions `diary-from-outlook', `diary-from-outlook-gnus',
+and `diary-from-outlook-rmail' can be used to import diary entries
+from Outlook-format appointments in mail messages.  The variable
+`diary-outlook-formats' can be customized to recognize additional
+formats.
+*** The procedure for activating appointment reminders has changed:
+use the new function `appt-activate'.  The new variable
+`appt-display-format' controls how reminders are displayed, replacing
+`appt-issue-message', `appt-visible', and `appt-msg-window'.
+*** The function `simple-diary-display' now by default sets a header line.
+This can be controlled through the variables `diary-header-line-flag'
+and `diary-header-line-format'.
+*** Diary sexp entries can have custom marking in the calendar.
+Diary sexp functions which only apply to certain days (such as
+`diary-block' or `diary-cyclic') now take an optional parameter MARK,
+which is the name of a face or a single-character string indicating
+how to highlight the day in the calendar display.  Specifying a
+single-character string as @var{mark} places the character next to the
+day in the calendar.  Specifying a face highlights the day with that
+face.  This lets you have different colors or markings for vacations,
+appointments, paydays or anything else using a sexp.
+*** The meanings of C-x < and C-x > have been interchanged.
+< means to scroll backward in time, and > means to scroll forward.
+*** You can now use < and >, instead of C-x < and C-x >, to scroll
+the calendar left or right.
+*** The new function `calendar-goto-day-of-year' (g D) prompts for a
+year and day number, and moves to that date.  Negative day numbers
+count backward from the end of the year.
+*** The new Calendar function `calendar-goto-iso-week' (g w)
+prompts for a year and a week number, and moves to the first
+day of that ISO week.
+*** The functions `holiday-easter-etc' and `holiday-advent' now take
+optional arguments, in order to only report on the specified holiday
+rather than all.  This makes customization of variables such as
+`christian-holidays' simpler.
+*** The new variable `calendar-minimum-window-height' affects the
+window generated by the function `generate-calendar-window'.
+** Speedbar changes
+*** Speedbar items can now be selected by clicking mouse-1, based on
+the `mouse-1-click-follows-link' mechanism.
+*** The new command `speedbar-toggle-line-expansion', bound to SPC,
+contracts or expands the line under the cursor.
+*** New command `speedbar-create-directory', bound to `M'.
+*** The new commands `speedbar-expand-line-descendants' and
+`speedbar-contract-line-descendants', bound to `[' and `]'
+respectively, expand and contract the line under cursor with all of
+its descendents.
+*** The new user option `speedbar-use-tool-tips-flag', if non-nil,
+means to display tool-tips for speedbar items.
+*** The new user option `speedbar-query-confirmation-method' controls
+how querying is performed for file operations.  A value of 'always
+means to always query before file operations; 'none-but-delete means
+to not query before any file operations, except before a file
+deletion.
+*** The new user option `speedbar-select-frame-method' specifies how
+to select a frame for displaying a file opened with the speedbar.  A
+value of 'attached means to use the attached frame (the frame that
+speedbar was started from.)  A number such as 1 or -1 means to pass
+that number to `other-frame'.
+*** SPC and DEL are no longer bound to scroll up/down in the speedbar
+keymap.
+*** The frame management code in speedbar.el has been split into a new
+`dframe' library.  Emacs Lisp code that makes use of the speedbar
+should use `dframe-attached-frame' instead of
+`speedbar-attached-frame', `dframe-timer' instead of `speedbar-timer',
+`dframe-close-frame' instead of `speedbar-close-frame', and
+`dframe-activity-change-focus-flag' instead of
+`speedbar-activity-change-focus-flag'.  The variables
+`speedbar-update-speed' and `speedbar-navigating-speed' are also
+obsolete; use `dframe-update-speed' instead.
+** battery.el changes
+*** display-battery-mode replaces display-battery.
+*** battery.el now works on recent versions of OS X.
+** Games
+*** The game `mpuz' is enhanced.
+`mpuz' now allows the 2nd factor not to have two identical digits.  By
+default, all trivial operations involving whole lines are performed
+automatically.  The game uses faces for better visual feedback.
+** Obsolete and deleted packages
+*** fast-lock.el and lazy-lock.el are obsolete.  Use jit-lock.el instead.
+*** iso-acc.el is now obsolete.  Use one of the latin input methods instead.
+*** zone-mode.el is now obsolete.  Use dns-mode.el instead.
+*** cplus-md.el has been deleted.
+** Miscellaneous
+*** The variable `woman-topic-at-point' is renamed
+to `woman-use-topic-at-point' and behaves differently: if this
+variable is non-nil, the `woman' command uses the word at point
+automatically, without asking for a confirmation.  Otherwise, the word
+at point is suggested as default, but not inserted at the prompt.
+*** You can now customize `fill-nobreak-predicate' to control where
+filling can break lines.  The value is now normally a list of
+functions, but it can also be a single function, for compatibility.
+Emacs provide two predicates, `fill-single-word-nobreak-p' and
+`fill-french-nobreak-p', for use as the value of
+`fill-nobreak-predicate'.
+*** M-x view-file and commands that use it now avoid interfering
+with special modes such as Tar mode.
+*** `global-whitespace-mode' is a new alias for `whitespace-global-mode'.
+*** The saveplace.el package now filters out unreadable files.
+When you exit Emacs, the saved positions in visited files no longer
+include files that aren't readable, e.g. files that don't exist.
+Customize the new option `save-place-forget-unreadable-files' to nil
+to get the old behavior.  The new options `save-place-save-skipped'
+and `save-place-skip-check-regexp' allow further fine-tuning of this
+feature.
+*** Commands `winner-redo' and `winner-undo', from winner.el, are now
+bound to C-c <left> and C-c <right>, respectively.  This is an
+incompatible change.
+*** The type-break package now allows `type-break-file-name' to be nil
+and if so, doesn't store any data across sessions.  This is handy if
+you don't want the `.type-break' file in your home directory or are
+annoyed by the need for interaction when you kill Emacs.
+*** `ps-print' can now print characters from the mule-unicode charsets.
+Printing text with characters from the mule-unicode-* sets works with
+`ps-print', provided that you have installed the appropriate BDF
+fonts.  See the file INSTALL for URLs where you can find these fonts.
+*** New command `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
+This is like `strokes-global-set-stroke', but it allows you to bind
+the stroke directly to a string to insert.  This is convenient for
+using strokes as an input method.
+*** In Outline mode, `hide-body' no longer hides lines at the top
+of the file that precede the first header line.
+*** `hide-ifdef-mode' now uses overlays rather than selective-display
+to hide its text.  This should be mostly transparent but slightly
+changes the behavior of motion commands like C-e and C-p.
+*** In Artist mode the variable `artist-text-renderer' has been
+renamed to `artist-text-renderer-function'.  The old name is still
+available as alias.
+*** In Enriched mode, `set-left-margin' and `set-right-margin' are now
+by default bound to `C-c [' and `C-c ]' instead of the former `C-c C-l'
+and `C-c C-r'.
+*** `partial-completion-mode' now handles partial completion on directory names.
+*** You can now disable pc-selection-mode after enabling it.
+M-x pc-selection-mode behaves like a proper minor mode, and with no
+argument it toggles the mode.  Turning off PC-Selection mode restores
+the global key bindings that were replaced by turning on the mode.
+*** `uniquify-strip-common-suffix' tells uniquify to prefer
+`file|dir1' and `file|dir2' to `file|dir1/subdir' and `file|dir2/subdir'.
+*** New user option `add-log-always-start-new-record'.
+When this option is enabled, M-x add-change-log-entry always
+starts a new record regardless of when the last record is.
+*** M-x compare-windows now can automatically skip non-matching text to
+resync points in both windows.
+*** PO translation files are decoded according to their MIME headers
+when Emacs visits them.
+*** Telnet now prompts you for a port number with C-u M-x telnet.
+*** calculator.el now has radix grouping mode.
+To enable this, set `calculator-output-radix' non-nil.  In this mode a
+separator character is used every few digits, making it easier to see
+byte boundaries etc.  For more info, see the documentation of the
+variable `calculator-radix-grouping-mode'.
+*** LDAP support now defaults to ldapsearch from OpenLDAP version 2.
+*** The terminal emulation code in term.el has been improved; it can
+run most curses applications now.
+*** Support for `magic cookie' standout modes has been removed.
+Emacs still works on terminals that require magic cookies in order to
+use standout mode, but they can no longer display mode-lines in
+inverse-video.
+* Changes in Emacs 22.1 on non-free operating systems
+** The HOME directory defaults to Application Data under the user profile.
+If you used a previous version of Emacs without setting the HOME
+environment variable and a `.emacs' was saved, then Emacs will continue
+using C:/ as the default HOME.  But if you are installing Emacs afresh,
+the default location will be the "Application Data" (or similar
+localized name) subdirectory of your user profile.  A typical location
+of this directory is "C:\Documents and Settings\USERNAME\Application Data",
+where USERNAME is your user name.
+This change means that users can now have their own `.emacs' files on
+shared computers, and the default HOME directory is less likely to be
+read-only on computers that are administered by someone else.
+** Images are now supported on MS Windows.
+PBM and XBM images are supported out of the box.  Other image formats
+depend on external libraries.  All of these libraries have been ported
+to Windows, and can be found in both source and binary form at
+http://gnuwin32.sourceforge.net/.  Note that libpng also depends on
+zlib, and tiff depends on the version of jpeg that it was compiled
+against.  For additional information, see nt/INSTALL.
+** Sound is now supported on MS Windows.
+WAV format is supported on all versions of Windows, other formats such
+as AU, AIFF and MP3 may be supported in the more recent versions of
+Windows, or when other software provides hooks into the system level
+sound support for those formats.
+** Tooltips now work on MS Windows.
+See the Emacs 21.1 NEWS entry for tooltips for details.
+** Pointing devices with more than 3 buttons are now supported on MS Windows.
+The new variable `w32-pass-extra-mouse-buttons-to-system' controls
+whether Emacs should handle the extra buttons itself (the default), or
+pass them to Windows to be handled with system-wide functions.
+** Passing resources on the command line now works on MS Windows.
+You can use --xrm to pass resource settings to Emacs, overriding any
+existing values.  For example:
+  emacs --xrm "Emacs.Background:red" --xrm "Emacs.Geometry:100x20"
+will start up Emacs on an initial frame of 100x20 with red background,
+irrespective of geometry or background setting on the Windows registry.
+** Emacs takes note of colors defined in Control Panel on MS-Windows.
+The Control Panel defines some default colors for applications in much
+the same way as wildcard X Resources do on X.  Emacs now adds these
+colors to the colormap prefixed by System (eg SystemMenu for the
+default Menu background, SystemMenuText for the foreground), and uses
+some of them to initialize some of the default faces.
+`list-colors-display' shows the list of System color names, in case
+you wish to use them in other faces.
+** Running in a console window in Windows now uses the console size.
+Previous versions of Emacs erred on the side of having a usable Emacs
+through telnet, even though that was inconvenient if you use Emacs in
+a local console window with a scrollback buffer.  The default value of
+w32-use-full-screen-buffer is now nil, which favors local console
+windows.  Recent versions of Windows telnet also work well with this
+setting.  If you are using an older telnet server then Emacs detects
+that the console window dimensions that are reported are not sane, and
+defaults to 80x25.  If you use such a telnet server regularly at a size
+other than 80x25, you can still manually set
+w32-use-full-screen-buffer to t.
+** Different shaped mouse pointers are supported on MS Windows.
+The mouse pointer changes shape depending on what is under the pointer.
+** On MS Windows, the "system caret" now follows the cursor.
+This enables Emacs to work better with programs that need to track the
+cursor, for example screen magnifiers and text to speech programs.
+When such a program is in use, the system caret is made visible
+instead of Emacs drawing its own cursor. This seems to be required by
+some programs. The new variable w32-use-visible-system-caret allows
+the caret visibility to be manually toggled.
+** On MS Windows NT/W2K/XP, Emacs uses Unicode for clipboard operations.
+Those systems use Unicode internally, so this allows Emacs to share
+multilingual text with other applications.  On other versions of
+MS Windows, Emacs now uses the appropriate locale coding-system, so
+the clipboard should work correctly for your local language without
+any customizations.
+** On Mac OS, `keyboard-coding-system' changes based on the keyboard script.
+** The variable `mac-keyboard-text-encoding' and the constants
+`kTextEncodingMacRoman', `kTextEncodingISOLatin1', and
+`kTextEncodingISOLatin2' are obsolete.
+** The variable `mac-command-key-is-meta' is obsolete.  Use
+`mac-command-modifier' and `mac-option-modifier' instead.
+* Incompatible Lisp Changes in Emacs 22.1
+** Mode line display ignores text properties as well as the
+:propertize and :eval forms in the value of a variable whose
+`risky-local-variable' property is nil.
+The function `comint-send-input' now accepts 3 optional arguments:
+  (comint-send-input &optional no-newline artificial)
+Callers sending input not from the user should use bind the 3rd
+argument `artificial' to a non-nil value, to prevent Emacs from
+deleting the part of subprocess output that matches the input.
+** The `read-file-name' function now returns a null string if the
+user just types RET.
+** The variables post-command-idle-hook and post-command-idle-delay have
+been removed.  Use run-with-idle-timer instead.
+** A hex or octal escape in a string constant forces the string to
+be multibyte or unibyte, respectively.
+** The explicit method of creating a display table element by
+combining a face number and a character code into a numeric
+glyph code is deprecated.
+Instead, the new functions `make-glyph-code', `glyph-char', and
+`glyph-face' must be used to create and decode glyph codes in
+display tables.
+** `suppress-keymap' now works by remapping `self-insert-command' to
+the command `undefined'.  (In earlier Emacs versions, it used
+`substitute-key-definition' to rebind self inserting characters to
+`undefined'.)
+** The third argument of `accept-process-output' is now milliseconds.
+It used to be microseconds.
+** The function find-operation-coding-system may be called with a cons
+(FILENAME . BUFFER) in the second argument if the first argument
+OPERATION is `insert-file-contents', and thus a function registered in
+`file-coding-system-alist' is also called with such an argument.
+** When Emacs receives a USR1 or USR2 signal, this generates
+input events: sigusr1 or sigusr2.  Use special-event-map to
+handle these events.
+** The variable `memory-full' now remains t until
+there is no longer a shortage of memory.
+** Support for Mocklisp has been removed.
+* Lisp Changes in Emacs 22.1
+** General Lisp changes:
+*** New syntax: \s now stands for the SPACE character.
+`?\s' is a new way to write the space character.  You must make sure
+it is not followed by a dash, since `?\s-...' indicates the "super"
+modifier.  However, it would be strange to write a character constant
+and a following symbol (beginning with `-') with no space between
+them.
+`\s' stands for space in strings, too, but it is not really meant for
+strings; it is easier and nicer just to write a space.
+*** New syntax: \uXXXX and \UXXXXXXXX specify Unicode code points in hex.
+For instance, you can use "\u0428" to specify a string consisting of
+CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER SHA, or `"U0001D6E2" to specify one consisting
+of MATHEMATICAL ITALIC CAPITAL ALPHA (the latter is greater than
+#xFFFF and thus needs the longer syntax).
+This syntax works for both character constants and strings.
+*** New function `unsafep' determines whether a Lisp form is safe.
+It returns nil if the given Lisp form can't possibly do anything
+dangerous; otherwise it returns a reason why the form might be unsafe
+(calls unknown function, alters global variable, etc.).
+*** The function `eql' is now available without requiring the CL package.
+*** The new function `memql' is like `memq', but uses `eql' for comparison,
+that is, floats are compared by value and other elements with `eq'.
+*** New functions `string-or-null-p' and `booleanp'.
+`string-or-null-p' returns non-nil iff OBJECT is a string or nil.
+`booleanp' returns non-nil iff OBJECT is t or nil.
+*** `makehash' is now obsolete.  Use `make-hash-table' instead.
+*** Minor change in the function `format'.
+Some flags that were accepted but not implemented (such as "*") are no
+longer accepted.
+*** `add-to-list' takes an optional third argument, APPEND.
+If APPEND is non-nil, the new element gets added at the end of the
+list instead of at the beginning.  This change actually occurred in
+Emacs 21.1, but was not documented then.
+*** New function `add-to-ordered-list' is like `add-to-list' but
+associates a numeric ordering of each element added to the list.
+*** New function `add-to-history' adds an element to a history list.
+Lisp packages should use this function to add elements to their
+history lists.
+If `history-delete-duplicates' is non-nil, it removes duplicates of
+the new element from the history list it updates.
+*** New function `copy-tree' makes a copy of a tree.
+It recursively copies through both CARs and CDRs.
+*** New function `delete-dups' deletes `equal' duplicate elements from a list.
+It modifies the list destructively, like `delete'.  Of several `equal'
+occurrences of an element in the list, the one that's kept is the
+first one.
+*** New function `rassq-delete-all'.
+(rassq-delete-all VALUE ALIST) deletes, from ALIST, each element whose
+CDR is `eq' to the specified value.
+*** Functions `get' and `plist-get' no longer give errors for bad plists.
+They return nil for a malformed property list or if the list is
+cyclic.
+*** New functions `lax-plist-get' and `lax-plist-put'.
+They are like `plist-get' and `plist-put', except that they compare
+the property name using `equal' rather than `eq'.
+*** The function `number-sequence' makes a list of equally-separated numbers.
+For instance, (number-sequence 4 9) returns (4 5 6 7 8 9).  By
+default, the separation is 1, but you can specify a different
+separation as the third argument.  (number-sequence 1.5 6 2) returns
+(1.5 3.5 5.5).
+*** New variables `most-positive-fixnum' and `most-negative-fixnum'.
+They hold the largest and smallest possible integer values.
+*** The function `expt' handles negative exponents differently.
+The value for `(expt A B)', if both A and B are integers and B is
+negative, is now a float.  For example: (expt 2 -2) => 0.25.
+*** The function `atan' now accepts an optional second argument.
+When called with 2 arguments, as in `(atan Y X)', `atan' returns the
+angle in radians between the vector [X, Y] and the X axis.  (This is
+equivalent to the standard C library function `atan2'.)
+*** New macro `with-case-table'
+This executes the body with the case table temporarily set to a given
+case table.
+*** New macro `with-local-quit' temporarily allows quitting.
+A quit inside the body of `with-local-quit' is caught by the
+`with-local-quit' form itself, but another quit will happen later once
+the code that has inhibited quitting exits.
+This is for use around potentially blocking or long-running code
+inside timer functions and `post-command-hook' functions.
+*** New macro `define-obsolete-function-alias'.
+This combines `defalias' and `make-obsolete'.
+*** New macro `eval-at-startup' specifies expressions to
+evaluate when Emacs starts up.  If this is done after startup,
+it evaluates those expressions immediately.
+This is useful in packages that can be preloaded.
+*** New function `macroexpand-all' expands all macros in a form.
+It is similar to the Common-Lisp function of the same name.
+One difference is that it guarantees to return the original argument
+if no expansion is done, which can be tested using `eq'.
+*** A function or macro's doc string can now specify the calling pattern.
+You put this info in the doc string's last line.  It should be
+formatted so as to match the regexp "\n\n(fn .*)\\'".  If you don't
+specify this explicitly, Emacs determines it from the actual argument
+names.  Usually that default is right, but not always.
+*** New variable `print-continuous-numbering'.
+When this is non-nil, successive calls to print functions use a single
+numbering scheme for circular structure references.  This is only
+relevant when `print-circle' is non-nil.
+When you bind `print-continuous-numbering' to t, you should
+also bind `print-number-table' to nil.
+*** `list-faces-display' takes an optional argument, REGEXP.
+If it is non-nil, the function lists only faces matching this regexp.
+*** New hook `command-error-function'.
+By setting this variable to a function, you can control
+how the editor command loop shows the user an error message.
+*** `debug-on-entry' accepts primitive functions that are not special forms.
+** Lisp code indentation features:
+*** The `defmacro' form can contain indentation and edebug declarations.
+These declarations specify how to indent the macro calls in Lisp mode
+and how to debug them with Edebug.  You write them like this:
+   (defmacro NAME LAMBDA-LIST [DOC-STRING] [DECLARATION ...] ...)
+DECLARATION is a list `(declare DECLARATION-SPECIFIER ...)'.  The
+possible declaration specifiers are:
+(indent INDENT)
+        Set NAME's `lisp-indent-function' property to INDENT.
+(edebug DEBUG)
+        Set NAME's `edebug-form-spec' property to DEBUG.  (This is
+        equivalent to writing a `def-edebug-spec' for the macro,
+        but this is cleaner.)
+*** cl-indent now allows customization of Indentation of backquoted forms.
+See the new user option `lisp-backquote-indentation'.
+*** cl-indent now handles indentation of simple and extended `loop' forms.
+The new user options `lisp-loop-keyword-indentation',
+`lisp-loop-forms-indentation', and `lisp-simple-loop-indentation' can
+be used to customize the indentation of keywords and forms in loop
+forms.
+** Variable aliases:
+*** New function: defvaralias ALIAS-VAR BASE-VAR [DOCSTRING]
+This function defines the symbol ALIAS-VAR as a variable alias for
+symbol BASE-VAR.  This means that retrieving the value of ALIAS-VAR
+returns the value of BASE-VAR, and changing the value of ALIAS-VAR
+changes the value of BASE-VAR.
+DOCSTRING, if present, is the documentation for ALIAS-VAR; else it has
+the same documentation as BASE-VAR.
+*** The macro `define-obsolete-variable-alias' combines `defvaralias' and
+`make-obsolete-variable'.
+*** New function: indirect-variable VARIABLE
+This function returns the variable at the end of the chain of aliases
+of VARIABLE.  If VARIABLE is not a symbol, or if VARIABLE is not
+defined as an alias, the function returns VARIABLE.
+It might be noteworthy that variables aliases work for all kinds of
+variables, including buffer-local and frame-local variables.
+** defcustom changes:
+*** The package-version keyword has been added to provide
+`customize-changed-options' functionality to packages in the future.
+Developers who make use of this keyword must also update the new
+variable `customize-package-emacs-version-alist'.
+*** The new customization type `float' requires a floating point number.
+** String changes:
+*** A hex escape in a string constant forces the string to be multibyte.
+*** An octal escape in a string constant forces the string to be unibyte.
+*** New function `string-to-multibyte' converts a unibyte string to a
+multibyte string with the same individual character codes.
+*** `split-string' now includes null substrings in the returned list if
+the optional argument SEPARATORS is non-nil and there are matches for
+SEPARATORS at the beginning or end of the string.  If SEPARATORS is
+nil, or if the new optional third argument OMIT-NULLS is non-nil, all
+empty matches are omitted from the returned list.
+*** The new function `assoc-string' replaces `assoc-ignore-case' and
+`assoc-ignore-representation', which are still available, but have
+been declared obsolete.
+*** New function `substring-no-properties' returns a substring without
+text properties.
+** Displaying warnings to the user.
+See the functions `warn' and `display-warning', or the Lisp Manual.
+If you want to be sure the warning will not be overlooked, this
+facility is much better than using `message', since it displays
+warnings in a separate window.
+** Progress reporters.
+These provide a simple and uniform way for commands to present
+progress messages for the user.
+See the new functions `make-progress-reporter',
+`progress-reporter-update', `progress-reporter-force-update',
+`progress-reporter-done', and `dotimes-with-progress-reporter'.
+** Buffer positions:
+*** Function `compute-motion' now calculates the usable window
+width if the WIDTH argument is nil.  If the TOPOS argument is nil,
+the usable window height and width is used.
+*** The `line-move', `scroll-up', and `scroll-down' functions will now
+modify the window vscroll to scroll through display rows that are
+taller that the height of the window, for example in the presence of
+large images.  To disable this feature, bind the new variable
+`auto-window-vscroll' to nil.
+*** The argument to `forward-word', `backward-word' is optional.
+It defaults to 1.
+*** Argument to `forward-to-indentation' and `backward-to-indentation' is optional.
+It defaults to 1.
+*** `field-beginning' and `field-end' take new optional argument, LIMIT.
+This argument tells them not to search beyond LIMIT.  Instead they
+give up and return LIMIT.
+*** New function `window-line-height' is an efficient way to get
+information about a specific text line in a window provided that the
+window's display is up-to-date.
+*** New function `line-number-at-pos' returns the line number of a position.
+It an optional buffer position argument that defaults to point.
+*** Function `pos-visible-in-window-p' now returns the pixel coordinates
+and partial visibility state of the corresponding row, if the PARTIALLY
+arg is non-nil.
+*** New functions `posn-at-point' and `posn-at-x-y' return
+click-event-style position information for a given visible buffer
+position or for a given window pixel coordinate.
+*** New function `mouse-on-link-p' tests if a position is in a clickable link.
+This is the function used by the new `mouse-1-click-follows-link'
+functionality.
+** Text modification:
+*** The new function `buffer-chars-modified-tick' returns a buffer's
+tick counter for changes to characters.  Each time text in that buffer
+is inserted or deleted, the character-change counter is updated to the
+tick counter (`buffer-modified-tick').  Text property changes leave it
+unchanged.
+*** The new function `insert-for-yank' normally works like `insert', but
+removes the text properties in the `yank-excluded-properties' list
+and handles the `yank-handler' text property.
+*** The new function `insert-buffer-substring-as-yank' is like
+`insert-for-yank' except that it gets the text from another buffer as
+in `insert-buffer-substring'.
+*** The new function `insert-buffer-substring-no-properties' is like
+`insert-buffer-substring', but removes all text properties from the
+inserted substring.
+*** The new function `filter-buffer-substring' extracts a buffer
+substring, passes it through a set of filter functions, and returns
+the filtered substring.  Use it instead of `buffer-substring' or
+`delete-and-extract-region' when copying text into a user-accessible
+data structure, such as the kill-ring, X clipboard, or a register.
+The list of filter function is specified by the new variable
+`buffer-substring-filters'.  For example, Longlines mode adds to
+`buffer-substring-filters' to remove soft newlines from the copied
+text.
+*** Function `translate-region' accepts also a char-table as TABLE
+argument.
+*** The new translation table `translation-table-for-input'
+is used for customizing self-insertion.  The character to
+be inserted is translated through it.
+*** Text clones.
+The new function `text-clone-create'.  Text clones are chunks of text
+that are kept identical by transparently propagating changes from one
+clone to the other.
+*** The function `insert-string' is now obsolete.
+** Filling changes.
+*** In determining an adaptive fill prefix, Emacs now tries the function in
+`adaptive-fill-function' _before_ matching the buffer line against
+`adaptive-fill-regexp' rather than _after_ it.
+** Atomic change groups.
+To perform some changes in the current buffer "atomically" so that
+they either all succeed or are all undone, use `atomic-change-group'
+around the code that makes changes.  For instance:
+  (atomic-change-group
+    (insert foo)
+    (delete-region x y))
+If an error (or other nonlocal exit) occurs inside the body of
+`atomic-change-group', it unmakes all the changes in that buffer that
+were during the execution of the body.  The change group has no effect
+on any other buffers--any such changes remain.
+If you need something more sophisticated, you can directly call the
+lower-level functions that `atomic-change-group' uses.  Here is how.
+To set up a change group for one buffer, call `prepare-change-group'.
+Specify the buffer as argument; it defaults to the current buffer.
+This function returns a "handle" for the change group.  You must save
+the handle to activate the change group and then finish it.
+Before you change the buffer again, you must activate the change
+group.  Pass the handle to `activate-change-group' afterward to
+do this.
+After you make the changes, you must finish the change group.  You can
+either accept the changes or cancel them all.  Call
+`accept-change-group' to accept the changes in the group as final;
+call `cancel-change-group' to undo them all.
+You should use `unwind-protect' to make sure the group is always
+finished.  The call to `activate-change-group' should be inside the
+`unwind-protect', in case the user types C-g just after it runs.
+(This is one reason why `prepare-change-group' and
+`activate-change-group' are separate functions.)  Once you finish the
+group, don't use the handle again--don't try to finish the same group
+twice.
+To make a multibuffer change group, call `prepare-change-group' once
+for each buffer you want to cover, then use `nconc' to combine the
+returned values, like this:
+  (nconc (prepare-change-group buffer-1)
+         (prepare-change-group buffer-2))
+You can then activate the multibuffer change group with a single call
+to `activate-change-group', and finish it with a single call to
+`accept-change-group' or `cancel-change-group'.
+Nested use of several change groups for the same buffer works as you
+would expect.  Non-nested use of change groups for the same buffer
+will lead to undesirable results, so don't let it happen; the first
+change group you start for any given buffer should be the last one
+finished.
+** Buffer-related changes:
+*** The new function `buffer-local-value' returns the buffer-local
+binding of VARIABLE (a symbol) in buffer BUFFER.  If VARIABLE does not
+have a buffer-local binding in buffer BUFFER, it returns the default
+value of VARIABLE instead.
+*** `list-buffers-noselect' now takes an additional argument, BUFFER-LIST.
+If it is non-nil, it specifies which buffers to list.
+*** `kill-buffer-hook' is now a permanent local.
+*** The function `frame-or-buffer-changed-p' now lets you maintain
+various status records in parallel.
+It takes a variable (a symbol) as argument.  If the variable is non-nil,
+then its value should be a vector installed previously by
+`frame-or-buffer-changed-p'.  If the frame names, buffer names, buffer
+order, or their read-only or modified flags have changed, since the
+time the vector's contents were recorded by a previous call to
+`frame-or-buffer-changed-p', then the function returns t.  Otherwise
+it returns nil.
+On the first call to `frame-or-buffer-changed-p', the variable's
+value should be nil.  `frame-or-buffer-changed-p' stores a suitable
+vector into the variable and returns t.
+If the variable is itself nil, then `frame-or-buffer-changed-p' uses,
+for compatibility, an internal variable which exists only for this
+purpose.
+*** The function `read-buffer' follows the convention for reading from
+the minibuffer with a default value: if DEF is non-nil, the minibuffer
+prompt provided in PROMPT is edited to show the default value provided
+in DEF before the terminal colon and space.
+** Searching and matching changes:
+*** New function `looking-back' checks whether a regular expression matches
+the text before point.  Specifying the LIMIT argument bounds how far
+back the match can start; this is a way to keep it from taking too long.
+*** The new variable `search-spaces-regexp' controls how to search
+for spaces in a regular expression.  If it is non-nil, it should be a
+regular expression, and any series of spaces stands for that regular
+expression.  If it is nil, spaces stand for themselves.
+Spaces inside of constructs such as `[..]' and inside loops such as
+`*', `+', and `?' are never replaced with `search-spaces-regexp'.
+*** New regular expression operators, `\_<' and `\_>'.
+These match the beginning and end of a symbol.  A symbol is a
+non-empty sequence of either word or symbol constituent characters, as
+specified by the syntax table.
+*** `skip-chars-forward' and `skip-chars-backward' now handle
+character classes such as `[:alpha:]', along with individual
+characters and ranges.
+*** In `replace-match', the replacement text no longer inherits
+properties from surrounding text.
+*** The list returned by `(match-data t)' now has the buffer as a final
+element, if the last match was on a buffer.  `set-match-data'
+accepts such a list for restoring the match state.
+*** Functions `match-data' and `set-match-data' now have an optional
+argument `reseat'.  When non-nil, all markers in the match data list
+passed to these functions will be reseated to point to nowhere.
+*** rx.el has new corresponding `symbol-start' and `symbol-end' elements.
+*** The default value of `sentence-end' is now defined using the new
+variable `sentence-end-without-space', which contains such characters
+that end a sentence without following spaces.
+The function `sentence-end' should be used to obtain the value of the
+variable `sentence-end'.  If the variable `sentence-end' is nil, then
+this function returns the regexp constructed from the variables
+`sentence-end-without-period', `sentence-end-double-space' and
+`sentence-end-without-space'.
+** Undo changes:
+*** `buffer-undo-list' allows programmable elements.
+These elements have the form (apply FUNNAME . ARGS), where FUNNAME is
+a symbol other than t or nil.  That stands for a high-level change
+that should be undone by evaluating (apply FUNNAME ARGS).
+These entries can also have the form (apply DELTA BEG END FUNNAME . ARGS)
+which indicates that the change which took place was limited to the
+range BEG...END and increased the buffer size by DELTA.
+*** If the buffer's undo list for the current command gets longer than
+`undo-outer-limit', garbage collection empties it.  This is to prevent
+it from using up the available memory and choking Emacs.
+** Killing and yanking changes:
+*** New `yank-handler' text property can be used to control how
+previously killed text on the kill ring is reinserted.
+The value of the `yank-handler' property must be a list with one to four
+elements with the following format:
+  (FUNCTION PARAM NOEXCLUDE UNDO).
+The `insert-for-yank' function looks for a yank-handler property on
+the first character on its string argument (typically the first
+element on the kill-ring).  If a `yank-handler' property is found,
+the normal behavior of `insert-for-yank' is modified in various ways:
+  When FUNCTION is present and non-nil, it is called instead of `insert'
+to insert the string.  FUNCTION takes one argument--the object to insert.
+  If PARAM is present and non-nil, it replaces STRING as the object
+passed to FUNCTION (or `insert'); for example, if FUNCTION is
+`yank-rectangle', PARAM should be a list of strings to insert as a
+rectangle.
+  If NOEXCLUDE is present and non-nil, the normal removal of the
+`yank-excluded-properties' is not performed; instead FUNCTION is
+responsible for removing those properties.  This may be necessary
+if FUNCTION adjusts point before or after inserting the object.
+  If UNDO is present and non-nil, it is a function that will be called
+by `yank-pop' to undo the insertion of the current object.  It is
+called with two arguments, the start and end of the current region.
+FUNCTION can set `yank-undo-function' to override the UNDO value.
+*** The functions `kill-new', `kill-append', and `kill-region' now have an
+optional argument to specify the `yank-handler' text property to put on
+the killed text.
+*** The function `yank-pop' will now use a non-nil value of the variable
+`yank-undo-function' (instead of `delete-region') to undo the previous
+`yank' or `yank-pop' command (or a call to `insert-for-yank').  The function
+`insert-for-yank' automatically sets that variable according to the UNDO
+element of the string argument's `yank-handler' text property if present.
+*** The function `insert-for-yank' now supports strings where the
+`yank-handler' property does not span the first character of the
+string.  The old behavior is available if you call
+`insert-for-yank-1' instead.
+** Syntax table changes:
+*** The new function `syntax-ppss' provides an efficient way to find the
+current syntactic context at point.
+*** The new function `syntax-after' returns the syntax code
+of the character after a specified buffer position, taking account
+of text properties as well as the character code.
+*** `syntax-class' extracts the class of a syntax code (as returned
+by `syntax-after').
+*** The macro `with-syntax-table' no longer copies the syntax table.
+** File operation changes:
+*** New vars `exec-suffixes' and `load-suffixes' used when
+searching for an executable or an Emacs Lisp file.
+*** New function `locate-file' searches for a file in a list of directories.
+`locate-file' accepts a name of a file to search (a string), and two
+lists: a list of directories to search in and a list of suffixes to
+try; typical usage might use `exec-path' and `load-path' for the list
+of directories, and `exec-suffixes' and `load-suffixes' for the list
+of suffixes.  The function also accepts a predicate argument to
+further filter candidate files.
+One advantage of using this function is that the list of suffixes in
+`exec-suffixes' is OS-dependant, so this function will find
+executables without polluting Lisp code with OS dependencies.
+*** The new function `file-remote-p' tests a file name and returns
+non-nil if it specifies a remote file (one that Emacs accesses using
+its own special methods and not directly through the file system).
+The value in that case is an identifier for the remote file system.
+*** The new hook `before-save-hook' is invoked by `basic-save-buffer'
+before saving buffers.  This allows packages to perform various final
+tasks.  For example, it can be used by the copyright package to make
+sure saved files have the current year in any copyright headers.
+*** `file-chase-links' now takes an optional second argument LIMIT which
+specifies the maximum number of links to chase through.  If after that
+many iterations the file name obtained is still a symbolic link,
+`file-chase-links' returns it anyway.
+*** Functions `file-name-sans-extension' and `file-name-extension' now
+ignore the leading dots in file names, so that file names such as
+`.emacs' are treated as extensionless.
+*** If `buffer-save-without-query' is non-nil in some buffer,
+`save-some-buffers' will always save that buffer without asking (if
+it's modified).
+*** `buffer-auto-save-file-format' is the new name for what was
+formerly called `auto-save-file-format'.  It is now a permanent local.
+*** `visited-file-modtime' and `calendar-time-from-absolute' now return
+a list of two integers, instead of a cons.
+*** The precedence of file name handlers has been changed.
+Instead of choosing the first handler that matches,
+`find-file-name-handler' now gives precedence to a file name handler
+that matches nearest the end of the file name.  More precisely, the
+handler whose (match-beginning 0) is the largest is chosen.  In case
+of ties, the old "first matched" rule applies.
+*** A file name handler can declare which operations it handles.
+You do this by putting an `operation' property on the handler name
+symbol.  The property value should be a list of the operations that
+the handler really handles.  It won't be called for any other
+operations.
+This is useful for autoloaded handlers, to prevent them from being
+autoloaded when not really necessary.
+*** The function `make-auto-save-file-name' is now handled by file
+name handlers.  This will be exploited for remote files mainly.
+*** The function `file-name-completion' accepts an optional argument
+PREDICATE, and rejects completion candidates that don't satisfy PREDICATE.
+*** The new primitive `set-file-times' sets a file's access and
+modification times.  Magic file name handlers can handle this
+operation.
+** Input changes:
+*** Functions `y-or-n-p', `read-char', `read-key-sequence' and the like, that
+display a prompt but don't use the minibuffer, now display the prompt
+using the text properties (esp. the face) of the prompt string.
+*** The functions `read-event', `read-char', and `read-char-exclusive'
+have a new optional argument SECONDS.  If non-nil, this specifies a
+maximum time to wait for input, in seconds.  If no input arrives after
+this time elapses, the functions stop waiting and return nil.
+*** An interactive specification can now use the code letter `U' to get
+the up-event that was discarded in case the last key sequence read for a
+previous `k' or `K' argument was a down-event; otherwise nil is used.
+*** The new interactive-specification `G' reads a file name
+much like `F', but if the input is a directory name (even defaulted),
+it returns just the directory name.
+*** (while-no-input BODY...) runs BODY, but only so long as no input
+arrives.  If the user types or clicks anything, BODY stops as if a
+quit had occurred.  `while-no-input' returns the value of BODY, if BODY
+finishes.  It returns nil if BODY was aborted by a quit, and t if
+BODY was aborted by arrival of input.
+*** `recent-keys' now returns the last 300 keys.
+** Minibuffer changes:
+*** The new function `minibufferp' returns non-nil if its optional
+buffer argument is a minibuffer.  If the argument is omitted, it
+defaults to the current buffer.
+*** New function `minibuffer-selected-window' returns the window which
+was selected when entering the minibuffer.
+*** The `read-file-name' function now takes an additional argument which
+specifies a predicate which the file name read must satisfy.  The
+new variable `read-file-name-predicate' contains the predicate argument
+while reading the file name from the minibuffer; the predicate in this
+variable is used by read-file-name-internal to filter the completion list.
+*** The new variable `read-file-name-function' can be used by Lisp code
+to override the built-in `read-file-name' function.
+*** The new variable `read-file-name-completion-ignore-case' specifies
+whether completion ignores case when reading a file name with the
+`read-file-name' function.
+*** The new function `read-directory-name' is for reading a directory name.
+It is like `read-file-name' except that the defaulting works better
+for directories, and completion inside it shows only directories.
+*** The new variable `history-add-new-input' specifies whether to add new
+elements in history.  If set to nil, minibuffer reading functions don't
+add new elements to the history list, so it is possible to do this
+afterwards by calling `add-to-history' explicitly.
+** Completion changes:
+*** The new function `minibuffer-completion-contents' returns the contents
+of the minibuffer just before point.  That is what completion commands
+operate on.
+*** The functions `all-completions' and `try-completion' now accept lists
+of strings as well as hash-tables additionally to alists, obarrays
+and functions.  Furthermore, the function `test-completion' is now
+exported to Lisp.  The keys in alists and hash tables can be either
+strings or symbols, which are automatically converted with to strings.
+*** The new macro `dynamic-completion-table' supports using functions
+as a dynamic completion table.
+  (dynamic-completion-table FUN)
+FUN is called with one argument, the string for which completion is required,
+and it should return an alist containing all the intended possible
+completions.  This alist can be a full list of possible completions so that FUN
+can ignore the value of its argument.  If completion is performed in the
+minibuffer, FUN will be called in the buffer from which the minibuffer was
+entered.  `dynamic-completion-table' then computes the completion.
+*** The new macro `lazy-completion-table' initializes a variable
+as a lazy completion table.
+  (lazy-completion-table VAR FUN)
+If the completion table VAR is used for the first time (e.g., by passing VAR
+as an argument to `try-completion'), the function FUN is called with no
+arguments.  FUN must return the completion table that will be stored in VAR.
+If completion is requested in the minibuffer, FUN will be called in the buffer
+from which the minibuffer was entered.  The return value of
+`lazy-completion-table' must be used to initialize the value of VAR.
+** Abbrev changes:
+*** `define-abbrev' now accepts an optional argument SYSTEM-FLAG.
+If non-nil, this marks the abbrev as a "system" abbrev, which means
+that it won't be stored in the user's abbrevs file if he saves the
+abbrevs.  Major modes that predefine some abbrevs should always
+specify this flag.
+*** The new function `copy-abbrev-table' copies an abbrev table.
+It returns a new abbrev table that is a copy of a given abbrev table.
+** Enhancements to keymaps.
+*** Cleaner way to enter key sequences.
+You can enter a constant key sequence in a more natural format, the
+same one used for saving keyboard macros, using the macro `kbd'.  For
+example,
+(kbd "C-x C-f") => "\^x\^f"
+Actually, this format has existed since Emacs 20.1.
+*** Interactive commands can be remapped through keymaps.
+This is an alternative to using `defadvice' or `substitute-key-definition'
+to modify the behavior of a key binding using the normal keymap
+binding and lookup functionality.
+When a key sequence is bound to a command, and that command is
+remapped to another command, that command is run instead of the
+original command.
+Example:
+Suppose that minor mode `my-mode' has defined the commands
+`my-kill-line' and `my-kill-word', and it wants C-k (and any other key
+bound to `kill-line') to run the command `my-kill-line' instead of
+`kill-line', and likewise it wants to run `my-kill-word' instead of
+`kill-word'.
+Instead of rebinding C-k and the other keys in the minor mode map,
+command remapping allows you to directly map `kill-line' into
+`my-kill-line' and `kill-word' into `my-kill-word' using `define-key':
+   (define-key my-mode-map [remap kill-line] 'my-kill-line)
+   (define-key my-mode-map [remap kill-word] 'my-kill-word)
+When `my-mode' is enabled, its minor mode keymap is enabled too.  So
+when the user types C-k, that runs the command `my-kill-line'.
+Only one level of remapping is supported.  In the above example, this
+means that if `my-kill-line' is remapped to `other-kill', then C-k still
+runs `my-kill-line'.
+The following changes have been made to provide command remapping:
+- Command remappings are defined using `define-key' with a prefix-key
+  `remap', i.e. `(define-key MAP [remap CMD] DEF)' remaps command CMD
+  to definition DEF in keymap MAP.  The definition is not limited to
+  another command; it can be anything accepted for a normal binding.
+- The new function `command-remapping' returns the binding for a
+  remapped command in the current keymaps, or nil if not remapped.
+- `key-binding' now remaps interactive commands unless the optional
+  third argument NO-REMAP is non-nil.
+- `where-is-internal' now returns nil for a remapped command (e.g.
+  `kill-line', when `my-mode' is enabled), and the actual key binding for
+  the command it is remapped to (e.g. C-k for my-kill-line).
+  It also has a new optional fifth argument, NO-REMAP, which inhibits
+  remapping if non-nil (e.g. it returns "C-k" for `kill-line', and
+  "<kill-line>" for `my-kill-line').
+- The new variable `this-original-command' contains the original
+  command before remapping.  It is equal to `this-command' when the
+  command was not remapped.
+*** The definition of a key-binding passed to define-key can use XEmacs-style
+key-sequences, such as [(control a)].
+*** New keymaps for typing file names
+Two new keymaps, `minibuffer-local-filename-completion-map'  and
+`minibuffer-local-must-match-filename-map', apply whenever
+Emacs reads a file name in the minibuffer.  These key maps override
+the usual binding of SPC to `minibuffer-complete-word' (so that file
+names with embedded spaces could be typed without the need to quote
+the spaces).
+*** New function `current-active-maps' returns a list of currently
+active keymaps.
+*** New function `describe-buffer-bindings' inserts the list of all
+defined keys and their definitions.
+*** New function `keymap-prompt' returns the prompt string of a keymap.
+*** If text has a `keymap' property, that keymap takes precedence
+over minor mode keymaps.
+*** The `keymap' property now also works at the ends of overlays and
+text properties, according to their stickiness.  This also means that it
+works with empty overlays.  The same hold for the `local-map' property.
+*** `key-binding' will now look up mouse-specific bindings.  The
+keymaps consulted by `key-binding' will get adapted if the key
+sequence is started with a mouse event.  Instead of letting the click
+position be determined from the key sequence itself, it is also
+possible to specify it with an optional argument explicitly.
+*** `define-key-after' now accepts keys longer than 1.
+*** (map-keymap FUNCTION KEYMAP) applies the function to each binding
+in the keymap.
+*** New variable `emulation-mode-map-alists'.
+Lisp packages using many minor mode keymaps can now maintain their own
+keymap alist separate from `minor-mode-map-alist' by adding their
+keymap alist to this list.
+*** Dense keymaps now handle inheritance correctly.
+Previously a dense keymap would hide all of the simple-char key
+bindings of the parent keymap.
+** Enhancements to process support
+*** Adaptive read buffering of subprocess output.
+On some systems, when Emacs reads the output from a subprocess, the
+output data is read in very small blocks, potentially resulting in
+very poor performance.  This behavior can be remedied to some extent
+by setting the new variable `process-adaptive-read-buffering' to a
+non-nil value (the default), as it will automatically delay reading
+from such processes, allowing them to produce more output before
+Emacs tries to read it.
+*** Processes now have an associated property list where programs can
+maintain process state and other per-process related information.
+Use the new functions `process-get' and `process-put' to access, add,
+and modify elements on this property list.  Use the new functions
+`process-plist' and `set-process-plist' to access and replace the
+entire property list of a process.
+*** Function `list-processes' now has an optional argument; if non-nil,
+it lists only the processes whose query-on-exit flag is set.
+*** New fns `set-process-query-on-exit-flag' and `process-query-on-exit-flag'.
+These replace the old function `process-kill-without-query'.  That
+function is still supported, but new code should use the new
+functions.
+*** The new function `call-process-shell-command'.
+This executes a shell command synchronously in a separate process.
+*** The new function `process-file' is similar to `call-process', but
+obeys file handlers.  The file handler is chosen based on
+`default-directory'.
+*** Function `signal-process' now accepts a process object or process
+name in addition to a process id to identify the signaled process.
+*** Function `accept-process-output' has a new optional fourth arg
+JUST-THIS-ONE.  If non-nil, only output from the specified process
+is handled, suspending output from other processes.  If value is an
+integer, also inhibit running timers.  This feature is generally not
+recommended, but may be necessary for specific applications, such as
+speech synthesis.
+*** A process filter function gets the output as multibyte string
+if the process specifies t for its filter's multibyteness.
+That multibyteness is decided by the value of
+`default-enable-multibyte-characters' when the process is created, and
+you can change it later with `set-process-filter-multibyte'.
+*** The new function `set-process-filter-multibyte' sets the
+multibyteness of the strings passed to the process's filter.
+*** The new function `process-filter-multibyte-p' returns the
+multibyteness of the strings passed to the process's filter.
+*** If a process's coding system is `raw-text' or `no-conversion' and its
+buffer is multibyte, the output of the process is at first converted
+to multibyte by `string-to-multibyte' then inserted in the buffer.
+Previously, it was converted to multibyte by `string-as-multibyte',
+which was not compatible with the behavior of file reading.
+** Enhanced networking support.
+*** The new `make-network-process' function makes network connections.
+It allows opening of stream and datagram connections to a server, as well as
+create a stream or datagram server inside Emacs.
+- A server is started using :server t arg.
+- Datagram connection is selected using :type 'datagram arg.
+- A server can open on a random port using :service t arg.
+- Local sockets are supported using :family 'local arg.
+- IPv6 is supported (when available).  You may explicitly select IPv6
+  using :family 'ipv6 arg.
+- Non-blocking connect is supported using :nowait t arg.
+- The process' property list can be initialized using :plist PLIST arg;
+  a copy of the server process' property list is automatically inherited
+  by new client processes created to handle incoming connections.
+To test for the availability of a given feature, use featurep like this:
+  (featurep 'make-network-process '(:type datagram))
+  (featurep 'make-network-process '(:family ipv6))
+*** The old `open-network-stream' now uses `make-network-process'.
+*** `process-contact' has an optional KEY argument.
+Depending on this argument, you can get the complete list of network
+process properties or a specific property.  Using :local or :remote as
+the KEY, you get the address of the local or remote end-point.
+An Inet address is represented as a 5 element vector, where the first
+4 elements contain the IP address and the fifth is the port number.
+*** New functions `stop-process' and `continue-process'.
+These functions stop and restart communication through a network
+connection.  For a server process, no connections are accepted in the
+stopped state.  For a client process, no input is received in the
+stopped state.
+*** New function `format-network-address'.
+This function reformats the Lisp representation of a network address
+to a printable string.  For example, an IP address A.B.C.D and port
+number P is represented as a five element vector [A B C D P], and the
+printable string returned for this vector is "A.B.C.D:P".  See the doc
+string for other formatting options.
+*** New function `network-interface-list'.
+This function returns a list of network interface names and their
+current network addresses.
+*** New function `network-interface-info'.
+This function returns the network address, hardware address, current
+status, and other information about a specific network interface.
+*** New functions `process-datagram-address', `set-process-datagram-address'.
+These functions are used with datagram-based network processes to get
+and set the current address of the remote partner.
+*** Deleting a network process with `delete-process' calls the sentinel.
+The status message passed to the sentinel for a deleted network
+process is "deleted".  The message passed to the sentinel when the
+connection is closed by the remote peer has been changed to
+"connection broken by remote peer".
+** Using window objects:
+*** You can now make a window as short as one line.
+A window that is just one line tall does not display either a mode
+line or a header line, even if the variables `mode-line-format' and
+`header-line-format' call for them.  A window that is two lines tall
+cannot display both a mode line and a header line at once; if the
+variables call for both, only the mode line actually appears.
+*** The new function `window-inside-edges' returns the edges of the
+actual text portion of the window, not including the scroll bar or
+divider line, the fringes, the display margins, the header line and
+the mode line.
+*** The new functions `window-pixel-edges' and `window-inside-pixel-edges'
+return window edges in units of pixels, rather than columns and lines.
+*** New function `window-body-height'.
+This is like `window-height' but does not count the mode line or the
+header line.
+*** The new function `adjust-window-trailing-edge' moves the right
+or bottom edge of a window.  It does not move other window edges.
+*** The new macro `with-selected-window' temporarily switches the
+selected window without impacting the order of `buffer-list'.
+It saves and restores the current buffer, too.
+*** `select-window' takes an optional second argument NORECORD.
+This is like `switch-to-buffer'.
+*** `save-selected-window' now saves and restores the selected window
+of every frame.  This way, it restores everything that can be changed
+by calling `select-window'.  It also saves and restores the current
+buffer.
+*** `set-window-buffer' has an optional argument KEEP-MARGINS.
+If non-nil, that says to preserve the window's current margin, fringe,
+and scroll-bar settings.
+*** The new function `window-tree' returns a frame's window tree.
+*** The functions `get-lru-window' and `get-largest-window' take an optional
+argument `dedicated'.  If non-nil, those functions do not ignore
+dedicated windows.
+** Customizable fringe bitmaps
+*** There are new display properties, `left-fringe' and `right-fringe',
+that can be used to show a specific bitmap in the left or right fringe
+bitmap of the display line.
+Format is `display (left-fringe BITMAP [FACE])', where BITMAP is a
+symbol identifying a fringe bitmap, either built-in or defined with
+`define-fringe-bitmap', and FACE is an optional face name to be used
+for displaying the bitmap instead of the default `fringe' face.
+When specified, FACE is automatically merged with the `fringe' face.
+*** New buffer-local variables `fringe-indicator-alist' and
+`fringe-cursor-alist' maps between logical (internal) fringe indicator
+and cursor symbols and the actual fringe bitmaps to be displayed.
+This decouples the logical meaning of the fringe indicators from the
+physical appearance, as well as allowing different fringe bitmaps to
+be used in different windows showing different buffers.
+*** New function `define-fringe-bitmap' can now be used to create new
+fringe bitmaps, as well as change the built-in fringe bitmaps.
+*** New function `destroy-fringe-bitmap' deletes a fringe bitmap
+or restores a built-in one to its default value.
+*** New function `set-fringe-bitmap-face' specifies the face to be
+used for a specific fringe bitmap.  The face is automatically merged
+with the `fringe' face, so normally, the face should only specify the
+foreground color of the bitmap.
+*** New function `fringe-bitmaps-at-pos' returns the current fringe
+bitmaps in the display line at a given buffer position.
+** Other window fringe features:
+*** Controlling the default left and right fringe widths.
+The default left and right fringe widths for all windows of a frame
+can now be controlled by setting the `left-fringe' and `right-fringe'
+frame parameters to an integer value specifying the width in pixels.
+Setting the width to 0 effectively removes the corresponding fringe.
+The actual default fringe widths for the frame may deviate from the
+specified widths, since the combined fringe widths must match an
+integral number of columns.  The extra width is distributed evenly
+between the left and right fringe.  To force a specific fringe width,
+specify the width as a negative integer (if both widths are negative,
+only the left fringe gets the specified width).
+Setting the width to nil (the default), restores the default fringe
+width which is the minimum number of pixels necessary to display any
+of the currently defined fringe bitmaps.  The width of the built-in
+fringe bitmaps is 8 pixels.
+*** Per-window fringe and scrollbar settings
+**** Windows can now have their own individual fringe widths and
+position settings.
+To control the fringe widths of a window, either set the buffer-local
+variables `left-fringe-width', `right-fringe-width', or call
+`set-window-fringes'.
+To control the fringe position in a window, that is, whether fringes
+are positioned between the display margins and the window's text area,
+or at the edges of the window, either set the buffer-local variable
+`fringes-outside-margins' or call `set-window-fringes'.
+The function `window-fringes' can be used to obtain the current
+settings.  To make `left-fringe-width', `right-fringe-width', and
+`fringes-outside-margins' take effect, you must set them before
+displaying the buffer in a window, or use `set-window-buffer' to force
+an update of the display margins.
+**** Windows can now have their own individual scroll-bar settings
+controlling the width and position of scroll-bars.
+To control the scroll-bar of a window, either set the buffer-local
+variables `scroll-bar-mode' and `scroll-bar-width', or call
+`set-window-scroll-bars'.  The function `window-scroll-bars' can be
+used to obtain the current settings.  To make `scroll-bar-mode' and
+`scroll-bar-width' take effect, you must set them before displaying
+the buffer in a window, or use `set-window-buffer' to force an update
+of the display margins.
+** Redisplay features:
+*** `sit-for' can now be called with args (SECONDS &optional NODISP).
+*** Iconifying or deiconifying a frame no longer makes sit-for return.
+*** New function `redisplay' causes an immediate redisplay if no input is
+available, equivalent to (sit-for 0).  The call (redisplay t) forces
+an immediate redisplay even if input is pending.
+*** New function `force-window-update' can initiate a full redisplay of
+one or all windows.  Normally, this is not needed as changes in window
+contents are detected automatically.  However, certain implicit
+changes to mode lines, header lines, or display properties may require
+forcing an explicit window update.
+*** (char-displayable-p CHAR) returns non-nil if Emacs ought to be able
+to display CHAR.  More precisely, if the selected frame's fontset has
+a font to display the character set that CHAR belongs to.
+Fontsets can specify a font on a per-character basis; when the fontset
+does that, this value cannot be accurate.
+*** You can define multiple overlay arrows via the new
+variable `overlay-arrow-variable-list'.
+It contains a list of variables which contain overlay arrow position
+markers, including the original `overlay-arrow-position' variable.
+Each variable on this list can have individual `overlay-arrow-string'
+and `overlay-arrow-bitmap' properties that specify an overlay arrow
+string (for non-window terminals) or fringe bitmap (for window
+systems) to display at the corresponding overlay arrow position.
+If either property is not set, the default `overlay-arrow-string' or
+'overlay-arrow-fringe-bitmap' will be used.
+*** New `line-height' and `line-spacing' properties for newline characters
+A newline can now have `line-height' and `line-spacing' text or overlay
+properties that control the height of the corresponding display row.
+If the `line-height' property value is t, the newline does not
+contribute to the height of the display row; instead the height of the
+newline glyph is reduced.  Also, a `line-spacing' property on this
+newline is ignored.  This can be used to tile small images or image
+slices without adding blank areas between the images.
+If the `line-height' property value is a positive integer, the value
+specifies the minimum line height in pixels.  If necessary, the line
+height it increased by increasing the line's ascent.
+If the `line-height' property value is a float, the minimum line
+height is calculated by multiplying the default frame line height by
+the given value.
+If the `line-height' property value is a cons (FACE . RATIO), the
+minimum line height is calculated as RATIO * height of named FACE.
+RATIO is int or float.  If FACE is t, it specifies the current face.
+If the `line-height' property value is a cons (nil . RATIO), the line
+height is calculated as RATIO * actual height of the line's contents.
+If the `line-height' value is a cons (HEIGHT . TOTAL), HEIGHT specifies
+the line height as described above, while TOTAL is any of the forms
+described above and specifies the total height of the line, causing a
+varying number of pixels to be inserted after the line to make it line
+exactly that many pixels high.
+If the `line-spacing' property value is an positive integer, the value
+is used as additional pixels to insert after the display line; this
+overrides the default frame `line-spacing' and any buffer local value of
+the `line-spacing' variable.
+If the `line-spacing' property is a float or cons, the line spacing
+is calculated as specified above for the `line-height' property.
+*** The buffer local `line-spacing' variable can now have a float value,
+which is used as a height relative to the default frame line height.
+*** Enhancements to stretch display properties
+The display property stretch specification form `(space PROPS)', where
+PROPS is a property list, now allows pixel based width and height
+specifications, as well as enhanced horizontal text alignment.
+The value of these properties can now be a (primitive) expression
+which is evaluated during redisplay.  The following expressions
+are supported:
+EXPR ::= NUM | (NUM) | UNIT | ELEM | POS | IMAGE | FORM
+NUM  ::= INTEGER | FLOAT | SYMBOL
+UNIT ::= in | mm | cm | width | height
+ELEM ::= left-fringe | right-fringe | left-margin | right-margin
+      |  scroll-bar | text
+POS  ::= left | center | right
+FORM ::= (NUM . EXPR) | (OP EXPR ...)
+OP   ::= + | -
+The form `NUM' specifies a fractional width or height of the default
+frame font size.  The form `(NUM)' specifies an absolute number of
+pixels.  If a symbol is specified, its buffer-local variable binding
+is used.  The `in', `mm', and `cm' units specifies the number of
+pixels per inch, milli-meter, and centi-meter, resp.  The `width' and
+`height' units correspond to the width and height of the current face
+font.  An image specification corresponds to the width or height of
+the image.
+The `left-fringe', `right-fringe', `left-margin', `right-margin',
+`scroll-bar', and `text' elements specify to the width of the
+corresponding area of the window.
+The `left', `center', and `right' positions can be used with :align-to
+to specify a position relative to the left edge, center, or right edge
+of the text area.  One of the above window elements (except `text')
+can also be used with :align-to to specify that the position is
+relative to the left edge of the given area.  Once the base offset for
+a relative position has been set (by the first occurrence of one of
+these symbols), further occurrences of these symbols are interpreted as
+the width of the area.
+For example, to align to the center of the left-margin, use
+    :align-to (+ left-margin (0.5 . left-margin))
+If no specific base offset is set for alignment, it is always relative
+to the left edge of the text area.  For example, :align-to 0 in a
+header line aligns with the first text column in the text area.
+The value of the form `(NUM . EXPR)' is the value of NUM multiplied by
+the value of the expression EXPR.  For example, (2 . in) specifies a
+width of 2 inches, while (0.5 . IMAGE) specifies half the width (or
+height) of the specified image.
+The form `(+ EXPR ...)' adds up the value of the expressions.
+The form `(- EXPR ...)' negates or subtracts the value of the expressions.
+*** Normally, the cursor is displayed at the end of any overlay and
+text property string that may be present at the current window
+position.  The cursor can now be placed on any character of such
+strings by giving that character a non-nil `cursor' text property.
+*** The display space :width and :align-to text properties are now
+supported on text terminals.
+*** Support for displaying image slices
+**** New display property (slice X Y WIDTH HEIGHT) can be used with
+an image property to display only a specific slice of the image.
+**** Function `insert-image' has new optional fourth arg to
+specify image slice (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT).
+**** New function `insert-sliced-image' inserts a given image as a
+specified number of evenly sized slices (rows x columns).
+*** Images can now have an associated image map via the :map property.
+An image map is an alist where each element has the format (AREA ID PLIST).
+An AREA is specified as either a rectangle, a circle, or a polygon:
+A rectangle is a cons (rect . ((X0 . Y0) . (X1 . Y1))) specifying the
+pixel coordinates of the upper left and bottom right corners.
+A circle is a cons (circle . ((X0 . Y0) . R)) specifying the center
+and the radius of the circle; R can be a float or integer.
+A polygon is a cons (poly . [X0 Y0 X1 Y1 ...]) where each pair in the
+vector describes one corner in the polygon.
+When the mouse pointer is above a hot-spot area of an image, the
+PLIST of that hot-spot is consulted; if it contains a `help-echo'
+property it defines a tool-tip for the hot-spot, and if it contains
+a `pointer' property, it defines the shape of the mouse cursor when
+it is over the hot-spot.  See the variable `void-area-text-pointer'
+for possible pointer shapes.
+When you click the mouse when the mouse pointer is over a hot-spot,
+an event is composed by combining the ID of the hot-spot with the
+mouse event, e.g. [area4 mouse-1] if the hot-spot's ID is `area4'.
+*** The function `find-image' now searches in etc/images/ and etc/.
+The new variable `image-load-path' is a list of locations in which to
+search for image files.  The default is to search in etc/images, then
+in etc/, and finally in the directories specified by `load-path'.
+Subdirectories of etc/ and etc/images are not recursively searched; if
+you put an image file in a subdirectory, you have to specify it
+explicitly; for example, if an image is put in etc/images/foo/bar.xpm:
+  (defimage foo-image '((:type xpm :file "foo/bar.xpm")))
+Note that all images formerly located in the lisp directory have been
+moved to etc/images.
+*** New function `image-load-path-for-library' returns a suitable
+search path for images relative to library. This function is useful in
+external packages to save users from having to update
+`image-load-path'.
+*** The new variable `max-image-size' defines the maximum size of
+images that Emacs will load and display.
+*** The new variable `display-mm-dimensions-alist' can be used to
+override incorrect graphical display dimensions returned by functions
+`display-mm-height' and `display-mm-width'.
+** Mouse pointer features:
+*** The mouse pointer shape in void text areas (i.e. after the end of a
+line or below the last line in the buffer) of the text window is now
+controlled by the new variable `void-text-area-pointer'.  The default
+is to use the `arrow' (non-text) pointer.  Other choices are `text'
+(or nil), `hand', `vdrag', `hdrag', `modeline', and `hourglass'.
+*** The mouse pointer shape over an image can now be controlled by the
+:pointer image property.
+*** The mouse pointer shape over ordinary text or images can now be
+controlled/overridden via the `pointer' text property.
+** Mouse event enhancements:
+*** All mouse events now include a buffer position regardless of where
+you clicked.  For mouse clicks in window margins and fringes, this is
+a sensible buffer position corresponding to the surrounding text.
+*** Mouse events for clicks on window fringes now specify `left-fringe'
+or `right-fringe' as the area.
+*** Mouse events include actual glyph column and row for all event types
+and all areas.
+*** Mouse events can now indicate an image object clicked on.
+*** Mouse events include relative X and Y pixel coordinates relative to
+the top left corner of the object (image or character) clicked on.
+*** Mouse events include the pixel width and height of the object
+(image or character) clicked on.
+*** Function `mouse-set-point' now works for events outside text area.
+*** `posn-point' now returns buffer position for non-text area events.
+*** New function `posn-area' returns window area clicked on (nil means
+text area).
+*** New function `posn-actual-col-row' returns the actual glyph coordinates
+of the mouse event position.
+*** New functions 'posn-object', 'posn-object-x-y', 'posn-object-width-height'.
+These return the image or string object of a mouse click, the X and Y
+pixel coordinates relative to the top left corner of that object, and
+the total width and height of that object.
+** Text property and overlay changes:
+*** Arguments for `remove-overlays' are now optional, so that you can
+remove all overlays in the buffer with just (remove-overlays).
+*** New variable `char-property-alias-alist'.
+This variable allows you to create alternative names for text
+properties.  It works at the same level as `default-text-properties',
+although it applies to overlays as well.  This variable was introduced
+to implement the `font-lock-face' property.
+*** New function `get-char-property-and-overlay' accepts the same
+arguments as `get-char-property' and returns a cons whose car is the
+return value of `get-char-property' called with those arguments and
+whose cdr is the overlay in which the property was found, or nil if
+it was found as a text property or not found at all.
+*** The new function `remove-list-of-text-properties'.
+It is like `remove-text-properties' except that it takes a list of
+property names as argument rather than a property list.
+** Face changes
+*** The variable `facemenu-unlisted-faces' has been removed.
+Emacs has a lot more faces than in the past, and nearly all of them
+needed to be excluded.  The new variable `facemenu-listed-faces' lists
+the faces to include in the face menu.
+*** The new face attribute condition `min-colors' can be used to tailor
+the face color to the number of colors supported by a display, and
+define the foreground and background colors accordingly so that they
+look best on a terminal that supports at least this many colors.  This
+is now the preferred method for defining default faces in a way that
+makes a good use of the capabilities of the display.
+*** New function `display-supports-face-attributes-p' can be used to test
+whether a given set of face attributes is actually displayable.
+A new predicate `supports' has also been added to the `defface' face
+specification language, which can be used to do this test for faces
+defined with `defface'.
+*** The special treatment of faces whose names are of the form `fg:COLOR'
+or `bg:COLOR' has been removed.  Lisp programs should use the
+`defface' facility for defining faces with specific colors, or use
+the feature of specifying the face attributes :foreground and :background
+directly in the `face' property instead of using a named face.
+*** The first face specification element in a defface can specify
+`default' instead of frame classification.  Then its attributes act as
+defaults that apply to all the subsequent cases (and can be overridden
+by them).
+*** The function `face-differs-from-default-p' now truly checks
+whether the given face displays differently from the default face or
+not (previously it did only a very cursory check).
+*** `face-attribute', `face-foreground', `face-background', `face-stipple'.
+These now accept a new optional argument, INHERIT, which controls how
+face inheritance is used when determining the value of a face
+attribute.
+*** New functions `face-attribute-relative-p' and `merge-face-attribute'
+help with handling relative face attributes.
+*** The priority of faces in an :inherit attribute face list is reversed.
+If a face contains an :inherit attribute with a list of faces, earlier
+faces in the list override later faces in the list; in previous
+releases of Emacs, the order was the opposite.  This change was made
+so that :inherit face lists operate identically to face lists in text
+`face' properties.
+*** The variable `face-font-rescale-alist' specifies how much larger
+(or smaller) font we should use.  For instance, if the value is
+'((SOME-FONTNAME-PATTERN . 1.3)) and a face requests a font of 10
+point, we actually use a font of 13 point if the font matches
+SOME-FONTNAME-PATTERN.
+*** On terminals, faces with the :inverse-video attribute are displayed
+with swapped foreground and background colors even when one of them is
+not specified.  In previous releases of Emacs, if either foreground
+or background color was unspecified, colors were not swapped.  This
+was inconsistent with the face behavior under X.
+*** `set-fontset-font', `fontset-info', `fontset-font' now operate on
+the default fontset if the argument NAME is nil..
+** Font-Lock changes:
+*** New special text property `font-lock-face'.
+This property acts like the `face' property, but it is controlled by
+M-x font-lock-mode.  It is not, strictly speaking, a builtin text
+property.  Instead, it is implemented inside font-core.el, using the
+new variable `char-property-alias-alist'.
+*** font-lock can manage arbitrary text-properties beside `face'.
+**** the FACENAME returned in `font-lock-keywords' can be a list of the
+form (face FACE PROP1 VAL1 PROP2 VAL2 ...) so you can set other
+properties than `face'.
+**** `font-lock-extra-managed-props' can be set to make sure those
+extra properties are automatically cleaned up by font-lock.
+*** jit-lock obeys a new text-property `jit-lock-defer-multiline'.
+If a piece of text with that property gets contextually refontified
+(see `jit-lock-defer-contextually'), then all of that text will
+be refontified.  This is useful when the syntax of a textual element
+depends on text several lines further down (and when `font-lock-multiline'
+is not appropriate to solve that problem).  For example in Perl:
+        s{
+                foo
+        }{
+                bar
+        }e
+Adding/removing the last `e' changes the `bar' from being a piece of
+text to being a piece of code, so you'd put a `jit-lock-defer-multiline'
+property over the second half of the command to force (deferred)
+refontification of `bar' whenever the `e' is added/removed.
+*** `font-lock-extend-region-functions' makes it possible to alter the way
+the fontification region is chosen.  This can be used to prevent rounding
+up to whole lines, or to extend the region to include all related lines
+of multiline constructs so that such constructs get properly recognized.
+** Major mode mechanism changes:
+*** New variable `magic-mode-alist' determines major mode for a file by
+looking at the file contents.  It takes precedence over `auto-mode-alist'.
+*** New variable `magic-fallback-mode-alist' determines major mode for a file by
+looking at the file contents.  It is handled after `auto-mode-alist',
+only if `auto-mode-alist' (and `magic-mode-alist') says nothing about the file.
+*** XML or SGML major mode is selected when file starts with an `<?xml'
+or `<!DOCTYPE' declaration.
+*** An interpreter magic line (if present) takes precedence over the
+file name when setting the major mode.
+*** If new variable `auto-mode-case-fold' is set to a non-nil value,
+Emacs will perform a second case-insensitive search through
+`auto-mode-alist' if the first case-sensitive search fails.  This
+means that a file FILE.TXT is opened in text-mode, and a file
+PROG.HTML is opened in html-mode.  Note however, that independent of
+this setting, *.C files are usually recognized as C++ files.  It also
+has no effect on systems with case-insensitive file names.
+*** All major mode functions should now run the new normal hook
+`after-change-major-mode-hook', at their very end, after the mode
+hooks.  `run-mode-hooks' does this automatically.
+*** Major modes can define `eldoc-documentation-function'
+locally to provide Eldoc functionality by some method appropriate to
+the language.
+*** Use the new function `run-mode-hooks' to run the major mode's mode hook.
+*** The new function `run-mode-hooks' and the new macro `delay-mode-hooks'
+are used by `define-derived-mode' to make sure the mode hook for the
+parent mode is run at the end of the child mode.
+*** `define-derived-mode' by default creates a new empty abbrev table.
+It does not copy abbrevs from the parent mode's abbrev table.
+*** If a major mode function has a non-nil `no-clone-indirect'
+property, `clone-indirect-buffer' signals an error if you use
+it in that buffer.
+** Minor mode changes:
+*** `define-minor-mode' now accepts arbitrary additional keyword arguments
+and simply passes them to `defcustom', if applicable.
+*** `define-globalized-minor-mode'.
+This is a new name for what was formerly called
+`easy-mmode-define-global-mode'.  The old name remains as an alias.
+*** `minor-mode-list' now holds a list of minor mode commands.
+** Command loop changes:
+*** The new function `called-interactively-p' does what many people
+have mistakenly believed `interactive-p' to do: it returns t if the
+calling function was called through `call-interactively'.
+Only use this when you cannot solve the problem by adding a new
+INTERACTIVE argument to the command.
+*** The function `commandp' takes an additional optional argument.
+If it is non-nil, then `commandp' checks for a function that could be
+called with `call-interactively', and does not return t for keyboard
+macros.
+*** When a command returns, the command loop moves point out from
+within invisible text, in the same way it moves out from within text
+covered by an image or composition property.
+This makes it generally unnecessary to mark invisible text as intangible.
+This is particularly good because the intangible property often has
+unexpected side-effects since the property applies to everything
+(including `goto-char', ...) whereas this new code is only run after
+`post-command-hook' and thus does not care about intermediate states.
+*** If a command sets `transient-mark-mode' to `only', that
+enables Transient Mark mode for the following command only.
+During that following command, the value of `transient-mark-mode'
+is `identity'.  If it is still `identity' at the end of the command,
+the next return to the command loop changes to nil.
+*** Both the variable and the function `disabled-command-hook' have
+been renamed to `disabled-command-function'.  The variable
+`disabled-command-hook' has been kept as an obsolete alias.
+*** `emacsserver' now runs `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'
+when it receives a request from emacsclient.
+*** `current-idle-time' reports how long Emacs has been idle.
+** Lisp file loading changes:
+*** `load-history' can now have elements of the form (t . FUNNAME),
+which means FUNNAME was previously defined as an autoload (before the
+current file redefined it).
+*** `load-history' now records (defun . FUNNAME) when a function is
+defined.  For a variable, it records just the variable name.
+*** The function `symbol-file' can now search specifically for function,
+variable or face definitions.
+*** `provide' and `featurep' now accept an optional second argument
+to test/provide subfeatures.  Also `provide' now checks `after-load-alist'
+and runs any code associated with the provided feature.
+*** The variable `recursive-load-depth-limit' has been deleted.
+Emacs now signals an error if the same file is loaded with more
+than 3 levels of nesting.
+** Byte compiler changes:
+*** The byte compiler now displays the actual line and character
+position of errors, where possible.  Additionally, the form of its
+warning and error messages have been brought into line with GNU standards
+for these.  As a result, you can use next-error and friends on the
+compilation output buffer.
+*** The new macro `with-no-warnings' suppresses all compiler warnings
+inside its body.  In terms of execution, it is equivalent to `progn'.
+*** You can avoid warnings for possibly-undefined symbols with a
+simple convention that the compiler understands.  (This is mostly
+useful in code meant to be portable to different Emacs versions.)
+Write forms like the following, or code that macroexpands into such
+forms:
+  (if (fboundp 'foo) <then> <else>)
+  (if (boundp 'foo) <then> <else)
+In the first case, using `foo' as a function inside the <then> form
+won't produce a warning if it's not defined as a function, and in the
+second case, using `foo' as a variable won't produce a warning if it's
+unbound.  The test must be in exactly one of the above forms (after
+macro expansion), but such tests can be nested.  Note that `when' and
+`unless' expand to `if', but `cond' doesn't.
+*** `(featurep 'xemacs)' is treated by the compiler as nil.  This
+helps to avoid noisy compiler warnings in code meant to run under both
+Emacs and XEmacs and can sometimes make the result significantly more
+efficient.  Since byte code from recent versions of XEmacs won't
+generally run in Emacs and vice versa, this optimization doesn't lose
+you anything.
+*** The local variable `no-byte-compile' in Lisp files is now obeyed.
+*** When a Lisp file uses CL functions at run-time, compiling the file
+now issues warnings about these calls, unless the file performs
+(require 'cl) when loaded.
+** Frame operations:
+*** New functions `frame-current-scroll-bars' and `window-current-scroll-bars'.
+These functions return the current locations of the vertical and
+horizontal scroll bars in a frame or window.
+*** The new function `modify-all-frames-parameters' modifies parameters
+for all (existing and future) frames.
+*** The new frame parameter `tty-color-mode' specifies the mode to use
+for color support on character terminal frames.  Its value can be a
+number of colors to support, or a symbol.  See the Emacs Lisp
+Reference manual for more detailed documentation.
+*** When using non-toolkit scroll bars with the default width,
+the `scroll-bar-width' frame parameter value is nil.
+** Mode line changes:
+*** New function `format-mode-line'.
+This returns the mode line or header line of the selected (or a
+specified) window as a string with or without text properties.
+*** The new mode-line construct `(:propertize ELT PROPS...)' can be
+used to add text properties to mode-line elements.
+*** The new `%i' and `%I' constructs for `mode-line-format' can be used
+to display the size of the accessible part of the buffer on the mode
+line.
+*** Mouse-face on mode-line (and header-line) is now supported.
+** Menu manipulation changes:
+*** To manipulate the File menu using easy-menu, you must specify the
+proper name "file".  In previous Emacs versions, you had to specify
+"files", even though the menu item itself was changed to say "File"
+several versions ago.
+*** The dummy function keys made by easy-menu are now always lower case.
+If you specify the menu item name "Ada", for instance, it uses `ada'
+as the "key" bound by that key binding.
+This is relevant only if Lisp code looks for the bindings that were
+made with easy-menu.
+*** `easy-menu-define' now allows you to use nil for the symbol name
+if you don't need to give the menu a name.  If you install the menu
+into other keymaps right away (MAPS is non-nil), it usually doesn't
+need to have a name.
+** Mule changes:
+*** Already true in Emacs 21.1, but not emphasized clearly enough:
+Multibyte buffers can now faithfully record all 256 character codes
+from 0 to 255.  As a result, most of the past reasons to use unibyte
+buffers no longer exist.  We only know of three reasons to use them
+now:
+1. If you prefer to use unibyte text all of the time.
+2. For reading files into temporary buffers, when you want to avoid
+the time it takes to convert the format.
+3. For binary files where format conversion would be pointless and
+wasteful.
+*** The new variable `auto-coding-functions' lets you specify functions
+to examine a file being visited and deduce the proper coding system
+for it.  (If the coding system is detected incorrectly for a specific
+file, you can put a `coding:' tags to override it.)
+*** The new variable `ascii-case-table' stores the case table for the
+ascii character set.  Language environments (such as Turkish) may
+alter the case correspondences of ASCII characters.  This variable
+saves the original ASCII case table before any such changes.
+*** The new function `merge-coding-systems' fills in unspecified aspects
+of one coding system from another coding system.
+*** New coding system property `mime-text-unsuitable' indicates that
+the coding system's `mime-charset' is not suitable for MIME text
+parts, e.g. utf-16.
+*** New function `decode-coding-inserted-region' decodes a region as if
+it is read from a file without decoding.
+*** New CCL functions `lookup-character' and `lookup-integer' access
+hash tables defined by the Lisp function `define-translation-hash-table'.
+*** New function `quail-find-key' returns a list of keys to type in the
+current input method to input a character.
+*** `set-buffer-file-coding-system' now takes an additional argument,
+NOMODIFY.  If it is non-nil, it means don't mark the buffer modified.
+** Operating system access:
+*** The new primitive `get-internal-run-time' returns the processor
+run time used by Emacs since start-up.
+*** Functions `user-uid' and `user-real-uid' now return floats if the
+user UID doesn't fit in a Lisp integer.  Function `user-full-name'
+accepts a float as UID parameter.
+*** New function `locale-info' accesses locale information.
+*** On MS Windows, locale-coding-system is used to interact with the OS.
+The Windows specific variable w32-system-coding-system, which was
+formerly used for that purpose is now an alias for locale-coding-system.
+*** New function `redirect-debugging-output' can be used to redirect
+debugging output on the stderr file handle to a file.
+** GC changes:
+*** New variable `gc-cons-percentage' automatically grows the GC cons threshold
+as the heap size increases.
+*** New variables `gc-elapsed' and `gcs-done' provide extra information
+on garbage collection.
+*** The normal hook `post-gc-hook' is run at the end of garbage collection.
+The hook is run with GC inhibited, so use it with care.
+** Miscellaneous:
+*** A number of hooks have been renamed to better follow the conventions:
+`find-file-hooks' to `find-file-hook',
+`find-file-not-found-hooks' to `find-file-not-found-functions',
+`write-file-hooks' to `write-file-functions',
+`write-contents-hooks' to `write-contents-functions',
+`x-lost-selection-hooks' to `x-lost-selection-functions',
+`x-sent-selection-hooks' to `x-sent-selection-functions',
+`delete-frame-hook' to `delete-frame-functions'.
+In each case the old name remains as an alias for the moment.
+*** Variable `local-write-file-hooks' is marked obsolete.
+Use the LOCAL arg of `add-hook'.
+*** New function `x-send-client-message' sends a client message when
+running under X.
+* New Packages for Lisp Programming in Emacs 22.1
+** The new library button.el implements simple and fast `clickable
+buttons' in Emacs buffers.  Buttons are much lighter-weight than the
+`widgets' implemented by widget.el, and can be used by lisp code that
+doesn't require the full power of widgets.  Emacs uses buttons for
+such things as help and apropos buffers.
+** The new library tree-widget.el provides a widget to display a set
+of hierarchical data as an outline.  For example, the tree-widget is
+well suited to display a hierarchy of directories and files.
+** The new library bindat.el provides functions to unpack and pack
+binary data structures, such as network packets, to and from Lisp
+data structures.
+** master-mode.el implements a minor mode for scrolling a slave
+buffer without leaving your current buffer, the master buffer.
+It can be used by sql.el, for example: the SQL buffer is the master
+and its SQLi buffer is the slave.  This allows you to scroll the SQLi
+buffer containing the output from the SQL buffer containing the
+commands.
+This is how to use sql.el and master.el together: the variable
+sql-buffer contains the slave buffer.  It is a local variable in the
+SQL buffer.
+(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
+   (function (lambda ()
+               (master-mode t)
+               (master-set-slave sql-buffer))))
+(add-hook 'sql-set-sqli-hook
+   (function (lambda ()
+               (master-set-slave sql-buffer))))
+** The new library benchmark.el does timing measurements on Lisp code.
+This includes measuring garbage collection time.
+** The new library testcover.el does test coverage checking.
+This is so you can tell whether you've tested all paths in your Lisp
+code.  It works with edebug.
+The function `testcover-start' instruments all functions in a given
+file.  Then test your code.  The function `testcover-mark-all' adds
+overlay "splotches" to the Lisp file's buffer to show where coverage
+is lacking.  The command `testcover-next-mark' (bind it to a key!)
+will move point forward to the next spot that has a splotch.
+Normally, a red splotch indicates the form was never completely
+evaluated; a brown splotch means it always evaluated to the same
+value.  The red splotches are skipped for forms that can't possibly
+complete their evaluation, such as `error'.  The brown splotches are
+skipped for forms that are expected to always evaluate to the same
+value, such as (setq x 14).
+For difficult cases, you can add do-nothing macros to your code to
+help out the test coverage tool.  The macro `noreturn' suppresses a
+red splotch.  It is an error if the argument to `noreturn' does
+return.  The macro `1value' suppresses a brown splotch for its argument.
+This macro is a no-op except during test-coverage -- then it signals
+an error if the argument actually returns differing values.
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+This file is part of GNU Emacs.
+GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the
+Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+Local variables:
+mode: outline
+paragraph-separate: "[  ]*$"
+end:
+arch-tag: 1aca9dfa-2ac4-4d14-bebf-0007cee12793
diff --git a/etc/PROBLEMS b/etc/PROBLEMS
index 8914f95c74f..317d7d70783 100644
--- a/etc/PROBLEMS
+++ b/etc/PROBLEMS
@@ -148,6 +148,20 @@ Reportedly this patch in X fixes the problem.
         }
         return ret;
+** Emacs crashes on startup after a glibc upgrade.
+This is caused by a binary incompatible change to the malloc
+implementation in glibc 2.5.90-22.  As a result, Emacs binaries built
+using prior versions of glibc crash when run under 2.5.90-22.
+This problem was first seen in pre-release versions of Fedora 7, and
+may be fixed in the final Fedora 7 release.  To stop the crash from
+happening, first try upgrading to the newest version of glibc; if this
+does not work, rebuild Emacs with the same version of glibc that you
+will run it under.  For details, see
+https://bugzilla.redhat.com/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=239344
 * Crash bugs
 ** Emacs crashes in x-popup-dialog.
@@ -2442,6 +2456,27 @@ This results from a bug in a VERY old version of GNU Sed.  To solve
 the problem, install the current version of GNU Sed, then rerun
 Emacs's configure script.
+*** Compiling on GNU/Linux fails due to a missing left operand in gnu-linux.h.
+The error messages have the form:
+  ../src/s/gnu-linux.h:49:24: error: operator '>' has no left operand
+This error occurs because your system defines LINUX_VERSION_CODE in
+the standard header file linux/version.h but does not give it a value.
+As a workaround, you can edit the file src/s/gnu-linux.h to add the
+needed definition.  On the line after "#include <linux/version.h>",
+add a line as shown below:
+#include <linux/version.h>
+#define LINUX_VERSION_CODE 132626
+The number to use depends on your kernel version (the example shown is
+for kernel 2.6.18).  The number can be obtained by running the
+following command in the shell:
+uname -r | sed -e 's/\./ /g' -e 's/-.*//' | awk '{print $1*(2^16) + $2*(2^8) + $3}'
 *** Building a 32-bit executable on a 64-bit GNU/Linux architecture.
 First ensure that the necessary 32-bit system libraries and include
@@ -2776,6 +2811,15 @@ Remove the "#if 0" and "#endif" directives which surround this, save
 the file, and then reconfigure and rebuild Emacs.  The dumping process
 should now succeed.
+*** OpenBSD 4.0 macppc: Segfault during dumping.
+The build aborts with signal 11 when the command `./temacs --batch
+--load loadup bootstrap' tries to load files.el.  A workaround seems
+to be to reduce the level of compiler optimization used during the
+build (from -O2 to -O1).  It is possible this is an OpenBSD
+GCC problem specific to the macppc architecture, possibly only
+occurring with older versions of GCC (e.g. 3.3.5).
 ** Installation
 *** Installing Emacs gets an error running `install-info'.
@@ -2790,6 +2834,14 @@ with spaces in the value, eg --enable-locallisppath='/path/with\ spaces'.
 Using directory paths with spaces is not supported at this time: you
 must re-configure without using spaces.
+*** Installing to a directory with non-ASCII characters in the name fails.
+Installation may fail, or the Emacs executable may not start
+correctly, if a directory name containing non-ASCII characters is used
+as a `configure' argument (e.g. `--prefix').  The problem can also
+occur if a non-ASCII directory is specified in the EMACSLOADPATH
+envvar.
 *** On Solaris, use GNU Make when installing an out-of-tree build
 The Emacs configuration process allows you to configure the
diff --git a/etc/TODO b/etc/TODO
index af073655fde..bb51e5cd2d5 100644
--- a/etc/TODO
+++ b/etc/TODO
@@ -553,6 +553,10 @@ but which can also be used as a modifier).
 ** Cleanup all the GC_ mark bit stuff -- there is no longer any distinction
   since the mark bit is no longer stored in the Lisp_Object itself.
+** Refine the `predicate' arg to read-file-name.
+   Currently, it mixes up the predicate to apply when doing completion and the
+   one to use when terminating the selection.
 ** Merge ibuffer.el and buff-menu.el.
   More specifically do what's needed to make ibuffer.el the default,
   or just an extension of buff-menu.el.
diff --git a/etc/compilation.txt b/etc/compilation.txt
index 933b486bb0f..4b8990d5e39 100644
--- a/etc/compilation.txt
+++ b/etc/compilation.txt
@@ -404,6 +404,7 @@ Compilation killed at Wed Jul 20 12:20:10
 Compilation terminated at Wed Jul 20 12:20:10
 Compilation exited abnormally with code 1 at Wed Jul 20 12:21:12
 Compilation finished at Thu Jul 21 15:02:15
+Compilation segmentation fault at Thu Jul 13 10:55:49
 Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007
diff --git a/etc/images/cancel.pbm b/etc/images/cancel.pbm
index bd85b764c27..89a21add340 100644
--- a/etc/images/cancel.pbm
+++ b/etc/images/cancel.pbm
Binary files differ
diff --git a/etc/images/copy.pbm b/etc/images/copy.pbm
index 7a95aa885a1..8feab126dc7 100644
--- a/etc/images/copy.pbm
+++ b/etc/images/copy.pbm
Binary files differ
diff --git a/etc/images/next-node.pbm b/etc/images/next-node.pbm
index 8a33da5bda4..f5a9a849da1 100644
--- a/etc/images/next-node.pbm
+++ b/etc/images/next-node.pbm
Binary files differ
diff --git a/etc/images/prev-node.pbm b/etc/images/prev-node.pbm
index bf7aa14515c..7899e62bb23 100644
--- a/etc/images/prev-node.pbm
+++ b/etc/images/prev-node.pbm
Binary files differ
diff --git a/etc/images/save.pbm b/etc/images/save.pbm
index 49d8346d3fa..1347207d260 100644
--- a/etc/images/save.pbm
+++ b/etc/images/save.pbm
Binary files differ
diff --git a/etc/images/up-node.pbm b/etc/images/up-node.pbm
index 29532bcb99c..325c5434244 100644
--- a/etc/images/up-node.pbm
+++ b/etc/images/up-node.pbm
Binary files differ
author	Miles Bader	2007-05-24 21:31:10 +0000
committer	Miles Bader	2007-05-24 21:31:10 +0000
commit	262be72a9aaa800d38cd25b12acb8c9b7b21d5d6 (patch)
tree	0940ebc7acd6379243e7194446acbd4f062be4f3 /etc
parent	5e1d0c0a38c22adc02d1b77bdc1d620fab26e52d (diff)
parent	a02a3c235e3ec24acaf2014e6c60c0b4138ff86f (diff)
download	emacs-262be72a9aaa800d38cd25b12acb8c9b7b21d5d6.tar.gz emacs-262be72a9aaa800d38cd25b12acb8c9b7b21d5d6.zip